Anda di halaman 1dari 178

Copyright © 2009 by Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Cicik Kurniawati and PT Intan Pariwara.

No part of this publication may be reproduced,


stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without prior written permission of the publisher.
© Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor
016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/428/2009.
Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun,
elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit.
Kode file IP2_BING9B_PG09.

Penyusun: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Cicik Kurniawati; Editor: Marta Yuliani, Yuniarti Dwi Arini; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso, Andi Kurniawan,
Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti.
Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana.
Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan).

PT Intan Pariwara

Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia,


Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail: intan@intanpariwara.co.id
Layanan Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail: cs@intanpariwara.co.id
Mari kita perhatikan dengan saksama rumusan di bawah ini.

Ubah Rutinitas + Lawan Kebosanan = Prestasi


Barangkali rumusan tersebut terlalu sederhana untuk menggambarkan kunci meraih kesuksesan belajar.
Namun, kesederhanaan rumusan itu justru memudahkan kita untuk menerapkannya dalam berbagai konteks,
tidak terkecuali dalam kegiatan belajar.
Sudah menjadi keniscayaan bahwa belajar semestinya memberikan pengalaman bermakna bagi peserta
didik. Oleh karena itu, strategi pembelajaran harus terus dikembangkan. Guru, sebagai pendidik, berpeluang
untuk menyusun strategi pembelajaran yang lebih baik.
Pembelajaran yang bermakna dapat diawali dengan penciptaan kondisi belajar yang nyaman. Jika peserta
didik merasa nyaman ketika belajar, mereka akan termotivasi untuk belajar dengan baik. Salah satunya dengan
menata ruang belajar sesuai aspirasi peserta didik.
Belajar sebenarnya aktivitas yang menyenangkan. Belajar tidak sebatas menghafalkan materi yang tertulis
dalam buku. Peserta didik perlu diajak mengenal lebih jauh suatu hal dengan bimbingan pendidik. Setapak
demi setapak cakrawala peserta didik menjadi terang benderang oleh sinar ilmu pengetahuan. Proses belajar
tadi merupakan pengalaman berharga yang membangun kepribadian mereka. Nah, menjadi tugas pendidik
untuk membantu peserta didik memaknai setiap pengalaman belajarnya. Yakinkan mereka bahwa tidak ada
yang sia-sia dari proses belajar yang mereka lalui. Jadi, mereka perlu menjalaninya dengan sungguh-sungguh.
Aktivitas belajar kadang-kadang menjebak peserta didik dan pendidik dalam rutinitas. Ketika rutinitas
terbentuk, rasa bosan akan segera menyerang. Tentu sudah terbayangkan akibat yang akan dialami, bukan?
Inilah tantangan yang dihadapi pendidik. Sebagai pendidik, guru dituntut untuk dapat mengubah kegiatan
pembelajaran yang membosankan menjadi suatu kegiatan yang menarik. Jika perlu, ubahlah aktivitas
pembelajaran menjadi petualangan yang mengasyikkan. Dengan mengadakan inovasi pembelajaran, peserta
didik akan terdorong untuk mengintegrasikan berbagai informasi yang diterima menjadi pengetahuan dan
kemampuan (kompetensi). Mereka dapat mengekspresikan kemampuan, mengemukakan pendapat, atau
mengajukan pertanyaan. Pengalaman belajar tadi dapat diperoleh jika peserta didik mampu mengaitkan berbagai
fenomena kehidupan dengan aneka konsep yang diajarkan di ruang kelas.
Guna mencapai pembelajaran seperti itu, suatu sarana belajar yang tepat sangat diperlukan. Sebagai
sarana pembelajaran aktif, buku PG PR menawarkan skenario pembelajaran yang akan membangun
pemahaman pengetahuan peserta didik baik melalui kegiatan belajar mandiri maupun bimbingan orang lain.
Tentu saja kegiatan pembelajaran tersebut mengacu pada tuntutan ketercapaian kompetensi siswa.
Walaupun peserta didik dimotivasi untuk merumuskan sendiri pengetahuannya, buku PG PR juga
memberikan materi pokok yang harus dipelajari. Ini sebagai pijakan dasar mereka dalam mempelajari suatu
materi. Inti materi disajikan secara ringkas dan lengkap sesuai tuntutan kurikulum. Dengan demikian, fokus
belajar peserta didik tetap terjaga.
Ketercapaian kompetensi peserta didik juga dapat diukur menggunakan buku PG PR melalui soal latihan
yang bervariasi dalam setiap unitnya. Soal-soal dalam buku ini disusun dengan mengindahkan pola soal yang
lazim digunakan dalam ulangan umum. Oleh karena itu, peserta didik dapat berlatih menyelesaikan soal-soal
tersebut sehingga siap menghadapi ulangan nanti.
Berbagai kegatan variasi dan Reading Materials dalam PG PR menjadi amunisi pendidik untuk melawan
perangkap rutinitas pembelajaran yang bermuara pada kebosanan. Semua keunggulan tadi mengukuhkan
posisi buku PG PR sebagai mitra pendidik dalam menciptakan pembelajaran yang aktif, atraktif, dan bermakna.

Klaten, Oktober 2009

Penyusun

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


1 iii
Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk
Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas IX SMP/MTs

Minggu Efektif Waktu Pembelajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Jumlah Jam


Alokasi
Komponen Per Tahun Per Tahun Per Tahun Per Tahun
Waktu
Ajaran (jam pembelajaran) (menit) (@ 60 menit)

A. Mata Pelajaran
1. Pendidikan Agama 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
2. Pendidikan
Kewarganegaraan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
3. Bahasa Indonesia 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
4. Bahasa Inggris 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
5. Matematika 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
6. IPA 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
7. IPS 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
8. Seni Budaya dan
Keterampilan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
9. Pendidikan
Jasmani, Olahraga,
dan Kesehatan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
10. Keterampilan/TIK 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3040 45–51

B. Muatan Lokal 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

Jumlah 32 374–418 1.088–1.216 43.520–48.640 725–811

Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah:
Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar.
Keterangan:
1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan.
2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit.
3. Cara menghitung:
a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahun
b. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit)
c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit
4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikan
kesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiap
peserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah.
5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.

Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas IX Semester 2

Waktu Pembelajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Jumlah Jam


Alokasi Minggu Efektif
Mata Pelajaran Per Semester Per Semester Per Semester
Waktu Per Semester
(jam pembelajaran) (menit) (@ 60 menit)

4. Bahasa Inggris 4 17–19 68–76 2.720–3.040 45,5–50,5

iv Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas IX SMP/MTs
Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006
tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah
Lampiran 3 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar
Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs)
Kelas IX, Semester 2

Standar Kompetensi Kompetensi Dasar

Mendengarkan
7. Memahami makna dalam per- 7.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done)
cakapan transaksional dan dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan
interpersonal lisan pendek berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan
sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam tindak tutur mengungkapkan kesantunan
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari 7.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done)
dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima
untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur
memberi berita yang menarik perhatian, dan memberi komentar terhadap berita

8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan 8.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara
fungsional dan monolog pendek akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
sederhana berbentuk narrative dan 8.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat,
report untuk berinteraksi dalam lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari teks berbentuk narrative dan report

Berbicara
9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam 9.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa
interpersonal dan monolog pendek lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan
sederhana berbentuk narrative dan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur mengungkapkan kesantunan
report untuk berinteraksi dalam 9.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa
lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan
sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur: memberi berita yang menarik perhatian dan
memberi komentar terhadap berita

10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks 10.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan meng-
lisan fungsional dan monolog gunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi
pendek sederhana berbentuk dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
narrative dan report untuk ber- 10.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan
interaksi dalam konteks kehidupan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam
sehari-hari konteks kehidupan sehari-hari berbentuk narrative dan report

Membaca
11. Memahami makna teks tulis 11.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana
fungsional dan esei pendek berbentuk narrative dan report dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima
sederhana berbentuk narrative dan untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
report untuk berinteraksi dalam 11.2 Merespon makna dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek secara akurat, lancar dan
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
11.3 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat,
lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam
teks berbentuk narrative dan report

Menulis
12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks 12.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan
tulis fungsional dan esei pendek menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk
sederhana berbentuk narrative dan berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
report untuk berinteraksi dalam 12.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi
dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk narrative dan report

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 v


SILABUS 1– 24
– Unit 1 Narratives
– Unit 2 Reports

UNIT 1 Narratives 25– 86


– Telling about Interesting News or Information and Responding to It
– Genre: Narrative
– The Past Perfect Tense
– Noun Phrases
– Poems and Diaries

Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester 87– 96

UNIT 2 Reports 97–156


– Expressing Politeness
– Genre: Report
– Coordinating Conjunctions
– Special Finites: ‘May’ and ‘Might’; ‘Can’ and ‘Could’
– Contest Announcements and Letters

Latihan Ujian Nasional 157–169

Daftar Pustaka 170

vi Kegiatan
Daftar Isi Tatap Muka
SILABUS
Unit 1 Narratives
Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs . . .
Kelas/Semester : IX/2
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris
Unit : 1
Genre : Narrative
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan
sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

7.2 Merespons • Percakapan- 1. Mempelajari berbagai • Bereaksi atau • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang percakapan percakapan yang merespons dengan objektif following dialogs. Bahasa
terdapat dalam transaksional dan memuat ungkapan benar terhadap Inggris SMP/
percakapan interpersonal yang memberi berita yang tindak tutur MTs IXB
transaksional memuat ungkapan menarik perhatian, dan memberi berita Intan
(to get things memberi berita memberi komentar yang menarik Pariwara
done) dan yang menarik terhadap berita. perhatian dan hal. 1–5.
interpersonal perhatian dan memberi komentar • Kamus
(bersosialisasi) komentar terhadap terhadap berita. Inggris–
sederhana berita. Indonesia
secara akurat, 2. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the dan
lancar dan apersepsi. singkat following Indonesia–
berterima untuk questions. Inggris.
berinteraksi • Buku-buku
dalam konteks 3. Menyimak, lalu • Non tes • Menirukan • Listen to your lain yang
kehidupan menirukan percakapan teacher and relevan.
sehari-hari yang dibacakan guru. repeat after him/
yang her.
melibatkan
tindak tutur: 4. Menyimak pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Listen to your
memberi berita yang dibacakan guru, singkat teacher. Answer
yang menarik lalu menjawabnya his/her questions
perhatian, dan secara lisan. based on the
memberi dialogs in Task A.
komentar
terhadap 5. Menyimak ungkapan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Listen to your
berita. yang dibacakan guru, singkat teacher. Give

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


lalu meresponsnya suitable
dengan ungkapan yang responses.

1
sesuai.
2
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


percakapan teacher. Complete
berdasarkan the following
percakapan yang dialog based on

Silabus Unit 1 Narratives


dibacakan guru. what you have
heard.

7. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your


tepat berdasarkan ganda teacher. Choose
percakapan yang A, B, C or D for
disimak. the correct
answer.

Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan


8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

8.1 Merespons • Teks lisan 1. Mempelajari teks lisan • Memahami makna • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang fungsional fungsional pendek yang terdapat objektif following poem. Bahasa
terdapat dalam pendek berbentuk berbentuk puisi. dalam teks lisan Inggris SMP/
teks lisan puisi (poems). fungsional pendek MTs IXB Intan
fungsional 2. Menjawab pertanyaan berbentuk puisi • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Pariwara
pendek apersepsi. sederhana dan singkat following hal. 22–24.
sederhana buku harian secara questions. • Kamus
secara akurat, akurat, lancar, dan Inggris–
lancar, dan 3. Mempelajari teks tulis berterima. • Non tes • Uraian • Read the Indonesia
berterima fungsional pendek objektif following diary. dan
untuk berbentuk buku Indonesia–
berinteraksi harian. Inggris.
dalam konteks • Buku-buku
kehidupan lain yang
sehari-hari. relevan.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

4. Menyimak kalimat- • Tes lisan • Dikte • Listen to your


kalimat yang teacher and write
dibacakan guru, down his/her
menulisnya, lalu sentences.
membacanya dengan
nyaring.

5. Menyimak puisi yang • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Listen to your


dibacakan guru, lalu singkat teacher carefully.
menjawab pertanyaan Answer the
berdasarkan puisi following
tersebut. questions.

6. Melengkapi puisi • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


sederhana teacher.
berdasarkan puisi Complete the
yang telah following poem
diperdengarkan, lalu based on what
membacanya dengan you have heard.
nyaring.

7. Menjawab • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Your teacher is


pertanyaan- benar/salah going to read the
pertanyaan benar- poem in Task C
salah berdasarkan once again.
puisi yang telah Listen to him/her
diperdengarkan. carefully. Are the
following
statements true
(T) or false (F)
based on the
poem?

8.2 Merespons • Monolog narrative. 8. Menyimak dan • Merespons makna • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang mempelajari tentang gagasan yang objektif following Bahasa
terdapat dalam • Kosakata yang monolog narrative. terdapat dalam monolog. Inggris SMP/
monolog terkait dengan monolog pendek MTs IXB Intan
pendek topik yang dipilih. 9. Menjawab pertanyaan sederhana secara • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Pariwara
sederhana apersepsi. akurat, lancar, dan singkat following hal. 7–8,
secara akurat, berterima dalam questions. 12–14.
lancar, dan teks narrative.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


berterima untuk
berinteraksi

3
4
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

dalam konteks 10. Menyimak kalimat • Tes tulis • Dikte • Your teacher will • Kamus
kehidupan yang dibacakan guru, read some Inggris–
sehari-hari lalu menuliskannya di sentences. Write Indonesia dan
dalam teks secarik kertas. them down on Indonesia–

Silabus Unit 1 Narratives


berbentuk a sheet of paper. Inggris.
narrative dan • Buku-buku
report 11. Menjodohkan kalimat • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Match the lain yang
yang telah ditulis pada kan sentences you relevan.
kegiatan sebelumnya have written in
dengan gambar yang Task A with the
tepat. following pictures
correctly.

12. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your


tepat berdasarkan ganda teacher. Choose
teks narrative yang A, B, C or D for
telah diperdengarkan. the correct
answer.

13. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Listen to your


berdasarkan teks singkat teacher carefully.
cerita yang dibacakan Answer the
guru. following
questions based
on what you have
heard.

14. Menyebutkan arti • Tes tulis • Uraian • Your teacher will


kata-kata yang read the story in
tersedia berdasarkan Task D once again.
cerita pada kegiatan Find the meanings
sebelumnya. of the following
words based on
the story.

15. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


berdasarkan teks teacher carefully.
yang dibacakan guru. Complete the
following text with
the correct words
based on what
you have heard.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara
9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan
sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

9.2 Memahami • Percakapan- 1. Secara berpasangan, • Melakukan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Practice the 3 u 40' • Buku PR SMP
dan merespons percakapan memeragakan berbagai tindak kerja following dialogs IX B Intan
percakapan transaksional dan percakapan yang tutur dalam wacana with your friend. Pariwara
transaksional interpersonal yang tersedia. lisan transaksional/ hal. 5–7.
(to get things memuat ungkapan interpersonal yang • Kamus
done) dan memberi berita 2. Menjawab pertanyaan memuat memberi • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Inggris–
interpersonal yang menarik berdasarkan berita yang menarik singkat following Indonesia dan
(bersosialisasi) perhatian dan percakapan- perhatian dan questions based Indonesia–
sederhana memberi komentar percakapan pada memberi komentar on the dialogs in Inggris.
dengan meng- terhadap berita. kegiatan sebelumnya. terhadap berita. • Buku-buku
Task A.
gunakan ragam lain yang
bahasa lisan relevan.
3. Melengkapi • Mengembangkan • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the
secara akurat,
percakapan dengan wacana following dialogs
lancar dan
kalimat yang tersedia transaksional/ with the suitable
berterima untuk
berinteraksi di dalam kotak. interpersonal expressions from
dalam konteks pendek menjadi the box.
kehidupan sebuah obrolan
sehari-hari yang 4. Menjawab pertanyaan atau interaksional • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Read the
melibatkan yang dibacakan guru yang lebih panjang. singkat following dialog.
tindak tutur: berdasarkan Listen to your
memberi berita percakapan yang telah teacher and
yang menarik disediakan. answer his/her
perhatian dan questions
memberi correctly.
komentar
terhadap berita. 5. Menyusun kalimat • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Put the following
acak menjadi kalimat sentences in the
percakapan yang baik. acak correct order to
get a good dialog.

6. Memberi respons • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Work in pairs. Your


terhadap ungkapan- kerja partner will say
ungkapan yang the following
dibacakan teman. expressions. Give
Lakukan secara suitable
bergantian. responses. Do it
in turns.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


5
6
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

7. Membuat percakapan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Suppose one of


berdasarkan situasi, kerja your best friends
lalu memeragakannya. will move out to
another city. Tell

Silabus Unit 1 Narratives


the news to
another friend.

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara


10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk narrative dan report untuk
berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

10.1 Meng- • Teks lisan 1. Membaca nyaring • Melakukan monolog • Tes lisan • Membaca • Recite the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional pendek puisi-puisi yang dalam bentuk puisi nyaring following poems. Bahasa
makna dalam berbentuk puisi tersedia dengan dan catatan harian Do it in turns. Inggris SMP/
bentuk teks (poems). pelafalan yang tepat dengan lancar dan MTs IXB
lisan fungsional secara bergantian. berterima. Intan Pariwara
pendek hal. 25–26.
sederhana 2. Mencari arti kata. • Tes tulis • Uraian • What do the • Kamus
dengan following words Inggris–
menggunakan mean? Indonesia
ragam bahasa dan
lisan secara 3. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Read the poems Indonesia–
akurat, lancar berdasarkan teks singkat in Task A once Inggris.
dan berterima pada kegiatan again and answer • Buku-buku
untuk sebelumnya the following lain yang
berinteraksi questions. relevan.
dalam konteks
kehidupan 4. Menjelaskan isi puisi • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • In turns, recite the
sehari-hari. yang tersedia. kerja following poem in
front of the class.
Explain what it
tells you about.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5. Mengekspresikan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Now, try to


perasaan dalam kerja express your
bentuk puisi. feeling through
a poem.

10.2 Meng- • Monolog narrative. 6. Membaca teks yang • Melakukan monolog • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan tersedia dengan lafal dalam teks nyaring following text with Bahasa
makna dalam • Kosakata yang yang lancar, benar, berbentuk narrative proper Inggris SMP/
monolog terkait tema yang dan berterima. dengan ragam pronunciation. MTs IXB Intan
pendek dipilih. bahasa lisan secara Pariwara
sederhana 7. Mencari sinonim kata- lancar dan • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find the hal. 14–15.
dengan kata yang tersedia di berterima. synonyms of the • Kamus
menggunakan dalam teks yang ada following words in Inggris–
ragam bahasa di kegiatan the text in Task A. Indonesia dan
lisan secara sebelumnya. Indonesia–
akurat, lancar, Inggris.
dan berterima 8. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following • Buku-buku
untuk benar-salah benar/salah statements true lain yang
berinteraksi berdasarkan teks (T) or false (F) relevan.
dalam konteks pada kegiatan based on the
kehidupan sebelumnya. story in Task A?
sehari-hari Correct the false
dalam teks ones.
berbentuk
narrative dan 9. Secara berkelompok • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Work in groups.
report. memeragakan cerita kerja Perform the story
yang tersedia dengan of ‘The Legend of
lafal dan intonasi yang Pesut Mahakam’
tepat. with proper
pronunciation.

10. Mencari cerita yang • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Get an interesting
menarik dari berbagai kerja story from
sumber, lalu a newspaper,
menceritakan kembali magazine, story
dengan kata-kata book or the
sendiri. Internet. Retell
the story using
your own words.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


7
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca

8
11. Memahami makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks
kehidupan sehari-hari

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

Silabus Unit 1 Narratives


11.1 Membaca • Teks tulis 1. Membaca nyaring • Membaca nyaring • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Read the 2 u 40' • Buku PR SMP
nyaring fungsional pendek sebuah catatan secara bermakna singkat following diary IX B Intan
bermakana berbentuk diary. harian, lalu menjawab wacana pendek and answer the Pariwara
teks fungsional pertanyaan sederhana. questions. hal. 26–29.
dan esei berdasarkan teks • Kamus
pendek tersebut. • Merespons makna Inggris–
berbentuk yang terdapat Indonesia dan
narrative dan 2. Melengkapi teks dalam teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the Indonesia–
report dengan dengan menggunakan fungsional pendek following diary Inggris.
ucapan, kata-kata yang berbentuk diary with the suitable • Buku-buku
tekanan dan disediakan. dengan benar. words from the lain yang
intonasi yang box. relevan.
berterima
untuk 3. Mencari makna kata- • Tes tulis • Uraian • Read the diary.
berintaraksi kata yang tersedia. Find the
dalam konteks meanings of the
kehidupan words that follow.
sehari-hari.

11.2 Merespons 4. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Read the diaries
makna yang tepat berdasarkan ganda and choose A, B,
terdapat dalam teks yang telah C or D for the
teks tulis dibaca. correct answer.
fungsional
pendek
sederhana
secara akurat,
lancar dan
berterima yang
berkaitan
dalam konteks
kehidupan
sehari-hari.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

11.3 Merespons • Teks narrative. 5. Menyimak dan • Mengidentifikasi • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 4 u 40' • Buku PR
makna dan mempelajari tentang makna gagasan objektif following text. Bahasa
langkah • The past perfect teks narrative beserta (ideasional) dan Inggris SMP/
retorika dalam tense. struktur teksnya. informasi faktual MTs IXB Intan
esei pendek dalam teks, main Pariwara
sederhana • Noun phrases. 6. Membaca dan ideas, supporting • Non tes • Uraian • Read the hal. 8–12,
secara akurat, mempelajari tentang ideas, details. objektif following 15–20.
lancar dan the past perfect tense. sentences. • Kamus
berterima untuk • Merespons makna Inggris–
berinteraksi 7. Membaca dan yang terdapat • Non tes • Uraian • Read the Indonesia dan
dalam konteks mempelajari tentang dalam teks narrative objektif following Indonesia–
kehidupan noun phrases. dengan benar. sentences. Inggris.
sehari-hari • Buku-buku
dalam teks 8. Membaca cerita yang • Tes tulis • Uraian • Read the lain yang
berbentuk tersedia, lalu mencari following story relevan.
narrative dan makna kata dari kata- with proper
report. kata yang tersedia pronunciation.
berdasarkan cerita Find the
tersebut. meanings of the
words that follow.

9. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the


berdasarkan teks singkat following
sebelumnya. questions based
on the story in
Task A.

10. Menceritakan kembali • Tes tulis • Uraian • Retell the story of


cerita ’The Legend of ‘The Legend of
Tanjung Lesung’ Tanjung Lesung’
menggunakan kata- using your own
kata sendiri. words.

11. Mencari sinonim dari • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find the


kata-kata yang synonyms of the
tersedia dalam following words in
bacaan yang ada the story in Task
pada kegiatan A.
sebelumnya.

12. Mencari makna kata- • Tes tulis • Uraian • Read the

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


kata yang tersedia. following words
and find their
meanings.

9
10
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

13. Mencari antonim dari • Tes tulis • Uraian • Read the words in
kata-kata yang Task E once
tersedia. again, and then
find their

Silabus Unit 1 Narratives


antonyms.
14. Membaca teks, lalu • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Read the text.
menjawab pertanyaan singkat Answer the
berdasarkan teks questions that
tersebut. follow.
15. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Read the text and
tepat berdasarkan teks ganda choose A, B, C or
yang dibaca. D for the correct
answer.
16. Melengkapi cerita • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the
dengan kata-kata yang following text with
tersedia di dalam the suitable
kotak. words from the
box.
17. Menggabungkan dua • Tes tulis • Uraian • Combine these
kalimat menjadi satu pairs of sentences
kalimat yang using the past
bermakna. perfect tense.
18. Melengkapi kalimat • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the
dengan bentuk kata sentences with
kerja yang tepat. the proper words.
Mind the tenses.
19. Menggarisbawahi • Tes tulis • Identifikasi • Underline the
noun phrases (frasa noun phrases in
benda) yang ada pada the following
kalimat-kalimat yang sentences.
tersedia.
20. Menyusun kembali • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Put the following
kata-kata yang diacak. kata acak words in the
correct order to get
good sentences.
Begin the
sentences with
the bold-typed
words.
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis
12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

12.1 Meng- • Teks tulis 1. Melanjutkan catatan • Menulis berbagai • Tes tulis • Uraian • Finish the 2 u 40' • Buku PR SMP
ungkapkan fungsional pendek harian dengan kata- teks untuk following diary IX B Intan
makna dalam berbentuk diary. kata sendiri. komunikasi sehari- using your own Pariwara
bentuk teks hari seperti diary words. hal. 29.
tulis fungsional 2. Menulis catatan harian dengan benar dan • Tes tulis • Uraian • Kamus
pendek bebas, lalu berterima. • Write your own Inggris–
sederhana membacakannya di diary based on Indonesia dan
dengan depan kelas. your one-week Indonesia–
menggunakan activity. Inggris.
ragam bahasa • Buku-buku
tulis secara lain yang
akurat, lancar, relevan.
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dalam konteks
kehidupan
sehari-hari.

12.2 Meng- • Teks narrative. 3. Menuliskan bentuk • Menulis berbagai • Tes tulis • Uraian • Write the past 3 u 40' • Buku PR SMP
ungkapkan past participle dari teks terutama yang participles of the IX B Intan
makna dan • The past perfect kata-kata kerja yang berbentuk narrative following verbs. Pariwara
langkah tense. tersedia. dengan langkah hal. 20–22.
retorika dalam retorika dan struktur • Kamus
esei pendek • Noun phrases. 4. Membuat kalimat teks yang benar • Tes tulis • Uraian • Make ten Inggris–
sederhana bebas menggunakan dan berterima. sentences using Indonesia dan
dengan meng- kata-kata dari the words in Task Indonesia–
gunakan ragam kegiatan sebelumnya. A. Use the past Inggris.
bahasa tulis perfect tense. • Buku-buku
secara akurat, lain yang
lancar dan 5. Mengoreksi kata-kata • Tes tulis • Uraian • Here is a story, relevan.
berterima untuk yang salah ejaan atau but there are
berinteraksi tulisan, lalu membaca some words
dalam konteks nyaring teks tersebut. which are
kehidupan misspelled or
sehari-hari miswritten. Find
dalam teks and correct them.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


berbentuk
narrative dan
report.

11
12
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6. Menulis kembali cerita • Tes tulis • Esai • Read a legend


yang telah dibaca, lalu from a magazine,
membacanya di newspaper, story
depan kelas. book or the

Silabus Unit 1 Narratives


Internet. Rewrite
the story using
your own words.

7. Menulis kalimat • Tes tulis • Uraian • Make sentences


menggunakan the using the past
past perfect tense perfect tense
berdasarkan gambar based on the
dan kata kunci yang pictures and the
tersedia. clues.

8. Membuat kalimat • Tes tulis • Uraian • Make five


menggunakan the sentences using
past perfect tense. the past perfect
tense.

9. Secara bekelompok, • Tes tulis • Uraian • Let’s compete.


membuat noun Work in groups of
phrases (frase benda) four. Expand each
berdasarkan kata-kata word below to
yang telah disediakan. make proper
noun phrases.
The winner is the
group that can
make the longest
proper noun
phrases.

10. Membuat kalimat • Tes tulis • Uraian • Make sentences


menggunakan noun using the phrases
phrases (frase benda) you have written
dari kegiatan in Task G.
sebelumnya.
SILABUS
Unit 2 Reports
Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs . . .
Kelas/Semester : IX/2
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris
Unit : 2
Genre : Report
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
7. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan
sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

7.1 Merespon • Percakapan 1. Memahami • Bereaksi atau • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang transaksional dan percakapan yang ada merespons dengan objektif following dialog. Bahasa
terdapat dalam interpersonal yang dan mempelajari benar terhadap Inggris SMP/
percakapan memuat ungkapan ungkapan-ungkapan tindak tutur yang MTs IXB
transaksional untuk kesantunan. melibatkan tidak Intan
(to get things mengungkapkan tutur Pariwara
done) dan kesantunan. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan mengungkapkan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the hal. 39–42.
interpersonal apersepsi. kesantunan. singkat questions below. • Kamus
(bersosialisasi) Inggris–
pendek 3. Menyimak percakapan • Tes lisan • Isian • Listen to your Indonesia
sederhana yang dibacakan guru. teacher. dan
secara akurat, 4. Melengkapi Complete the Indonesia–
lancar, dan percakapan soal following dialog Inggris.
berterima untuk berdasar percakapan based on what • Buku-buku
berinteraksi yang dibacakan guru. you have heard. lain yang
dalam konteks relevan.
kehidupan 5. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the
sehari-hari yang ada berdasarkan singkat following
yang percakapan pada questions based
melibatkan kegiatan sebelumnya. on the dialog in
tindak tutur Task A.
mengungkapkan
kesantunan. 6. Membaca percakapan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Read the dialogs
yang ada, lalu singkat and answer your
menjawab pertanyaan teacher’s
yang dibacakan guru. questions.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


13
14
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

7. Menyimak percakapan • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Listen to your


yang dibacakan guru. kalimat acak teacher. Put the
8. Menentukan urutan- following

Silabus Unit 2 Reports


urutan kalimat-kalimat sentences in the
soal sehingga mem- correct order
bentuk percakapan based on the
yang urut sesuai dialog you have
dengan percakapan heard.
yang diperdengarkan.

9. Menyimak percakapan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Listen to your


yang diperdengarkan/ benar/salah teacher. Are the
dibacakan guru. following
10. Menentukan statements true (T)
pernyataan yang or false (F) based
tersedia benar atau on the dialog you
salah berdasarkan have just heard?
percakapan tersebut. Correct the false
ones.

Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan


8. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrarive dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

8.1 Merespons • Teks lisan 1. Mempelajari teks lisan • Mampu merespons • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang fungsional fungsional pendek makna gagasan objektif following text. Bahasa
terdapat dalam pendek: contest contest announcement. dalam teks lisan Inggris SMP/
teks lisan announcement. fungsional pendek MTs IXB Intan
fungsional 2. Menjawab pertanyaan berbentuk contest • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Remember Unit 1. Pariwara
pendek apersepsi. announcement lisan singkat Answer the hal. 61–63.
sederhana secara lancar, questions below. • Kamus
secara akurat, akurat, dan Inggris–
lancar, dan 3. Mempelajari teks tulis berterima. • Non tes • Uraian • Read the Indonesia dan
berterima fungsional pendek objektif following text. Indonesia–
untuk berbentuk surat. Inggris.
• Buku-buku
lain yang
relevan.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

berinteraksi 4. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


dalam konteks pengumuman dengan teacher. Complete
kehidupan kata-kata yang sesuai the text based on
sehari-hari. dengan pengumuman what you have
yang diperdengarkan. heard.

5. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following


pernyataan soal benar benar/salah statements true (T)
atau salah or false (F) based
berdasarkan on the complete
pengumuman pada announcement in
kegiatan sebelumnya. Task A? Correct
the false ones.

6. Menyimak kalimat- • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your


kalimat pengumuman teacher. Write
yang dibacakan guru, down the
lalu menuliskannya di announcement
secarik kertas. you have heard.

7. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Listen to your


berdasarkan singkat teacher. Answer
pengumuman yang the his/her
telah ditulis pada questions based
kegiatan sebelumnya. on the
announcement
you have written in
Task C.

8.2 Merespons • Monolog report. 8. Menyimak monolog • Merespons makna • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 4 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang report yang dibacakan gagasan yang objektif following Bahasa Inggris
terdapat dalam • Kosakata yang guru serta memahami terdapat dalam monolog. SMP/MTs IXB
monolog terkait topik yang penjelasannya. monolog pendek Intan Pariwara
pendek dipilih. berbentuk report hal. 47, 51–54.
sederhana 9. Menjawab pertanyaan sederhana secara • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the • Kamus
secara akurat, apersepsi. akurat, lancar dan singkat questions below. Inggris–
lancar, dan berterima. Indonesia dan
berterima 10. Menjodohkan kata-kata • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Match the words in Indonesia–
untuk dengan artinya yang kan column A with their Inggris.
berinteraksi tersedia dengan benar. correct meanings • Buku-buku
dalam konteks in column B. You lain yang

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


kehidupan will find the words relevan.
sehari-hari in the monolog in
Task C.

15
16
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

dalam teks 11. Melengkapi kalimat- • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the
berbentuk kalimat dengan kata- following
narrative dan kata yang ada di sentences with

Silabus Unit 2 Reports


report. kegiatan sebelumnya. the words in Task
A column A.
Change the form
of the words if
necessary.

12. Melengkapi teks yang • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


tersedia dengan kata- teacher. Fill in the
kata sesuai dengan blanks based on
monolog yang the monolog you
diperdengarkan. have heard.

13. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Are the following


pernyataan soal benar benar/salah statements true
atau salah (T) or false (F)
berdasarkan teks based on the
pada kegiatan complete text in
sebelumnya. Task C? Correct
the false ones.

14. Menyimak monolog • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Listen to your


yang diperdengarkan/ kalimat teacher. Put the
dibacakan guru. acak following
15. Menentukan urutan sentences in the
kalimat-kalimat soal correct order
berdasarkan monolog based on the
yang diperdengarkan. monolog you
have heard.

16. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the


berdasarkan teks yang singkat following
telah urut pada questions based
kegiatan sebelumnya. on the proper text
in Task E.

17. Menyimak kalimat- • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your


kalimat yang teacher. Write the
diperdengarkan/ sentences you
dibacakan guru, lalu have heard on
menuliskannya di a sheet of paper.
secarik kertas.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

18. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the


berdasarkan teks singkat following
yang ditulis pada questions based
kegiatan sebelumnya. on the sentences
you have written
in Task G.

19. Mengartikan kata-kata • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find the meanings


yang terdapat dalam of the following
monolog pada words. You will
kegiatan selanjutnya. hear them in the
monolog in Task J.

20. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your


tepat berdasarkan isi ganda teacher. Choose
monolog yang A, B, C or D for
diperdengarkan/ the correct
dibacakan guru. answer.

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara


9. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan
report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

9.1 Mengung- • Percakapan 1. Membaca percakaan, • Melakukan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Read the dialog 4 u 40' • Buku PR
kapkan makna transaksional dan lalu menjawab berbagai tindak singkat and answer the Bahasa
dalam interpersonal pertanyaan yang ada. tutur dalam wacana questions. Inggris SMP/
percakapan yang memuat lisan transaksional/ MTs IXB Intan
transaksional ungkapan- 2. Menentukan interpersonal • Tes unjuk • Pernyataan • Read the dialogs. Pariwara
(to get things ungkapan untuk pernyataan yang seperti kerja benar/salah Are the following hal. 43–47.
done) dan menyatakan tersedia benar atau mengungkapkan statements true • Kamus
interpersonal kesopanan. salah berdasarkan kesopanan. (T) or false (F) Inggris–
(bersosialisasi) percakapan yang ada. based on the Indonesia dan
pendek dialogs? Correct Indonesia–
sederhana the false ones. Inggris.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


dengan • Buku-buku
menggunakan lain yang
ragam bahasa relevan.

17
18
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

lisan secara 3. Melengkapi • Mengembangkan • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the


akurat, lancar percakapan soal wanaca following dialog
dan berterima dengan ungkapan- transaksional dan with the correct

Silabus Unit 2 Reports


untuk ungkapan yang interpersonal expressions from
berinteraksi tersedia di dalam kotak. pendek menjadi the box.
dalam konteks sebuah obrolan
kehidupan 4. Memilih jawaban yang atau interaksional • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C or
sehari-hari yang benar berdasarkan yang lebih panjang. ganda D for the correct
melibatkan percakapan yang ada answer based on
tindak tutur di kegiatan the dialog in
mengungkapkan sebelumnya. Task C.
kesantunan.
5. Menyusun kalimat- • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Put the following
kalimat acak menjadi kalimat acak sentences in the
percakapan yang correct order to
runtut. make a proper
dialog.

6. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the


percakapan- following dialogs
percakapan singkat with proper
dengan ungkapan- expressions. Use
ungkapan yang expressions to
sesuai. show politeness.

7. Menyusun percakapan • Tes tulis • Uraian • Create a dialog


berdasarkan panduan expressing
yang tersedia. politeness based
8. Meminta bantuan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja on the following
teman untuk kerja guideline.
memperagakan
percakapan tersebut
di depan kelas.

9. Secara individu • Tes tulis • Uraian • Create dialogs


membuat percakapan based on the
berdasarkan situasi following
soal. situations.
10. Memperagakan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja
percakapan yang kerja
sudah dibuat di depan
kelas dengan bantuan
teman.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara
10. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi
dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

10.1 Meng- • Teks lisan 1. Melengkapi • Mengungkapkan • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional pengumuman lisan makna/gagasan following text with Bahasa
makna dalam pendek: contest dengan kata-kata yang dalam teks the correct words Inggris SMP/
teks lisan announcement. tersedia di dalam kotak. fungsional pendek from the box. MTs IXB Intan
fungsional lisan berbentuk Pariwara
pendek 2. Menjawab pertanyaan contest • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the hal. 63–64.
sederhana yang ada berdasarkan announcement lisan singkat following • Kamus
dengan pengumuman yang dengan benar dan questions based Inggris–
menggunakan ada di kegiatan berterima. on the complete Indonesia dan
ragam bahasa sebelumnya. announcement in Indonesia–
lisan secara Task A. Inggris.
akurat, lancar • Buku-buku
dan berterima 3. Menyampaikan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Retell the lain yang
untuk pengumuman pada kerja announcement in relevan.
berinteraksi kegiatan sebelumnya Task A using your
dalam konteks dengan kata-kata own words.
kehidupan sendiri.
sehari-hari.
4. Menyampaikan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • What
pengumuman yang kerja announcement
belum lama didengar have you heard
menggunakan kata-kata recently? Retell it
sendiri secara lisan. using your own
words.

10.2 Meng- • Monolog report. 5. Membaca dan • Mengungkapkan • Tes lisan • Uraian • Read the text. 3 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan memahami teks report makna/gagasan Find the Bahasa
makna dalam • Kata, frasa, atau yang ada di buku, lalu dalam monolog meanings of the Inggris SMP/
monolog kalimat sederhana mencari arti kata-kata report dengan words that follow. MTs IXB Intan
pendek yang terkait topik. yang tersedia. ragam bahasa lisan Pariwara
sederhana secara akurat, hal. 54–56.
dengan 6. Menjawab pertanyaan- lancar, dan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the • Kamus
menggunakan pertanyaan yang ada berterima. singkat folowing questions Inggris–
ragam bahasa di buku berdasarkan based on the text Indonesia dan
lisan secara teks pada kegiatan in Task A. Indonesia–
akurat, lancar, sebelumnya. Inggris.
dan berterima • Buku-buku

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


untuk lain yang
relevan.

19
20
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

berinteraksi 7. Menentukan gagasan • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find the main


dalam konteks utama tiap paragraf idea of each
kehidupan dalam teks pada paragraph in the

Silabus Unit 2 Reports


sehari-hari kegiatan sebelumnya. text in Task A.
berbentuk 8. Menyampaikan teks • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja Then, retell the
narrative dan tersebut kerja text based on the
report. menggunakan daftar list of the main
gagasan utama yang ideas.
telah ditulis.

9. Menyampaikan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Deliver a monolog


monolog report kerja about a
tentang gedung skyscraper. Use
pencakar langit the following
menggunakan sentences or find
informasi yang other related
tersedia. Siswa juga sources.
dapat mencari data
lain yang mendukung.

10. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C or


benar sesuai dengan ganda D for the correct
informasi yang ada di answer based on
kegiatan sebelumnya. the information in
Task D.

11. Melakukan monolog • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Find a report


report tentang suatu kerja about a public
tempat umum di place. Talk about
depan kelas. Siswa the public place
dapat menggunakan using your own
foto untuk mendukung words. Bring
presentasinya. a picture to
support your talk.
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca
11. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sangat sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

11.1 Membaca • Teks tulis 1. Membaca nyaring • Membaca nyaring • Tes unjuk • Membaca • Read the 1 u 40' • Buku PR
nyaring fungsional surat yang ada di buku secara bermakna kerja nyaring following text. Bahasa
bermakna teks pendek: surat. dengan lafal dan wacana teks tulis Find the opposite Inggris SMP/
tulis fungsional intonasi yang benar. fungsional meanings of the MTs IXB Intan
dan esei pendek 2. Mencari lawan kata berbentuk: surat. • Tes tulis • Uraian underlined words. Pariwara
sederhana dari kata yang hal. 64.
berbentuk tersedia. • Mengidentifikasi • Kamus
Inggris–
narrative dan makna/gagasan
Indonesia dan
report dengan 3. Menjawab pertanyaan dalam teks tulis • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Indonesia–
ucapan, tekanan yang tersedia fungsional pendek singkat following Inggris.
dan intonasi berdasarkan surat berbentuk: surat questions based • Buku-buku
yang berterima yang ada di kegiatan dengan tepat. on the letter in lain yang
untuk sebelumnya. Task A. relevan.
berinteraksi
dalam konteks 4. Melengkapi surat • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the
kehidupan dengan kata-kata yang following letter
sehari-hari. tersedia di dalam with the correct
kotak. words from the
11.2 Merespons box.
makna dalam
teks tulis
fungsional
pendek secara
akurat, lancar
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dalam konteks
kehidupan
sehari-hari.

11.3 Merespons • Teks report. 5. Membaca dan • Membaca nyaring • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 4 u 40' • Buku PR
makna dan memahami isi dan secara bermakna objektif following text. Bahasa
langkah retorika • Kata, frasa, atau struktur teks yang wacana berbentuk: Inggris SMP/
dalam esei kalimat sederhana berbentuk review, lalu report. MTs IXB Intan
pendek yang terkait topik. memahami Pariwara
sederhana penjelasannya. hal. 48–51,

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


56–60.
secara akurat,
lancar dan
berterima untuk

21
22
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

berinteraksi • Coordinating 6. Mempelajari • Mengidentifikasi • Non tes • Uraian • Read the • Kamus
dalam konteks conjunctions (and, penjelasan dan contoh makna gagasan objektif following dialog. Inggris–
kehidupan but, or, so, for, yet, kalimat yang dalam wacana Indonesia dan
Indonesia–

Silabus Unit 2 Reports


sehari-hari nor). menggunakan berbentuk report,
dalam teks coordinating meliputi main ideas, Inggris.
berbentuk • Special finites: conjunction. supporting details, • Buku-buku
lain yang
narrative dan ‘may’ and ‘might’, serta makna kata,
relevan.
report. ‘can’ and ‘could’. 7. Mempelajari frasa dan kalimat. • Non tes • Uraian • Read the
penjelasan dan objektif following
penggunaan finite • Merespons makna sentences.
’may’ dan ’might’, serta yang terdapat
’can’ dan ’could’. dalam teks report
dengan benar dan
8. Membaca nyaring teks berterima. • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the text.
report dengan lafal nyaring Find the main
dan intonasi yang idea of each
benar. paragraph.
9. Menjelaskan gagasan • Tes tulis • Uraian
utama tiap paragraf
dalam teks tersebut.

10. Menyebutkan lawan • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find the opposite


kata dari kata-kata meanings of the
yang tersedia dan following words in
menjelaskan artinya. the text in Task A.
Explain their
meanings.

11. Menjawab pertanyaan- • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the


pertanyaan yang ada singkat following
berdasarkan teks yang questions based
ada di kegiatan on the text in
sebelumnya. Task A.

12. Membaca nyaring teks • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the


report dengan lafal nyaring following text. Are
dan intonasi yang the statements
benar. that follow true (T)
13. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan or false (F) based
pernyataan soal benar benar/salah on the text?
atau salah Correct the false
berdasarkan isi teks ones.
tersebut.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

14. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Uraian • Complete the


pernyataan soal following
dengan kata-kata statements with
yang sesuai dengan the correct words
teks pada kegiatan based on the text
sebelumnya. in Task D.

15. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the


dengan kata-kata text with the
yang tersedia di dalam suitable words
kotak. from the box.

16. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C or


tepat berdasarkan ganda D for the correct
teks yang ada di answer based on
kegiatan sebelumnya. the text in Task F.

Standar Kompetensi : Menulis


12. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk narrative dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

12.1 Meng- • Teks tulis 1. Menyusun kalimat- • Menulis berbagai • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Put the following 1 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional kalimat acak menjadi teks tulis fungsional kalimat sentences in the Bahasa
makna dalam pendek: surat. surat yang runtut. pendek berbentuk acak correct order to Inggris SMP/
bentuk teks tulis surat dengan make a good MTs IXB Intan
fungsional akurat, lancar, dan letter. Pariwara
pendek berterima. hal. 65.
sederhana 2. Menulis surat • Tes tulis • Uraian • Suppose your • Kamus
dengan berdasarkan situasi school will take Inggris–
menggunakan yang ada. part in a carnival. Indonesia dan
ragam bahasa Write a letter to Indonesia–
tulis secara one of Inggris.
akurat, lancar extracurricular • Buku-buku

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2


dan berterima clubs in your lain yang
untuk school to help the relevan.
preparation.

23
24
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

berinteraksi
dalam konteks
kehidupan

Silabus Unit 2 Reports


sehari-hari.

12.2 Meng- • Teks report. 3. Menggabungkan dua • Menulis teks-teks • Tes tulis • Uraian • Join the following 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan kalimat menjadi satu berbentuk report pairs of Bahasa
makna dan • Coordinating menggunakan dengan langkah- sentences using Inggris SMP/
langkah conjunctions (and, coordinating langkah retorika proper MTs IXB
retorika dalam but, or, so, for, yet, conjunction yang yang benar serta coordinating Intan
esei pendek nor). sesuai. tata bahasa yang conjunctions. Pariwara
sederhana benar dan hal. 60–61.
dengan • Special finites: 4. Membuat lima kalimat berterima. • Tes tulis • Uraian • Make five • Kamus
menggunakan ‘may’ and ‘might’, menggunakan inite sentences using Inggris–
ragam bahasa ‘can’ and ‘could’. ’may’ dan ’might’, serta ‘may/might’, and Indonesia
tulis secara lima kalimat five sentences dan
akurat, lancar menggunakan ’can’ using ‘can/could’. Indonesia–
dan berterima dan ’could’. Inggris.
untuk • Buku-buku
berinteraksi 5. Membaca teks yang • Tes tulis • Uraian • Read the following lain yang
dalam konteks tersedia, lalu text. Identify the relevan.
kehidupan mengidentifikasi structure of the
sehari-hari struktur teks tersebut. text.
dalam teks
berbentuk 6. Secara mandiri, • Tes tulis • Esai • Create a report
narrative dan menulis teks about the
report. berbentuk report following picture.
tentang sebuah It is a warehouse.
tempat, yaitu gudang Use facts and
penyimpanan. avoid opinions.
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
● tell interesting news or
information and respond to
it,
● tell some stories (narratives)
using spoken English,
● present poems using spoken
English,
● create stories (written
narratives),
● write diaries,
● use the past perfect tense
and noun phrases properly.

All of you may have seen Harry Potter, Transformer 2, the X-Men
and other famous films, right? The stories of Harry Potter, Transformer 2
and the X-Men are amazing, aren’t they? Do you think the stories are
real? No, they are not. Those are imaginative. Imaginative stories are
called narratives.
In this unit, you will listen to, talk about, read and try to write some
stories. Enjoy them. Finally, you will be able to create your own
imaginative stories.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 25


1.1 Expressions

Telling about Interesting News or Information and Responding to It

Read the following dialogs.


Alfonso : Did you hear that Jonathan was
1 called to the principal’s office again?
Bernard : No way!
Alfonso : It’s true. He skipped school
yesterday.
Bernard : Why doesn’t he learn from his past
mistakes? His parents must be so
sad.
Alfonso : Yes. He has been told off before, but
he doesn’t seem to have changed.
Bernard : Unfortunately, we can do nothing,
right?
Alfonso : Right.

Annita : Joyce, I tried to find your name on the


facebook, but I couldn’t find it. 2
Joyce : Sorry, An. I don’t have a facebook
account.
Annita : What? I don’t believe it. Almost
everyone has it, you know.
Joyce : I don’t think it gives me much benefits.
Annita : Let me tell you this. I have
a facebook account. It enables me to
make friends with people from
abroad. So, I can improve my
English.
Joyce : Is that so?
Annita : Yup!

In dialog 1, Alfonso said, “It’s true. He skipped school yesterday.” to give information.
Meanwhile, in dialog 2, Annita said, “Let me tell you this. I have a facebook account.
It enables me to make friends with people from abroad. So, I can improve my English.”
to tell about interesting news.

26 UNIT 1 Narratives
Here are some expressions to tell about Here are some possible expressions to
interesting news or information. respond to interesting news or information.

Telling about Interesting Responding


News or Information
● Ghat is smart.
● Guess what! ● You are terrific!
● Let me tell you this. ● Is that true?
● I’ll tell you what! ● I can’t believe it.
● I’ve got good news. ● I’m glad to hear that.
● Have you heard the news? ● I’m happy with the news.
● Look at this! You won’t believe it. ● I can feel that you’re happy.
● I’ve got hot news. Want to hear it? ● Really?
● Wow!
● Amazing!
● Wonderful!
● That’s great!

Answer the following questions.


1. When your mother tells you that your father gets a promotion in his office, is it surprising you?
What will you say then?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, it is. I will say, “Really? That’s great!”
2. You’ve just heard that your class’ favorite teacher will teach in another school. Then, you
inform your classmate about it. What will you say? How will your classmate respond to it?
Contoh jawaban: I will say, “Listen! Mr. Linggar will move out and teach in another school!”
My classmate will say, “Are you sure?”

A. Listen to your teacher and repeat after him/her.


1. Reza : You won’t believe what I’ve just heard.
Allan : What is it?
Reza : I heard Jarret finally got his motorcycle back.
Allan : Is it confirmed? He had lost it for almost six months.
Reza : Yeah!
Allan : If that’s true, I’m happy for him then.
Reza : Me too.
2. Mrs. Rudi :
How was your day today?
Soni :
It was great, Mom. And I’ve got good news.
Mrs. Rudi :
What’s that?
Soni :
When I had an English class this morning, the principal entered my classroom.
She was with a good-looking girl. And you know, Mom, she’s from Australia! She
will study in my class for two months.
Mrs. Rudi : What’s the point?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 27


Soni : The point is that the principal asked me to take her to look around the city.
Mrs. Rudi : That’s great!
Soni : One more thing. I’ll go with her to the town square this afternoon.
Mrs. Rudi : Good luck!
Soni : Thanks, Mom.
B. Listen to your teacher.
Answer his/her questions based on the dialogs in Task A.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


Dialog 1
1. What is the dialog about?
2. How long have Jarret lost it?
3. How was Allan and Reza’s feeling to hear the news?
Dialog 2
1. What are Soni and his mother talking about?
2. How did Soni feel about the school day?
3. What did the principal ask Soni to do?
4. Where will he go this afternoon?
5. Who will go with him?

Jawaban:
Dialog 1 Dialog 2
1. About the news that Jarret got his 1. About Soni’s day at school.
motorcycle back. 2. He felt very happy.
2. For about six months. 3. To take the girl to look around the city.
3. They were happy for Jarret. 4. He’ll go to the town square.
5. His new friend from Australia

Variasi:
Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Jollie and Mawar are having a chit-chat during the break.
Mawar : Jo, did you remember the girl we saw yesterday afternoon?
Jollie : You mean the girl with big sunglasses?
Mawar : That’s right. Do you know who she is?
Jollie : No, I don’t.
Mawar : She is a singer, and she will perform on her show tonight. What if we see her
performance?
Jollie : I’d love to, but I can’t. I have lots of work to do.
1. Where does the dialog occur?
Jawaban: At school.
2. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: Two students: Jollie and Mawar.
3. Whom did the speakers meet yesterday actually?
Jawaban: A singer.
4. Will they see the girl’s performance together?
Jawaban: No, they won’t.
5. Does Jollie want to go to see a music performance? Why?
Jawaban: No, she doesn’t. Because she has lots of work to do.

28 UNIT 1 Narratives
C. Listen to your teacher.
Give suitable responses.

Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru:


1. Do you know that Mr. Setyawan is in hospital?
2. I’ll tell you what! Our school representatives won the National Science Olympiad!
3. I’ve got good news. We’ll have a holiday trip to Bali!
4. Listen! You all passed the final exam.
5. Have you heard the news? The Minister of National Education is going to visit our school
tomorrow. He will give scholarships to the best students of this school.

Contoh jawaban:
1. No. What happens to him? 2. Oh, that’s great! 3. Really? Amazing!
4. Is that true? Hurray! 5. I can’t believe it.

D. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Luki : Tari, you must read this.
Tari : What’s that, Luki?
Luki : It’s the story of Si Pungguk from West Sumatra. (1) Guess what! This is the second time I’m
reading it!
Tari : Well, (2) what’s so special?
Luki : You know a bird called pungguk, don’t you? This story tells about it.
Tari : It sounds interesting. Will you tell me a little bit of the story?
Luki : Sure. Long, long ago there lived Pungguk, a poor good-looking young man. He fell in love
with Princess Purnama Bulan. However, Purnama Bulan already had a fiancé. One day,
Purnama Bulan gave Pungguk a veil. When Pungguk walked, Purnama Bulan’s fiancé
noticed the veil, and thought that Pungguk had stolen it. With his sword, he killed Pungguk.
(3) Believe it or not! From Pungguk’s dead body grew some mushrooms which changed
into living creatures, birds. Those birds were called Pungguk. You know, they used to sit on
the highest branch of a tree looking at a full moon. (4) Surprisingly, they called “Pungguk!
Pungguk!”.
Luki : (5) What an interesting story! Unfortunately, it has a sad ending.
Tari : It does.
Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Variasi:
A. Answer the questions based on the dialog you have heard in Task D.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. What is the story about?
2. Where does the story come from?
3. How many characters are there in the story? Mention them.
4. Why did Princess Purnama Bulan’s fiancé kill Pungguk?
5. What is Luki’s opinion about the story?
Jawaban:
1. About a poor good-looking young man named Pungguk who fell in love with a princess.
2. From West Sumatra.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 29


3. Three characters: Si Pungguk, Princess Purnama Bulan and her fiancé.
4. Because he thought Pungguk had stolen the veil.
5. He thinks that it is interesting, but it has a sad ending.
B. Listen to your teacher and answer the questions based on the dialog you have heard.

Catatan: Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memanfaatkan percakapan berikut untuk melakukan


kegiatan seperti kegiatan terdahulu.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
Elizabeth : Ah, Adi. Just the person I wanted to meet.
Adi : Hi. What is it?
Elizabeth : I have got interesting news for you.
Adi : What’s that?
Elizabeth : It’s about your article on Indonesian culture. It won the national competition!
Adi : Really? It’s what I want to hear. Where did you get the information?
Elizabeth : I read its announcement in our local newspaper five minutes ago. You can
find the newspaper in the school library.
Adi : O.K., I’ll go there now. Thanks for the information.
Elizabeth : No problem. Congratulations, Adi!
Adi : Thank you.
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade IX

1. Where do you think the dialog takes place?


Jawaban: At school.
2. What are the speakers talking about?
Jawaban: About the news that Adi’s article on Indonesian culture has won the national
competition.
3. How did Eliza know the news?
Jawaban: She read its announcement in the local newspaper.
4. Where can Adi get the newspaper?
Jawaban: In the school library.
5. Eliza said, “I have got interesting news for you.” What does it mean?
Jawaban: She is giving interesting news.

C. Getting some interesting news for


E. Listen to your teacher.
students.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
D. Arranging the speaker’s vacation.
Jawaban: B
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
Topik yang dibicarakan kedua tokoh
This dialog is for questions 1 and 2. adalah tentang berita bahwa mereka akan
Dina : It’s interesting. Mr. Sartono said that mendapat kesempatan liburan gratis
we would have a free vacation to (having a free vacation) ke Yogyakarta dan
Yogyakarta and Magelang this holiday. Magelang. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat
Adi : That’ll be great! We can visit Dina, ”Mr. Sartono said that we would have
Prambanan and Borobudur Temples. a free vacation to Yogyakarta and
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High Magelang.”.
School Students Grade IX
2. Where will the speakers go this holiday?
A. Yogyakarta.
1. What are the speakers talking about?
B. Madiun.
A. Visiting some interesting places.
C. Yogyakarta and Madiun.
B. Having a free vacation.
D. Yogyakarta and Magelang.

30 UNIT 1 Narratives
Jawaban: D C. Indonesian folklores
Jawaban ini benar karena sesuai ucapan D. an Indonesian language
Dina, yaitu ”Mr Sartono said that we would Jawaban: C
have a free vacation to Yogyakarta and Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Fredy
Magelang this holiday.” yang artinya ”Pak ”That’s great! At last, we can finish our
Sartono mengatakan bahwa kita akan paper about Indonesian folklores.” yang
mengadakan liburan gratis ke Yogyakarta artinya ”Bagus! Akhirnya, kita dapat
dan Magelang.”. menyelesaikan tugas kita tentang cerita
rakyat Indonesia.”.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
This dialog is for questions 3 and 4. 6. “At last, we can finish our paper about
Indonesian folklores.” The opposite
Mr. Jarwo: Finally, this project succeeds. meaning of the underlined word is
Mr. Brata : I’m glad to hear that. Thank you ________.
for the info. A. stop B. halt
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School C. terminate D. begin
Students Grade IX
Jawaban: D
3. What are Mr. Jarwo and Mr. Brata talking Kata ’finish’ artinya menyelesaikan. Lawan
about? katanya adalah ’begin’ yang artinya
A. A successful project. memulai. Pilihan jawaban (A), (B) dan (C)
B. A new project. artinya berhenti.
C. A project failure.
D. A big project. Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
Jawaban: A This dialog is for questions 7 and 8.
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Pak
Ida : Finally, I’m going to Bali for
Jarwo, yaitu ”Finally, this project succeeds.”.
a vacation next month!
4. Mr. Brata said, “I’m glad to hear that.” Asep : I think you deserve it after your hard
The underlined word means ________. work.
A. happy B. proper
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High
C. satisfied D. glorious School Students Grade IX
Jawaban: A
Kata ’glad’ dan ’happy’ artinya sama, yaitu 7. Ida will go to Bali for ________ next month.
senang atau bahagia. Pilihan jawaban A. working B. studying
yang lain salah; (B) artinya sesuai, cocok, C. a vacation D. a business trip
(C) artinya puas, dan (D) artinya meriah, Jawaban: C
mulia atau agung. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Ida,
yaitu ”Finally, I’m going to Bali for a vacation
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru.
next month!” yang artinya ”Akhirnya, aku
This dialog is for questions 5 and 6. akan pergi bertamasya ke Bali bulan depan!”
Putri : Guess what! My brother has already 8. Asep said, “I think you deserve it after your
had a book about Indonesian folklores. hard work.”
That is the book we’re looking for. The word ‘deserve’ in Indonesian is
Fredy: That’s great! At last, we can finish our ________.
paper about Indonesian folklores. A. pantas menerima
Adapted from: Scaffolding English for Junior High B. mengalah
School Students Grade IX C. mempertimbangkan
D. merencanakan
5. Putri and Fredy have an assignment about Jawaban: A
________. Kata ’deserve’ artinya pantas menerima.
A. a folklore Bahasa Inggris untuk pilihan jawaban
B. an Indonesia’s history (B) adalah defeat, (C) adalah consider,
dan (D) adalah plan/arrange.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 31


English.” yang artinya ”Bu, aku mendapat
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: nilai A untuk pelajaran Bahasa Inggris.”.
This dialog is for questions 9 and 10.
10. Who are involved in the dialog?
Boy : Mom, I’ve got A for English! A. Two friends.
Woman : Congratulations, honey! I’m really B. A student and a teacher.
proud of you. C. A mother and a son.
D. A sister and a brother.
9. The woman congratulates the boy Jawaban: C
because ________. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan sebutan ’Mom’
A. he has won a writing competition pada kalimat ”Mom, I’ve got A for
B. he has got a good mark for English English.”. Itu berarti hubungan keduanya
C. he can speak English fluently adalah anak laki-laki (son) dan ibunya (his
D. he has delivered a speech successfully mother).
Jawaban: B
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan anak
laki-laki itu, yaitu ”Mom, I’ve got A for

A. Practice the following dialogs with your friend.


1. Ita : You’ve to know this.
Lucy : What?
Ita : Mr. Einstein will teach us again!
Lucy : Do you mean Mr. Thompson who is as genius as Einstein?
Ita : Yeah.
Lucy : That’s big news! I’m sure we will have a greater chance to win the National Physics
Olympiad next year.
Ita : I hope so.
Lucy : Let’s tell our friends about this.
Ita : Let’s.
2. Senopati : My Lord, I have to inform you about this news.
King : What is it, Senopati?
Senopati : One of my soldiers told me that he found much treasure.
King : Much treasure? Where? Call your soldier to come before me.
Senopati : On your service, My Lord.
3. Son : Dad, please forgive me. I don’t bring your lunch.
Father : What? Didn’t your mom cook food for me?
Son : She did. But I was very hungry on my way here, so I . . . .
Father : So you ate it, right?
Son : Yes, Dad.
Father : Listen! I work hard for you, but you don’t respect your father.
Son : I do apologize, Dad. Please forgive me.

B. Answer the following questions based on the dialogs in Task A.


1. For dialog 1. What are Ita and Lucy talking about?
Jawaban: They are talking about their genius teacher, Mr. Thompson, who will teach them again.
2. Why are they very happy?
Jawaban: Because they are sure that they will have a greater chance to win the National
Physics Olympiad next year.

32 UNIT 1 Narratives
3. What will they do after the conversation?
Jawaban: They will tell their friends about the news.
4. For dialog 2. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: A king and his senopati.
5. What does the senopati tell his king about?
Jawaban: He tells the king that his soldier has found much treasure.
6. What does the king want his senopati to do?
Jawaban: He orders his senopati to bring the soldier before him.
7. For dialog 3. How was the father when his son ate his lunch?
Jawaban: He was angry.
8. “So you ate it, right?” What does the word ‘it’ refer to?
Jawaban: The word ‘it’ refers to the father’s lunch.

Variasi:
Do it in turns.
Ask and answer questions about the dialogs in Task A.
Contoh tanya jawab:
Dialog 1
Student A : What interesting news does Ita tell Lucy about?
Student B : The news that Mr. Thompson who is as genius as Einstein will teach their class again.
Student A : How did Lucy respond to the news?
Student B : She was surprised and said, “That’s big news!”
Student A : Now your turn, please.
Student B : O.K. First question, do you think Ita and her friends will be able to win the Physics
Olympiad next year?
Student A : Yes, they will.
Student B : Why do you say so?
Student A : Because Mr. Thompson is as genius as Einstein. I’m sure he will teach them very well.

C. Complete the following dialogs with the suitable expressions from the box.

● Don’t get me wrong ● Are you serious ● Excellent


● Oh, no ● Is that true ● I want to know
● What about them ● Have you heard the news ● It can’t be
● You won’t believe this ● Guess who

1. Silvy : Janet is going to sing tonight.


Norry : (a) _________________________!
Silvy : It seems you are not happy with that.
Norry : It’s not that. (b) _________________________.
Silvy : What’s the problem then?
Norry : She can only sing one song.
Silvy : (c) _________________________?
Norry : I am. You should stop her.
2. Fairy 1 : (d) _________________________?
Fairy 2 : About what?
Fairy 1 : About those seven dwarfs.
Fairy 2 : (e) _________________________?
Fairy 1 : I heard there is a very beautiful girl staying with them. She does the house work.
Fairy 2 : (f) _________________________?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 33


Fairy 1 : Yup! The Pink Fairy has the proof.
Fairy 2 : How lucky those dwarfs are! Let’s go to their house and see that girl ourselves.
Fairy 1 : That’s what I’m thinking.
3. Bobby : Did you see the Moto GP race last night?
Allan : Unfortunately not. I fell asleep. Who won the race anyway?
Bobby : (g) _____________________?
Allan : My favorite rider, Rossi, right?
Bobby : Nope! He lost. Lorenzo beat him this time.
Allan : You must be kidding!
Bobby : No. (h) ___________________. Rossi couldn’t catch him and Lorenzo became the
champion.
Allan : Oh, no!
Jawaban:
1. a. Oh, no b. Don’t get me wrong c. Are you serious
2. d. Have you heard the news e. What about them f. Is that true
3. g. Guess who h. You won’t believe this

Variasi:
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs above?
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ For dialog 1. Norry is happy when she knows Janet is going to sing tonight.
2. ______ Silvy looks worried when she knows Janet is going to sing tonight.
3. ______ Janet only knows one song.
4. ______ For dialog 2. Fairy 1 and 2 know the seven dwarfs.
5. ______ Fairy 1 and 2 are going to the seven dwarfs’ house to help them do the house
work.
6. ______ There is a beautiful girl living with those dwarfs.
7. ______ For dialog 3. Allan’s favorite rider won the Moto GP championship.
8. ______ Bobby said, “You won’t believe this.” in order to tell Allan an interesting news.
Jawaban:
1. F (Norry is worried because she knows that Janet can only sing one song.)
2. F (Silvy is happy because she doesn’t know that Janet can only sing one song.)
3. T
4. T
5. F (Fairy 1 and 2 are going to the seven dwarfs’ house to see who the beautiful girl was.)
6. T
7. F (His favorite rider, Rossi, lost. Bobby told him about this by saying, “Nope! He lost.”)
8. T

D. Read the following dialog.


Listen to your teacher and answer his/her questions correctly.
Anneke : Hi, Jane. I’ve been looking for you.
Jane : Hi, Anne. What’s up?
Anneke : I have good news for you. Our team won the school wall magazine competition!
Jane : Really? How do you know?
Anneke : I read the announcement in the daily newspaper.
Jane : I want to read it. Do you bring the newspaper?
Anneke : Luckily yes. Here you are.
Jane : Thank you.

34 UNIT 1 Narratives
Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:
1. What did Anneke say to tell about interesting news?
2. What did Anneke tell Jane about?
3. What did Jane say to respond to the news?
4. Jane said, “I want to read it.” What does the word ‘it’ here refer to?
5. Where could Jane find the information about the news?

Jawaban:
1. She said, “I have good news for you.”
2. About their achievement in the school wall magazine competition.
3. She said, “Really? How do you know?”
4. The word ‘it’ refers to the announcement.
5. In the daily newspaper.

E. Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good dialog.

Ryan Kent

● Let me tell you what. The movie played ● I watched the movie three days ago,
was District 9. It is fantastic! broadcast by another TV station.
● Did you? I can’t believe it. I thought it is ● You mean District 9 which tells about a man
a new released movie on TV. who tries to save some aliens and himself?
● Yeah! How do you know? ● No. What’s up?
● Did you watch the box office movie on ● No, it is not.
TV last night?

Jawaban:
Ryan : Did you watch the box office movie on TV last night?
Kent : No. What’s up?
Ryan : Let me tell you what. The movie played was District 9. It is fantastic!
Kent : You mean District 9 which tells about a man who tries to save some aliens and himself?
Ryan : Yeah! How do you know?
Kent : I watched the movie three days ago, broadcast by another TV station.
Ryan : Did you? I can’t believe it. I thought it is a new released movie.
Kent : No, it is not.

Variasi:
Put the following sentences in the correct order to get a good dialog.

Lucy Avril

● Great! Let’s go to Cakrawala Supermarket ● Seriously, I am flat broke.


then. There’s a big sale! ● Hi, Lucy. Yeah, I think so.
● Sorry to hear that. ● For a good reason, I am broke.
● Why? You usually have enthusiasm when ● Sorry, I can’t go with you this
there’s a big sale. time.
● Hi, Avril. Are you free after school?
● Oh, come on!

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 35


Jawaban:
Lucy : Hi, Avril. Are you free after school?
Avril : Hi, Lucy. Yeah, I think so.
Lucy : Great! Let’s go to Cakrawala Supermarket then. There’s a big sale!
Avril : Sorry, I can’t go with you this time.
Lucy : Why? You usually have enthusiasm when there’s a big sale.
Avril : For a good reason, I am broke.
Lucy : Oh, come on!
Avril : Seriously, I am flat broke.
Lucy : Sorry to hear that.

F. Work in pairs.
Your partner will say the following expressions.
Give suitable responses.
Do it in turns.

1. A : I’m very happy today. Finally, the principal agreed with my proposal.
B : _____________________________________________________
2. A : I heard Chyntya got a scholarship to study in Singapore.
B : _____________________________________________________
3. A : What if we go to see the Bunaken Sail event together?
B : _____________________________________________________
4. A : The Indonesian candidate lost in the Miss Universe contest.
B : _____________________________________________________
5. A : Marlyn told me that you failed on your physics test again.
B : _____________________________________________________
Contoh jawaban:
1. B : I’m glad to hear that.
2. B : Did she? That’s wonderful!
3. B : That would be great!
4. B : I don’t doubt it.
5. B : How come? I’ve studied hard for the test.

G. Suppose one of your best friends will move out to another city.
Tell the news to another friend.
Contoh jawaban:
Reza : Hi, Mitha, have you heard the news?
Mitha : What is that?
Reza : You’d better believe this. Irna is moving to Semarang with her family.
Mitha : Are you joking?
Reza : I’m serious. Her father has just got a promotion. He has to manage the branch office there.

36 UNIT 1 Narratives
1.2 Genre

Spoken Text

Read the following monolog.


O.K., students. Now I will tell you the legend of Lake Toba. Listen to me carefully.
A long time ago, there was a poor farmer. He lived in a small bamboo hut near his rice field.
He lived with other farmers in the village.
One day, he wanted to catch some fish for his dinner. Just as he caught a big and fresh
fish, he heard a voice. “Please don’t kill me. If you let me live and put me into your rice field,
you will have your dinner on your dining table.”
“No problem,” said the farmer.
When the farmer went home, he was surprised. His dinner was already set on the table.
Another day, he went to the rice field and looked for the fish. He heard the same voice,
“I’m here, near you.” Suddenly, there was a beautiful girl beside him. Of course, he was very
surprised. “Are you the fish that I caught yesterday?”
“Yes, I am. Thanks for your help. Now, would you marry me?” replied the girl.
“Of course. I would be honored,” said the farmer happily.
“But on one condition. Never tell our children that I was once a fish,” added the girl.
“I give you my words,” promised the farmer.
Well, . . . after one year, they had a son. They called him Sam.
A few years later, the mother asked Sam to bring lunch to his father at the rice field. Feeling
hungry, the boy ate his father’s lunch on the way. Knowing this, the farmer was angry. “You are
a naughty boy! You won’t be a good boy because you are actually a son of a fish!”
The boy cried and went home. He told his mother what his father had said about him.
Immediately, the mother went to the rice field, and said angrily to her husband, “You have
broken your promise. Now you must be punished.”
Then, she left her husband. Suddenly, . . . a big tide came and engulfed the village. The
flood made a deep vast lake. People call it Lake Toba.
Source: October 22, 2004 <http://seamoe3.bpkpenabur.or.id/sttpks/province/ns_01.html>

The text above is a narrative in spoken form. Can you mention the characteristics of
a spoken text? What are they?

Written Text

Read the following text.


Lake Toba

Once upon a time, there was a fisherman living in North Sumatra.


One day, while he was fishing in a river, a big fish was nailed. This
Orientation fish had gold color all over its body. It was beautiful. The fisherman
was very excited. He imagined a delicious dinner he would have.
Soon he put the fish in his basket and went home happily.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 37


When the fisherman got home, he put the fish in a sink. He took
a knife to kill the fish. However, when he almost killed it, he saw the
fish’s eyes and felt pity. So he took the knife away and put the fish in
a washbasin. Then, he added some water in it. “Don’t worry, I
wouldn’t kill you,” the fisherman said to the fish.
The fisherman went fishing again, but this time he couldn’t get
any fish. He went home with nothing in his hand. He was starving
and walked home slouching. He was surprised when he saw smoke
came out from his kitchen.
“Who is cooking in my kitchen?” he confused.
He peeped in and was surprised knowing that there was
a beautiful girl cooking in the kitchen. “Who is the girl in my
kitchen?” he murmured.
The fisherman entered the room. “Who are you?” he asked the
girl.
“I’m the fish,” the girl said.
The fisherman looked into the washbasin and saw nothing in it.
“The fish?” he asked incredulous.
“Yes. You didn’t kill me and I’m very thankful. I will return your
kindness,” the girl said.
“That’s all right. I didn’t ask any return,” said the fisherman.
“But I have to,” the girl insisted.
Complication
“Well, I live alone. I don’t have a family. If you want to be my
wife, I will be very happy,” the fisherman asked the girl.
The girl smiled and said, “I’d love to, but you have to promise
me that if we have a kid, you won’t tell him about me.”
And so, the fisherman and the fish girl were married. And then
they had a child called Samo. Samo was very naughty. He always
played and never helped his parents.
One day, Samo’s mother asked him to deliver lunch to his
father. On his way, he met his friends and forgot to deliver his
father’s lunch. Samo played with his friends. When he was tired and
hungry, he took a rest under a tree and ate his father’s lunch.
Meanwhile, his father waited for him starving and tired. His father
went home and saw Samo played. “Where is my lunch?” he asked.
“Umm . . . mm . . . I ate it,” Samo said. He looked afraid.
“Why did you eat it?” his father asked.
“Umm . . . mm . . . I was hungry after playing with my friends,”
Samo said.
“You were asked to deliver my lunch, but you didn’t do it,” said
his father furiously. “I can’t handle you anymore. You are very
naughty. Go away and don’t come back home!” His father yelled and
evicted Samo from his house. His father said the words that he
wouldn’t suppose to say. “You . . . fish’s son.”

38 UNIT 1 Narratives
Suddenly, the sky got dark, and the storm was rumbling. The
rain felt from the sky like a huge hose sprayed water all over the
place. Water also came out from the earth and got harder.
Samo’s mother was very sad. “I told you not to tell him about
Resolution me,” she said to her husband. “Now I’m going back to be a fish
again. Goodbye.” She magically turned into a gold fish and jumped
into the water, disappeared. Very soon the village was drowned and
it formed a lake. Meanwhile, Samo ran to the hill and stayed there.
The hill was surrounded by the water.

Now the lake was known as Lake Toba. The word Toba comes
from tuba which means no mercy. The hill in the middle of the lake is
Reorientation
called Samosir Island. Samosir means ‘Samo diusir’ or in English
‘Samo who had been evicted’.
Adapted from: September 5, 2009 <http://xastory.blogspot.com/2008/09/legend-of-
toba-lake.html>

The text above is a narrative in written form. It functions to entertain or amuse the
readers. It consists of orientation, complication, resolution and reorientation (optional).
● Orientation. It introduces the main characters of the story, the place and time where
the story happens.
● Complication. It shows the problems that happen in the story.
● Resolution. This is the end of the story where the problems are solved.
● Reorientation. It shows the comment of the writer or it presents the moral value of
the story.

Grammar Section

The Past Perfect Tense


Read the following sentences.

I had never seen such a beautiful beach Mr. and Mrs. Pitt had never ridden a pony
before I visited Glagah Beach. cart like this before yesterday.

Those two sentences are in the past perfect tense. The pattern is had + past participle.
Those sentences express ideas that something occurred before another action in the past.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 39


Here are some other examples.

Tino got flu because he had eaten too much Johny didn’t know where Vredeburg fortress
ice cream in the party. is because he had never been in Yogyakarta.
The past perfect tense also shows that something started in the past and continued up until
another action in the past.
Example:

Uncle Ganang and his family had lived in that house for ten years before he renovated it.

Noun Phrases

Read the following sentences.



The bird
The white bird
is a dove.
The white tame bird
The white tame and exotic bird

Suppose you write a sentence, “The bird is a dove.” to describe a bird. Grammatically, it
is correct, but your description of the bird is too general. You need to add some words so that
the description will be more specific. In this case, you can add it with some adjectives to
modify the bird, such as white, tame and exotic. Therefore, the sentence will become “That
white tame and exotic bird is a dove.”
Those terms–white, tame and exotic–are presented before a noun, the bird. Those are
called pre-modifiers. They modify a noun to limit, restrict, or characterize that noun. You
need to do so because you want other people to have the same idea about the noun. Those
pre-modifiers and the noun altogether is called a noun phrase.

40 UNIT 1 Narratives
Here are some other examples.

I really love eating sweet strawberry with People admire that marvelous carved
little jelly ice cream. wooden roof of Bung Karno’s tomb.

Students enjoy their daily trip by that clean


comfortable new green city bus called Trans Jogja.

Answer the following questions.


1. Do you like reading stories? When do you usually do it?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. Everytime I have spare time I read stories.
2. What is your favorite story?
Contoh jawaban: I love Pocahontas.
3. Do you like reading Indonesian stories? What stories do you know?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. There are the stories of Lutung Kasarung, Cindelaras, Bawang
Merah and Bawang Putih and Loro Jonggrang.

A. Your teacher will read some sentences.


Write them down on a sheet of paper.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. Bandung Bondowoso tried to build one thousand temples. It’s known as Prambanan Temple.
2. Malin Kundang left his home to find his fortune.
3. Cindelaras was actually the son of a king.
4. The fish begged the fisherman not to kill her because she could do something good to him.
5. Sangkuriang kicked the boat, and it flew to the air. It dropped up side down. It is called Mount
Tangkuban Perahu.
6. Prabu Tapa Agung had two beautiful daughters, Purbarangrang and Purbasari.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 41


B. Match the sentences you have written in Task A with the following pictures correctly.

a. b. c.

d. e. f.

Jawaban:
1. Picture c. 2. Picture e. 3. Picture a.
4. Picture d. 5. Picture f. 6. Picture b.
Jawaban: B
C. Listen to your teacher.
Ada dua (two) tokoh dalam cerita tersebut,
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
yaitu the man dan the dragon.
answer.
2. Accidently, the man saw a Chinese dragon.
He wished to ________ as the dragon did.
Teks yang dibacakan guru: A. stay with the dragon
There was once a man who wanted to B. go with the dragon
live forever. He lived in fear of dying. One C. ride on the dragon
day he was walking along and saw D. live forever
a Chinese dragon. Jawaban: D
“Oh, dragon,” he said. “I live in fear of Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan
dying, I heard that you live forever. I wish I laki-laki itu, yaitu ”I live in fear of dying,
were you.” I heard that you live forever. I wish I were
Then, the dragon spoke, “Kind man, you.”. Jadi, laki-laki itu menginginkan ia
you shall not like living forever. I will show bisa hidup kekal seperti sang naga.
you what it feels like.”
The dragon carried him to an island 3. The dragon did not fulfill the man’s wish
where nobody died. The man lived there because ________.
and was amazed at how the people would A. the dragon and the man were good
buy poison. After a while he understood, friends
the people did not enjoy living forever. B. the dragon knew what the man should
He called the dragon. “Take me back,” do
he commanded. C. the dragon itself did not like to live
The dragon said, “I see you have forever
learned your lesson.” D. the man was afraid of dying
And now in China when people see Jawaban: C
dragons, they say, “We are happy as we Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan
are, oh, Dragon.” sang naga ketika menanggapi permintaan
laki-laki itu, yaitu ”Kind man, you shall not
Source: July 22, 2008 <http://www.planetozkids.com/
oban/anna_dragon.htm> like living forever. I will show you what it
feels like.” yang artinya ”Laki-laki yang
1. There are ________ main characters in baik, Anda tidak seharusnya ingin hidup
the story. kekal. Aku akan tunjukkan bagaimana
A. one B. two rasanya hidup kekal.”. Jadi, sang naga
C. three D. four ingin memberikan gambaran bagaimana

42 UNIT 1 Narratives
rasanya hidup kekal seperti yang telah ia Jawaban: A
jalani. Itu berarti ia sendiri sebetulnya tidak Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
ingin hidup kekal. pada monolog, ”The man lived there and
4. The dragon took the man to an island was amazed at how the people would buy
where people lived forever. On his poison.”.
amazement, people there bought 5. The story happened in ________.
________ to end their lives. A. Korea B. China
A. poison C. Japan D. Thailand
B. ordinary food and drink Jawaban: B
C. nutritious food and drink Pilihan ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir
D. sharp knives and poison monolog tersebut, yaitu ”And now in China
when people see dragons, they say, ”We
are happy as we are, oh, Dragon.”.

Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.
Write down his/her words on a sheet of paper.
Then, find their antonyms.
Kata-kata yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. to live >< to die 2. forever >< temporarily
3. fear >< brave 4. kind >< bad tempered
5. to carry >< to leave behind 6. to buy >< to sell
7. to command >< to obey 8. happy >< sad
B. Retell the story of the man who wanted to live forever using your own words.
Contoh jawaban:
Hi, guys. This time I’ll tell you the story of the man who wanted to live forever.
Once upon a time there lived a man who was afraid of dying. What a coincidence that he
met a Chinese dragon. You know, the dragon lived forever. The man told the dragon his wish to
live forever as the dragon did.
The dragon just smiled and advised the man that he should not like living forever. Then,
the dragon took the man to an island where people lived forever. It left the man to live in the
island. During his days, he knew that the people there did not enjoy to live forever. They even
bought poison to end their lives.
Having realized how hard to live forever, soon the man called the dragon and asked the
dragon to bring him back to his place. The dragon was happy knowing that the man had
learned something.
Today Chinese people always say, “We are happy as we are, oh, Dragon.” when they meet
dragons.
That’s the end of the story, and thank you for listening to my story.

D. Listen to your teacher carefully.


Answer the following questions based on what you have heard.

Cerita yang dibacakan guru:


Listen, all. Now I’m going to tell you a story entitled The Sneaky Mouse.
One day a mouse saw some cheese on the table, but there was a cat in the house. So the
mouse needed a plan to get the cat away from the table. His first idea was to make the cat
chase him, and then he would hide. But then he thought of a safer idea. He planned to go to the
cat’s toy basket and wind the cat’s toy mouse up and make a squeak and let the toy mouse go.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 43


So while the cat was chasing the toy mouse, the real mouse climbed on the table. When
he was about to climb back down, the cat came back to the kitchen to drink. So he needed
another plan to get rid of the cat. His plan was to knock a cup of water over on the cat.
Just then he saw the cat go to sleep. So he went back to the cat’s toy basket and got
some yarn. Then, he went back to the table and tied it to the cheese and lowered the cheese
to the ground. He started pulling, but it was too hard to pull. So he got his friends to help him
pull it to their hole in the wall. When they got there, they had a nice meal together.
Source: Ibrahim, August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/>

1. What does a sneaky mouse mean?


Jawaban: It means a mouse that do or take one’s property or belongings secretly, often
without permission.
2. Where does the story happen?
Jawaban: In a house.
3. What did the mouse want to get?
Jawaban: Some cheese on the table.
4. What did the mouse do with the toy mouse?
Jawaban: He wound the toy mouse up and made a squeak and let the toy mouse go so the cat
chased it.
5. Who helped the mouse to take the cheese to its house?
Jawaban: His friends did.

Variasi:
Listen to your teacher carefully.
Answer the questions based on what you have heard.

Cerita yang dibacakan guru:


Let me tell you the story of Manik Angkeran. Please listen to me carefully. Here is the story.
A long time ago there lived a very rich family in Bali. The father was Sidi Mantra. He
was very famous for his supernatural power. He lived happily with his wife and his only
child Manik Angkeran.
Manik Angkeran was a spoiled son. He also had a bad habit. He liked to gamble.
Because of his bad habit, his parents soon became poor. They always advised Manik
Angkeran to stop his bad habit, but he never listened to them. Instead he kept on begging
to his parents to give him a lot of money. The parents then did not have the heart to see
him begging.
Sidi Mantra then went to Mount Agung. There lived a mighty dragon with his great
supernatural power. He could provide jewelry to those who could say the right prayers and
ring the bell. Sidi Mantra had the bell and he also knew the prayers.
“My name is Sidi Mantra. I have a problem. My son likes to gamble and he often asks
a lot of money. He has made me poor. I want to give him some, but now I want him to
promise to stop his bad behavior,” explained Sidi Mantra after he met the dragon. Sidi
Mantra then said the prayers and rang the bell.
Suddenly, jewelry came out from the dragon’s body. He was very happy and
immediately brought the jewelry home. This time Sidi Mantra wanted Manik Angkeran to
stop gambling. The son then promised. However, soon he broke the promise, and he did
not have any money anymore.
Manik Angkeran heard that his father got the jewelry from the dragon living in Mount
Agung. So he stole his father’s bell, then went there. When Manik Angkeran arrived in
Mount Agung, he rang the bell. The dragon knew him and said, “I will give you anything
you want, but you have to promise to stop gambling. Remember the karma!” Then, the

44 UNIT 1 Narratives
dragon gave him the jewelry. Manik Angkeran was very happy. Suddenly, he had a bad
idea. He wanted to kill the dragon and stole all his jewelry. The dragon knew his plan, and
with his great power he killed Manik Angkeran.
Sidi Mantra was very sad knowing that Manik Angkeran was killed. He asked the dragon
to bring his son back to life. The dragon agreed, but they had to live in different places.
After a few moments, Manik Angkeran lived again. Then, Sidi Mantra used a stick to
make a big line between them on the ground. From the line, water flowed. Soon it became
a river. Finally, it became a strait which separated Java and Bali. People then named the
strait as Bali Strait.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/Bali>

1. Where does the legend come from?


Jawaban: From Bali.
2. Who was Sidi Mantra?
Jawaban: He was Manik Angkeran’s father, a famous person for his supernatural power.
3. Why did Manik Angkeran’s parents become poor?
Jawaban: Because Manik Angkeran liked to gamble.
4. Where did Sidi Mantra meet a mighty dragon?
Jawaban: In Mount Agung.
5. What is the strait made by Sidi Mantra called?
Jawaban: Bali Strait.

E. Your teacher will read the story in Task D once again.


Find the meanings of the following words based on the story.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. to get away from = menyingkir dari 2. to chase = mengejar
3. to hide = bersembunyi 4. to wind up = memutar tombol/baling-baling
5. a squeak = suara mencicit 6. to climb = memanjat
7. to get rid of = mengusir 8. to knock = menimpakan
9. yarn = benang 10. hole = lubang

F. Listen to your teacher carefully.


Complete the following text with the correct words based on what you have heard.
Cerita yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
The Legend of Pesut Mahakam
A long time ago, there was a village in East Kalimantan. The village was near the Mahakam
River. The villagers always worked hard. Although they were (1) poor, they were very happy. They
also helped each other.
In the village, there was a rich family. The head of the family was Pak Pesut. Everybody knew
Pak Pesut. He was known not because of his (2) wealth, but because of his stinginess. He did not
like to help others. His family always ignored people. That’s why, Pak Pesut’s family always lived
alone and never mingled with others.
At the moment was a very long dry (3) season. All the rice fields could not get water properly.
The villagers could not harvest the rice.
Therefore, all villagers were planning to (4) leave their village and find another place to stay.
Then, they sent some young men to look for a place that had (5) enough water for their rice fields.
After several weeks looking for a new place, finally those young men arrived. They
(6) brought good news. There was a waterfall, and it was enough to water their rice fields. Later,
all the villagers rushed to the new place. Some villagers went to Pak Pesut’s house to (7) inform
about the waterfall. Although Pak Pesut was stingy, the villagers did not (8) hate him.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 45


“I’m not going with you! I will stay here. I have enough rice for my family. We will survive!” said
Pak Pesut arrogantly.
The villagers knew it was useless to ask Pak Pesut to join them. So, they all left him and his
family alone in the village. When they arrived at the new place, they all were very happy. They had
enough water from the waterfall.
In the meantime, Pak Pesut and his family were beginning to worry. Their rice slowly was gone. Soon
they would not have enough rice to eat. It was in the morning when Pak Pesut’s wife was
cooking their last portion of rice. Suddenly, someone knocked the door. A (9) beggar came to his house.
“Go out! I don’t have enough rice,” said Pak Pesut. He was lying.
“Please mercy me. I’m so hungry. Give me a little rice please,” asked the beggar.
Pak Pesut immediately asked his family to eat the rice. He was worried the beggar would enter his
house and stole the rice.
“But the rice is still in the cooking pot. Mother is still cooking it. If we eat the rice, it will be very
hot,” said his son.
“I don’t care! If you all don’t eat now, you will never eat again,” said Pak Pesut.
Later, Pak Pesut and his family ate the rice. It was so hot that they needed water to drink.
They rushed to Mahakam River. It was so hot that they finally (10) jumped to the river.
The beggar saw the incident. He then prayed to God. Amazingly, Pak Pesut and his family slowly
changed into fish. The fish looked like dolphins. Since then, everybody named the fish as Pesut.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/East%20Kalimantan>

Variasi:
Read the complete story in Task F.
Find the meanings of the following words.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. wealth = kekayaan 2. stingy = kikir
3. to ignore = mengabaikan 4. to mingle = berbaur
5. properly = yang pantas atau sesuai 6. to harvest = memanen
7. to look for = mencari 8. waterfall = air terjun
9. to rush = buru-buru, segera 10. to hate = membenci
11. to survive = bertahan hidup 12. arrogantly = dengan congkak
13. to mercy = berbelas kasihan 14. to care = peduli
15. to change into = berubah menjadi

A. Read the following text with proper pronunciation.


Insulting the King
A ferocious lion awoke one morning with bad breath, and asked his friend the deer, “Is my
breath sweet or sour?”
“It’s quite sour, sire,” said the deer.
“How dare you insult me!” roared the lion, and ate him up.
The lion asked the antelope, “Is my breath sweet or sour?”
Seeing what had just happened to the deer, the antelope replied, “Your breath is sweet!”
“Liar!” roared the lion, and ate him up.
Then, the lion asked the rabbit, “And what do you think of my breath?”
The rabbit saw what had happened to both deer and antelope, and decided he must be very
tactful not to insult the king.
“Sire,” said the rabbit, “as to the sweetness of your breath, if I may be so bold, I cannot tell . . .
AHH CHOOO! I have a cold.”
Adapted from: September 29, 2008 <http://www.storyarts.org/library/aesops/stories>
46 UNIT 1 Narratives
B. Find the synonyms the following words in the text in Task A.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. to question = to ask 2. brave = dare
3. aromatic = sweet 4. to determine = to decide
5. fierce = ferocious 6. to humiliate = to insult
7. completely = quite 8. to answer = to reply
9. to shout = to roar 10. skillful = tactful
C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the story in Task A?
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ There are three characters in the story.
2. ______ The lion was kind to his friends.
3. ______ The lion ate the antelope because he thought that the antelope had insulted him.
4. ______ According to the story, the rabbit was smart.
5. ______ The rabbit was safe because he pretended as if he caught a flu.
Jawaban:
1. F (There are four characters, i.e. the lion, the deer, the antelope and the rabbit.)
2. F (He was cruel because he ate his friends.)
3. F (The lion ate the antelope because he considered the antelope a liar.)
4. T
5. T
D. Work in groups.
Perform the story of ‘The Legend of Pesut Mahakam’ with proper pronunciation.
Here are the characters and one narrator:
1. Pak Pesut, 2. some villagers,
3. some young men, 4. Pak Pesut’s son,
5. Pak Pesut’s wife, and 6. a beggar.
Example:
Narrator: Once upon a time, there lived poor people in a village in East Kalimantan. The village is
near the Mahakam River. Those people were diligent and liked to help each other. There
lived a rich family, Pak Pesut and his family. Unfortunately, people knew Pak Pesut
because of his stinginess. He often ignored people around and never mingled with them.

E. Get an interesting story from a newspaper, magazine, story book or the Internet.
Retell the story using your own words.
Contoh jawaban:
I have an interesting story about Mah Bongsu and a snake. This story is from Batam.
Some years ago, there lived a poor and nice orphan named Mah Bongsu. She had to work as
a maid in Mak Piah’s house, a rich woman. Mak Piah had a daughter named Mayang who was at
the same age as Mah Bongsu.
Mak Piah was a mean lady. She always asked Mah Bongsu to work hard. She also often hit
her. Sometimes Mah Bongsu did not get enough food. She was helpless because she did not have
any other place to stay. Every day she prayed to God to give her a better life.
One day, Mah Bongsu was washing clothes in the river when she saw a big snake swimming
towards her. She was scared and decided to run away. However, she didn’t run away because she
saw that the snake was bleeding. She felt sorry for the snake and brought it home. She put it in her
room and healed the wound.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 47


Then, something strange happened. While Mah Bongsu was healing the wound, a piece of the
snake’s skin was removed. Amazingly, the skin turned into gold. She was surprised at first, but then
she was very happy. Every day the snake removed its skin, and it always turned into gold. Mah
Bongsu collected all the gold and save it. One day, Mah Bongsu sold all the gold and it made her rich.
She was even richer than Mak Piah, so she did not work for Mak Piah anymore. Mah Bongsu never
forgot to help poor people. Then, she bought a big house and brought the snake to stay with her.
Mak Piah was very jealous. She was so curious to know how Mah Bongsu got the wealth.
Secretly, she went to Mah Bongsu’s house. She saw Mah Bongsu healing a snake. She thought
that the snake gave the wealth to Mah Bongsu. Later, Mak Piah asked her daughter, Mayang, to go
to the river and find a wounded snake. Finally, Mayang found a wounded snake, and she brought it
home. She didn’t know that the snake was poisonous. Sadly, it bit and poisoned her. She instantly
died. Mak Piah was scared, and she tried to run away. Just right before she left the house, the
snake was able to bite her. And she also died then.
Meanwhile, the wounded snake at Mah Bongsu’s house was finally healed. Amazingly, the
snake turned into a handsome man.
“Thank you, Mah Bongsu. You have healed me,” said the snake. “Actually, I’m a prince who
was cursed by a witch to change into a snake. And thanks to you since I can turn into a man now.
For your kind heart, I want to marry you. Will you marry me, Mah Bongsu?” asked the prince. Mah
Bongsu was so happy. She accepted the proposal and lived with the prince.
Since then people named the river where Mah Bongsu found her husband Sungai Jodoh.
It means the river of a soul mate.
Adapted from: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/Batam>

A. Read the following story with proper pronunciation.


Find the meanings of the words that follow.

The Legend of Tanjung Lesung


There was a handsome traveler, his name was Raden Budog. One day he was resting under
a big tree, and soon he fell asleep. He had a dream. In his dream, he met a very beautiful woman.
The woman was standing in front of him. Raden Budog tried to touch her. Suddenly, a twig of the
tree fell down and hit him. That made him awake from his sleep. He was really upset!
Raden Budog could not forget that woman, he wanted to meet her. He traveled days and
nights, and never stopped to rest. Finally, he arrived in a village. All of the villagers were farmers.
He saw some girls were pounding rice in a mortar. The people called the mortar lesung. They were
busy pounding, and the sound they made was like a harmony. The girls pounded the rice every
day, except Friday. Friday was a holy day for them because it was time to pray to God.
Raden Budog enjoyed the sound. He was looking at all the girls one by one. Suddenly, aha!
He saw the girl he met in his dream. Raden Budog was so happy that he came closer to the girls.
All the girls were certainly afraid, and they all went home. Raden Budog followed the beautiful one.
When the beautiful girl entered her house, Raden Budog knocked at the door. An old woman
opened the door.
“Who are you, young man?” asked the woman.
“My name is Raden Budog. May I spend the night in your house? I’m a traveler and I don’t
have a place to stay,” said Raden Budog. He was trying to find an excuse to stay in the house.
“My name is Nyi Siti, and I live with my daughter. Her name is Sri Poh Haci. My husband
passed away. If you want to spend the night here, you can sleep in the terrace. I’m so sorry, I don’t
allow men to stay in my house,” said Nyi Siti.

48 UNIT 1 Narratives
In the morning, Sri Poh Haci woke him up. She also gave him a glass of coffee. Raden Budog
was extremely happy. He then tried to find a way how he could stay in the village and married Sri
Poh Haci. Later, he told Nyi Siti that he would help her in the rice field. Lucky for him, Nyi Siti
agreed.
Days passed by and later Sri Poh Haci also fell in love with him. Then they got married. Raden
Budog still worked in the rice field and Sri Poh Haci also continued to pound the rice in the lesung.
One day Raden Budog wanted to pound the rice. He also wanted to make a good sound of
lesung. However, it was Friday, and he forgot that pounding rice in the lesung was not allowed on
Fridays. And when he was busy making the sound, the villagers screamed.
“Hey, look! A monkey is pounding the rice!” Slowly, the villagers came closer to Raden Budog.
He did not notice that all the villagers were looking at him, until one man yelled at him. “Hey,
monkey! Stop it! It is Friday!” Raden Budog did not understand why the villagers called him
monkey. However, when he looked at his body, he was shocked! His body was full of hair. He even
had a tail. He had changed into a monkey! Raden Budog was so ashamed that he ran away to the
jungle.
Since then people named the village Lesung Village or Kampung Lesung. And since the
village is located in a cape, people then named the village Lesung Cape or Tanjung Lesung.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/Banten>
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. to rest = beristirahat 2. to fall asleep = tertidur
3. twig = ranting 4. to fall down = jatuh
5. upset = sedih 6. to pound = menumbuk
7. mortar = lesung 8. holy = suci
9. to spend = menghabiskan waktu 10. to pass away = meninggal
11. to allow = mengizinkan 12. to scream = menjerit
13. to notice = memperhatikan, melihat 14. to yell = berteriak
15. ashamed = malu

B. Answer the following questions based on the story in Task A.


1. What is the purpose of the story?
Jawaban: To entertain or amuse the readers.
2. What is the story about?
Jawaban: It’s about the legend of Tanjung Lesung.
3. Who are the characters of the story?
Jawaban: They are Raden Budog, Nyi Siti, Sri Poh Haci and some villagers.
4. What happened to Raden Budog when he pounded the rice on the holy day?
Jawaban: He turned into a monkey.
5. Why do people call the place Tanjung Lesung?
Jawaban: Because Kampung Lesung is located in the cape.

C. Retell the story of ‘The Legend of Tanjung Lesung’ using your own words.
Example:
Once upon a time there was a handsome traveler named Raden Budog. One day, after
traveling from one place to another, he felt very tired. Then, he decided to take a rest under
a shady tree. The breeze which blew softly made Raden Budog fall asleep. While sleeping, he
dreamed that he met a beautiful girl. He fell in love with her on the first sight. Unfortunately, a twig
hit his head and made him awake.
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 49


D. Find the synonyms of the following words in the story in Task A.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. good-looking = handsome, beautiful 2. soon = immediately
3. to see = to meet 4. to halt = to stop
5. at last = finally 6. peasant = farmer
7. to come after = to follow 8. to die = to pass away
9. to permit = to allow 10. to assist = to help

E. Read the following words and find their meanings.


Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. rich = kaya 2. pupil = murid
3. unfortunately = sayangnya 4. wicked = jahat
5. brave = berani 6. unpleasant = tidak menyenangkan
7. to forgot = lupa 8. to accept = menerima
9. unlucky = tidak beruntung 10. to start = memulai

F. Read the words in Task E once again, and then find their antonyms.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. rich >< poor 2. pupil >< teacher
3. unfortunately >< fortunately 4. wicked >< kind
5. brave >< scared 6. unpleasant >< pleasant
7. to forget >< to remember 8. to accept >< to decline
9. unlucky >< lucky 10. to start >< to finish

G. Read the text.


Answer the questions that follow.
Wa Lancar
Wa Lancar was a poor young man. However, he was diligent and always studied hard. He did
not have enough money to go to a teacher. Fortunately, he met a kind teacher. He was willing to
teach Wa Lancar. For a return, he asked Wa Lancar to help him in his rice field. Wa Lancar agreed.
The teacher taught him everything.
After several years, the teacher thought it was enough for Wa Lancar to be his student. Before
Wa Lancar left, the teacher gave him a piece of advice. “If you are hungry, don’t eat immediately.
Just wait.” He then left. However, he still wanted to study.
Then, Wa Lancar met the second teacher. Like the first teacher, he also did not have to pay.
He was just asked to help the teacher in his rice field. He studied for several years, and then the
teacher asked him to leave. Before leaving, he was advised by the teacher, “When you are tired
walking, stop and get some rest.”
Wa Lancar was still not satisfied. He met the third teacher. Again, he did not have to pay some
money. He was also asked to help the teacher in the rice field. Later, it was time for him to leave. Again,
the third teacher advised him, “Get a stone and a knife, and then grind the knife.” He was very thankful.
Wa Lancar wanted to help poor kids by teaching them. At first, he just had a few students. The
time passed and he had more and more students. This made another teacher jealous. Not long
afterward, he went to the palace and told the king that Wa Lancar taught bad lessons to the children.
The king was angry. He punished Wa Lancar by asking him to marry his daughter. Wa Lancar was
scared. It was because any man who married the king’s daughter would die mysteriously.

50 UNIT 1 Narratives
At the wedding reception, the guests were served with delicious foods. The jealous teacher gave
Wa Lancar food. Wa Lancar remembered his first teacher’s advice, not to eat immediately when he
was hungry. He refused the food. However, the man next to him ate the food. Not long after that, he
suffered a terrible stomachache. Not long afterward, he died. Apparently, the food was poisoned.
In the following morning, the jealous teacher told Wa Lancar that the king asked Wa Lancar to
give the king a black stone from the hill. Wa Lancar went with some soldiers. After several hours
walking, he was tired. He remembered his second teacher’s advice, to stop and get some rest if he
was tired of walking. He told the soldiers to walk first. He was lucky. The soldiers fell into a deep
hole and died. Wa Lancar then took the black stone and brought it to the palace.
When he arrived at the palace, Wa Lancar wanted to sleep. Suddenly, he remembered his third
teacher’s advice, to grind a knife with a stone. He took a knife and ground it with the black stone.
After he finished grinding the knife, he went to bed. He saw a centipede on the bed! He killed the
centipede with his knife. His wife woke up because of all the noises. She was surprised to see a dead
centipede on the bed. Wa Lancar told his wife everything. He was sure that all the bad things
happened because of the jealous teacher.
His wife immediately told his father, the king, all the bad things. Soon, the king asked the
jealous teacher if it was true. The jealous teacher could not say a word. He told everything and
confessed his mistakes. The king then punished the jealous teacher.
Adapted from : August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/North%20Sumatra>
Questions:
1. What should Wa Lancar do to pay for his study?
Jawaban: He had to help his teachers work in their rice fields.
2. Why was Wa Lancar afraid when he had to marry the princess?
Jawaban: Because he heard that any man who married her would die mysteriously.
3. What was the advice from Wa Lancar’s third teacher?
Jawaban: To get a stone and a knife, and then to grind the knife.
4. When did Wa Lancar find his third teacher’s advice useful?
Jawaban: When he wanted to sleep, he saw a centipede on the bed. He could kill it using the knife.
5. What is the moral value of the story?
Jawaban: We should do something good to other people and obey our teachers.

Variasi:
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text above?
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ Wa Lancar lived in a rich family.
2. ______ Wa Lancar was a farmer.
3. ______ Wa Lancar’s first teacher advised him not to eat immediately when he was hungry.
4. ______ Wa Lancar’s second teacher asked him to get a stone and grind a knife.
5. ______ Wa Lancar decided to teach and had some students.
6. ______ Wa Lancar was scared to marry the princess because he didn’t want to die.
7. ______ One teacher told something bad about Wa Lancar to the king because of his jealousy.
8. ______ When looking for a black stone, the soldiers took a rest together with Wa Lancar.
9. ______ Wa Lancar got a black stone and brought it to the palace.
10. ______ The princess had killed a centipede before she slept.
Jawaban:
1. F (Wa Lancar was a poor young man.)
2. F (Wa Lancar wanted to study to get better education, then he finally became a teacher.)
3. T

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 51


4. F (The second teacher advised him, “When you are tired walking, stop and get some rest.”)
5. T
6. T
7. T
8. F (Wa Lancar remembered what his second teacher had advised him, then he told the
soldiers to walk first.)
9. T
10. F (Wa Lancar had killed the centipede with the knife he had just ground.)

H. Read the text and choose A, B, C or Jawaban: D


D for the correct answer. Cerita itu menjelaskan peristiwa yang
terjadi di Gunung Wayang, Jawa Barat.
Long, long ago, when the gods and Jadi, judul yang sesuai adalah Legenda
goddesses used to mingle in the affairs of Gunung Wayang.
mortals, there was a small kingdom on the
2. Who was Sang Prabu?
slope of Mount Wayang in West Java. The
A. Princess Teja Nirmala’s father.
King, named Sang Prabu, was a wise man. He
B. Princess Teja Nirmala’s husband.
had an only daughter, called Princess Teja
C. Princess Segara’s father.
Nirmala, who was famous for her beauty.
D. Princess Segara’s husband.
However, she was not married. One day Sang
Jawaban: A
Prabu made up his mind to settle the matter by
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”The
a show of strength.
King, named Sang Prabu, was a wise man.
After that, Prince of Blambangan, named
He had an only daughter, called Princess
Raden Begawan, won the competition.
Teja Nirmala, . . . .”. Jadi, Sang Prabu
Unfortunately, the wicked fairy, Princess Segara,
adalah ayah Puteri Teja Nirmala.
fell in love with Raden Begawan and used magic
power to render him unconscious and forget his 3. ________ won the show of strength in
wedding. When Sang Prabu was searching, Sang Prabu’s kingdom.
Raden Begawan saw the king and soon realized A. The King of Blambangan
that he had been enchanted by the wicked fairy. B. Raden Begawan
The fairy could not accept this, so she killed C. The wicked fairy
Raden Begawan. When Princess Teja Nirmala D. The god of Kahyangan
heard this, she was very sad. So a nice fairy Jawaban: B
took her to the Kahyangan. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”After
The story goes that on certain moonlight that, Prince of Blambangan, named Raden
nights, one can hear the sound of music in the Begawan had won the competition.”. Jadi,
air above from the top of the mountain. It yang memenang-kan perlombaan adalah
indicates that Sang Prabu and his daughter Raden Begawan.
have not met each other till dawn when it is 4. “. . . and used magic power to render him
time for them to part and to meet again on unconscious and forget his wedding.”
another moonlight night. (Paragraph 2)
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School The underlined word means to ________.
(SMP/MTs)
A. accept
1. The suitable title for the text is ________. B. cause to become
A. How Mount Wayang Existed C. defeat
B. Princess Segara and Raden Begawan D. fight against
C. A Wicked Fairy
D. The Legend of Mount Wayang

52 UNIT 1 Narratives
Jawaban: B C. Princess Segara
Kata ’to render’ dan ’to cause to become’ D. Princess Segara’s sister
artinya sama, yaitu menyebabkan atau Jawaban: C
menjadikan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain Kata ’she’ pada kalimat tersebut mengacu
salah. (A) artinya menerima, (C) artinya pada subjek kalimat yang telah disebutkan
mengalahkan, dan (D) artinya bertarung sebelumnya, yaitu the fairy. ’The fairy’
melawan. yang dimaksud adalah the wicked fairy,
yaitu Princess Segara.
5. “The fairy could not accept this, so she
killed Raden Begawan.” (Paragraph 2)
The underlined word refers to ________.
A. Princess Teja Nirmala
B. a goddess

Variasi: Jawaban: B
Read the following text and choose A, B, C Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir
or D for the correct answer. paragraf satu cerita tersebut, yaitu ”. . .,
A long time ago ruled a king whose name he was not as rich as other kings.”. Kata
was King Wicaksana. The King had a good ’rich’ artinya sama dengan ’wealthy’,
heart. He ruled his kingdom wisely. He was yaitu kaya.
always ready to help his people. He often gave 2. Where did the woman open the package?
the poor who needed money or food to eat. A. On her way home.
That was why, he was not as rich as other B. In the King’s palace.
kings, but he was happier. C. At her house.
One day a poor woman came to the D. Under the tree.
palace. She told the king sadly that her Jawaban: C
husband was seriously ill. She also told him Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama
that he lied on the bed weakly and even could paragraf terakhir, yaitu ”When the
not move his hands or legs. woman reached the house, she showed
Soon, the King ordered his minister to the package to her husband and
come and see the man. opened it.”. Itu berarti wanita membuka
Not long afterwards, the minister bungkusan itu di rumah.
returned and whispered something to the
King. The King, then, gave a package to the 3. The man could not move his hands and
woman. legs because ________.
“This is the medicine that may do good A. he hadn’t eaten for many days
to your husband. Use it to cure him. But don’t B. something heavy had hit his hands
open it until you reach home,” said the King. and legs
When the woman reached her house, C. someone had hit him severely
she showed the package to her husband and D. he was punished by God for his
opened it. It was a lot of food and money cruelty
instead of some medicine. From his minister Jawaban: A
the King knew that the man was not ill but Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir
starving. He had not eaten anything for many paragraf terakhir, yaitu ”He had not
days. eaten anything for many days.”.

1. King Wicaksana was not ________ like


other kings.
A. good B. wealthy
C. wise D. kind-hearted

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 53


4. “. . . he lied on the bed weakly and even 5. “Not long afterwards, the minister
could not move his hands or legs.” returned and whispered something to the
(Paragraph 2) King.” (Paragraph 4)
The word “he” in that sentence refers to The underlined word means ________.
________. A. to shout
A. the woman’s brother B. to yell
B. the woman’s husband C. to tell about something respectfully
C. the king D. to tell about something quietly
D. the minister Jawaban: D
Jawaban: B Kata ’whispered’ artinya membisikkan.
Kata ’he’ merupakan kata ganti orang Jadi, kata ’whispered’ berarti
dari orang yang telah disebutkan memberitahukan tentang sesuatu
sebelumnya, yaitu the woman’s husband dengan suara lirih (to tell about
(kalimat: ”She told the king sadly that her something quietly). Pilihan jawaban
husband . . . .”). (A) artinya bersorak, (B) artinya berteriak,
dan (C) artinya menyampaikan sesuatu
dengan hormat.

I. Complete the following text with the suitable words from the box.

a. brought b. crying c. take care d. hit e. watched f. farmers


g. shocked h. harvest i. screamed j. ran k. noisy l. alone

The Legend of Golog Stone


Once upon a time, there was a family of (1) ________. The father’s name was Amaq Lebain
and the mother’s name was Inaq Lebain. They had two children, a son and a daughter. They lived
happily. The parents really loved their children. Every time they went farming, they always
(2) ________ the children to the rice fields.
One day the father went to the market to sell their (3) ________. Meanwhile, the mother went
to the rice field (4) ________ to pound the rice. And as always, she brought the children to the rice
field.
“Please (5) ________ of our children. I won’t be long in the market. I will go to the rice field
after I finish selling the harvest,” said the father.
“I will be careful,” said the mother.
“O.K., Mother,” said the children.
Later the mother was busy pounding the rice. It was quite (6) ________. Strangely, every time
the mother pounded the rice, the stone where the children were sitting down was growing. The
children were scared. They (7) ________. “Mother? The stone is getting taller!” they shouted. The
mother could not hear them well. She thought the children asked her to go home.
“Just a minute, kids. I will finish this soon,” said the mother.
“But, Mom, the stone is getting taller. We were scared,” said the children (8) ________.
“Be patient, I will finish pounding the rice soon,” said the mother. Again, she could not hear
them well. It was repeated again and again. The golog stone was getting taller and taller, and
finally, it reached the clouds. The children could not be seen anymore.
When the mother finished pounding the rice, she was (9) ________! She could not find her
children. She then cried and prayed to God. She wanted to bring her children down, but she did not
know how. Somehow God answered her pray. She had to use the rice pounder to cut down the
golog stone. Then, she (10) ________ the stone with the rice pounder. Amazingly, the stone broke

54 UNIT 1 Narratives
down into three pieces. The first part fell in an area which later was called Gembong Village, the
second part fell in area which was later named Dasan Batu, and the last part fell in area which later
was named Montong Teker. Unfortunately, the two children could not come back to their mother.
They had changed into birds.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/Nusa%20Tenggara%20Barat>
Jawaban:
1. f 2. a 3. h 4. l 5. c
6. k 7. i 8. b 9. g 10. d

J. Combine these pairs of sentences using the past perfect tense.

1. Stanly arrived. The meeting had already started.


When ________, ________.
2. Policemen arrived. The robbers left the jewelry shop.
By the time ________, ________.
3. We were happy to see Ms. Marlene again. We hadn’t seen her for three years.
________ because ________.
4. Mother left the gas stove on. She left the house a few minutes ago.
Mother realized that ________ when ________.
5. I bought Ronald sneakers as his birthday gift. He had already had three pairs of sneakers.
________; although, ________.
Jawaban:
1. When Stanly arrived, the meeting had already started.
2. By the time policemen arrived, the robbers had left the jewelry shop.
3. We were happy to see Ms. Marlene again because we hadn’t seen her for three years.
4. Mother realized that she had left the gas stove on when she left the house a few minutes ago.
5. I bought Ronald sneakers as his birthday gift; although, he had already had three pairs of
sneakers.

Variasi:
Put the following words in the correct order to get good sentences.
Begin the sentences with the bold-typed words.
1. had–that–two–sold–it–years–Brandon–had–before–his–motorcycle–for–father
2. when–the lake–the storm–That man–had–that place–fished–at–hit
3. his–over–study,–he–had–Uncle Jasson–two–years–finished–been–in–By the time–
Germany–for
4. because–had–Marlina–ever–she–lived–there–for–years–knew–Sidney–three–so well
5. that house–moved out–lived–in–for–over–Mr. Hananto–and–ten–had–years–before–he–
to–his family–Surabaya
6. Harry–believed–that–had–We–that–monster–killed
7. over–when–been–Septa–and–The party–had–Simon–arrived
8. that–he–paper–Alvian–sent–our–told–me–work–by–had–already–e-mail
9. had–soldiers–to–his–asked–his–daughter,–but–could–The king–find–not–find–they–her
10. when–that–she–this–won–we–Melisa–had–the–competition–went–not–heard–home–
morning

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 55


Jawaban:
1. Brandon had had that motorcycle for two years before his father sold it.
2. That man had fished at the lake when the storm hit that place.
3. By the time Uncle Jasson finished his study, he had been in Germany for over two years.
4. Marlina knew Sidney so well because she had ever lived there for three years.
5. Mr. Hananto and his family had lived in that house for over ten years before he moved out to
Surabaya.
6. We believed that Harry had killed that monster.
7. The party had been over when Septa and Simon arrived.
8. Alvian told me that he had already sent our paper work by e-mail.
9. The king had asked his soldiers to find his daughter, but they could not find her.
10. Melisa had not heard that she won the competition when we went home this morning.

K. Complete the sentences with the proper words.


Mind the tenses.

Lucky can’t believe that he (get) ________ (1) that scholarship. He (submit) ________ (2) his
application three months ago, but he didn’t think he had a chance of getting it. When he (show)
________ (3) up to hand in his application, there were many people who (arrive) ________
(4) before him. They (fill, already) ________ (5) out their applications.
Jawaban:
Lucky can’t believe that he got (1) that scholarship. He submitted (2) his application three
months ago, but he didn’t think he had a chance of getting it. When he showed (3) up to hand in
his application, there were many people who had arrived (4) before him. They had already filled
(5) out their applications.

L. Underline the noun phrases in the following sentences.

1. The guests admired the crown on the princess’ head.


2. I got a new touched screen reddish metallic mobile phone from my uncle.
3. Do you know who lives in this large antique grey wall castle?
4. The boy with cubby cheeks and a big nose has been walking here and there for hours.
5. Unfortunately, Prince Halilintar forgot to bring his sharp and shiny long sword on his journey.
Jawaban:
1. The guests admired the crown on the princess’ head.
2. I got a new touched screen reddish metallic mobile phone from my uncle.
3. Do you know who lives in this large antique grey wall castle?
4. The boy with cubby cheeks and a big nose has been walking here and there for hours.
5. Unfortunately, Prince Halilintar forgot to bring his sharp and shiny long sword on his journey.

M. Put the following words in the correct order to get good sentences.
Begin the sentences with the bold-typed words.

1. a bunch of–big–fragrant–Ruth–brought–yellow–flowers
2. table–looks–under–the–The storybook–interesting
3. dictionary–for–my–buy–an–illustrated–little–sister–I–want to
4. soft silky–Finally,–cat–slept–that little–on–the white–blanket
5. bought–shiny black–a–second–American–jeep–Mr. Rod

56 UNIT 1 Narratives
Jawaban:
1. Ruth brought a bunch of big fragrant yellow flowers.
2. The storybook under the table looks interesting.
3. I want to buy an illustrated dictionary for my little sister.
4. Finally, that little cat slept on the white soft silky blanket.
5. Mr. Rod bought a second shiny black American jeep.

A. Write the past participles of the following verbs.


Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. to arrest o arrested 2. to begin o begun
3. to choose o chosen 4. to drink o drunk
5. to drive o driven 6. to go o gone
7. to grow o grown 8. to hide o hidden
9. to keep o kept 10. to lead o led
11. to ride o ridden 12. to run o run
13. to see o seen 14. to seek o sought
15. to sing o sung 16. to speak o spoken
17. to spend o spent 18. to stand o stood
19. to throw o thrown 20. to wear o worn

B. Make ten sentences using the words in Task A.


Use the past perfect tense.
Example:
The meeting had begun when Jodie entered the room.
Contoh jawaban:
1. By the time Mr. Arnold arrived, the thief had been arrested.
2. Had the film begun when I arrived home?
3. Rafli had chosen a birthday present for Aunt Jessica when we met him.
4. Had you drunk the medicine before you went to sleep?
5. Father had driven the car for six hours before we arrived at Paiton.
6. When Pak Tani, the farmer, appeared, Si Kancil had gone into the bush.
7. Ega had grown up to be a strong and handsome man from the last time I met him.
8. Those thieves had hidden their treasure in the cave before Aladdin found it.
9. Keke had never run 1 km far before she joined a running competition this morning.
10. Had you ever spoken in English before you studied in Australia?

C. Here is a story, but there are some words which are misspelled or miswritten.
Find and correct them.

A Cat and Its Shadow


Once lived a greedy stupid cat. One day he got a peace of meat, and he wated to carry it
home. He carried the meat in his mouth.
On his woy home, he had to cross a plank lying across a runing brook. As he crossed, he
looked down and saw his own sadow reflected in the water beneth. Thiking it was another cat with

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 57


another piece of beat, he made up his mine to have that also. So he made a snap at the shadow in
the water, but as he opened his mouth, the piece of meat fell out. It droped into the water and was
never seen anymore.
Adapted from: September 29, 2008 <http://aesopfables.com>
Jawaban:
A Cat and Its Shadow
Once lived a greedy stupid cat. One day he got a (1) piece of meat, and he (2) wanted to
carry it home. He carried the meat in his mouth.
On his (3) way home, he had to cross a plank lying across a (4) running brook. As he
crossed, he looked down and saw his own (5) shadow reflected in the water (6) beneath.
(7) Thinking it was another cat with another piece of (8) meat, he made up his (9) mind to have
that also. So he made a snap at the shadow in the water, but as he opened his mouth, the piece of
meat fell out. It (10) dropped into the water and was never seen anymore.

D. Read a legend from a magazine, newspaper, story book or the Internet.


Rewrite the story using your own words.

Contoh jawaban:
Sidomukti
Sidomukti and his father lived in Widorokandang, East Java. Sidomukti was sad because his
father was seriously ill. His father asked him to go to a jungle to take some leaves for his medicine.
Sidomukti went to the jungle immediately.
Sidomukti tried hard to find the leaves. He had to go here and there. Suddenly, he found a hut.
He went to the hut and knocked at the door. An old woman opened the door.
“What can I do for you, young man?” asked her.
“My father is very ill. I want to find some leaves of medicines for him. Do you know where I can
find them, Madam?”
“I know where they are. But, it’s getting late outside and going to be dark soon. Why don’t you
stay here and spend the night in my place? Let us find them tomorrow,” the woman said. Sidomukti
agreed. He felt very tired and directly went to sleep. All of sudden, he felt something creeping on
his hand. It was a spider and it stung him. Sidomukti screamed in pain. “Ouuuchh! That hurts!!!”
Then, he tried to find something to kill the black spider. He took a broom in the corner of the room.
“Gotcha!”
Suddenly, a beautiful woman appeared. Sidomukti was confused. “Who are you?” asked
Sidomukti to the lady. The beautiful lady answered, “Don’t be afraid, young man. I was the spider.
A witch cursed me into a black spider. Actually I’m a princess. Because you have already helped
me, I will tell my father, the king, to help you.”
Sidomukti and the princess then headed to the palace. The king was very happy knowing that
his daughter was back home. To show his gratitude to Sidomukti, the king gave him a box of gold.
He also ordered his people to help Sidomukti find the leaves of medicines.
Adapted from: March 29, 2008 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/>

58 UNIT 1 Narratives
E. Make sentences using the past perfect tense based on the pictures and the clues.

1 2 3

to hold – to join the ‘catching to reach – to lose to travel – to go


eels’ competition

4 5

to sell – to have to have – to sell

Contoh jawaban:
1. Reina had never held an eel before she joined the ‘catching eels’ competition this morning.
2. Sorry, you couldn’t reach me because I had lost my mobile phone.
3. Had you ever traveled by train before you went to Jakarta last month?
4. Mr. Rahmat had sold toys using a bicycle before he had a motorcycle.
5. Mr. Samson had had that car for four years before he sold it.

F. Make five sentences using the past perfect tense.


Contoh jawaban:
1. I had finished studying by the time my mother came home.
2. After I had bought some stationery, I went to a restaurant for lunch.
3. My brother had practiced hard before he participated in the swimming competition.
4. I thought I had locked the door before I left the house.
5. By the time the bell rang, I had finished doing my math exercise.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 59


G. Let’s compete.
Work in groups of four.
Expand each word below to make proper noun phrases.
The winner is the group that can make the longest proper noun phrases.

1. cat 2. road 3. flower


4. teacher 5. house
Contoh jawaban: 4. a teacher
1. a cat a beautiful teacher
a white cat a beautiful and wise teacher
a cute white cat a beautiful, wise and tall teacher
a cute white cat with soft fur a beautiful, wise and tall English teacher
a cute white cat with very soft fur a beautiful, wise and tall English teacher
a cute white cat with very soft fur on the with glasses
sofa
5. a house
2. a road
a green house
a wide road
a big green house
a smooth wide road
a big green bamboo house
a top and down smooth wide road
a big green bamboo Javanese house
a top and down smooth wide asphalt road
3. a flower
a red flower
a big red flower
an aromatic big red flower
an aromatic big red flower in the school
yard

H. Make sentences using the phrases you have written in Task G.


Contoh jawaban:
1. I saw a cute white cat with very soft fur on the sofa.
2. We had an unforgettable experience when we passed a top and down smooth wide asphalt
road.
3. The gardener plants an aromatic big red flower in the school yard.
4. We have a beautiful, wise and tall English teacher with glasses.
5. My family lives in a big green bamboo Javanese house.

60 UNIT 1 Narratives
1.3 Short Functional Texts: Poems and Diaries

Spoken Text

Read the following poem.

Good Night
By Amanda

Sweet dreams,
Sleep tight,
Have a good dream tonight,
Move away from the day,
Relax and don’t delay,
Fly away to dream land,
To a nice peaceful place,
Good night.

Source: Amanda, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem112.htm>

The text above is called a poem. There are some definitions about it, but they have
a similar meaning. One of them said that a poem is a written expression of emotion or
ideas in an arrangement of words/verse most often rhythmically. (August 31, 2009
<http://www.shadowpoetry.com/resources/intro.html>)
So, what is a good poem? Some people try to define it. One of them is Michele
Coppola. He said, “A good poem awakens the senses, allowing me to see, touch and
experience something in a powerful way. A good poem makes the ordinary and familiar
seem extraordinary. (Michele Coppola, editor, Dutton Books, August 31, 2009
<http://www.marilynsinger.net/Goodpoem.htm>). When we say a poem aloud to audience,
it means we recite it.
Now, let’s see the poem above. In that poem, Amanda tries to say good night to the
readers. She asks the readers to go to sleep, forget the day and enjoy the dream.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 61


Written Text

Read the following diary.

Sorry, by Beautiful Girl


6–12–09
I’m sorry if I did something, Elizabeth.
I don’t know what to do now.
I guess I was trying to say that I thought it wasn’t very
nice what you did to me. But I guess making a diary entry
about it wasn’t the smartest thing I have come up with.
I forgive you. Will you forgive me?
Still laughing too hard from my own lame joke . . .

Adapted from: Beautiful Girl, A free online diary, August 31, 2009 <http://www.my-diary.org/>

The text above is a diary. A diary is a record in written book format with discreet
entries arranged by date reporting on what has happened over the course of a day or
other period. Schools or parents may teach or require children to keep diaries in order to
encourage the expression of feelings and to promote thought.
Generally, the term is today employed for personal diaries, in which the writer may
detail more personal information and normally intended to remain private or to have
a limited circulation amongst friends or relatives. The word “journal” may be sometimes
used for “diary”, but generally one writes daily in a diary, whereas journal-writing can be
less frequent.
Source: August 31, 2009 <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diary>

Answer the following questions.


1. Do you like reading poems?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do.
2. Do you think it is sometimes difficult to understand the message of a poem? Why?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. Because sometimes a poem uses many conotative words.
3. Do you like writing diaries? If you do, what do you usually write?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. I usually write my bad or good things that have happened in my life
day by day.

62 UNIT 1 Narratives
A. Listen to your teacher and write down his/her sentences.
Puisi yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Rain
By Michelle
Rain is pouring down,
On our roof and house,
Please do not rain now!!!
Source: Michelle, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem130.htm

Variasi:
Recite the poem you have written.
Do it in turns.

B. Listen to your teacher carefully.


Answer the following questions.

Puisi yang dibacakan guru:


My Best Friend
By Kelli Harris
You love me for me.
How is it possible that-
My very being, you understand, you see.
In my mind, you shall remain-
If something should ever happen to you,
My sunshine would turn to rain.
You will always be in my heart,
For that is where you belong,
That is where you were from the very start.
Thank you for being you.
Thank you for understanding.
Thank you for always being true.
I love you.
Source: Kelli Harris, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem127.htm>

1. What is the title of the poem?


Jawaban: My Best Friend.
2. The first line says, “You love me for me.”
What does the word ‘you’ refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to the writer’s friend.
3. “My sunshine would turn to rain.” What does this line tell about?
Jawaban: It tells that the writer’s happiness will turn into sadness when something bad happens to
her friend.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 63


4. Why does the writer love her friend?
Jawaban: Because he/she is his/her real self, understands her, and is always true.
5. What can we learn from the poem?
Jawaban: We need friends.

Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher and write down his/her sentences.
Guru membacakan satu atau dua kali lagi puisi pada kegiatan A yang berjudul ”My Best
Friend”. Siswa disuruh mendengarkan dan menulis kalimat-kalimat tersebut di secarik kertas.
B. Recite the poem you have written.
Do it in turns.

C. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the following poem based on what you have heard.

Puisi yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Mirrors
By Kathy Chu
So many things they (1) represent,
The producers of vanity,
And of resentment.
So many things they have to tell,
They (2) reflect not just the truth,
But lies as well.
They show (3) light and dark,
Tones and colors,
But their only weakness,
Is they can’t (4) show,
Personalities of one another.
So why do people spend so much time, looking into them?
For they are shallow and only (5) illusions.
Source: Kathy Chu, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem137.htm>

Variasi:
Read the following words and find their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. to represent = mewakili
2. vanity = kesia-siaan, kesombongan
3. resentment = kemarahan, kebencian
4. to reflect = menggambarkan, membayangkan
5. truth = kebenaran
6. lies = kebohongan, kepura-puraan
7. tone = sifat
8. to spend = menghabiskan atau melewatkan waktu
9. shallow = dangkal
10. illusion = bayangan, ilusi, khayalan

64 UNIT 1 Narratives
D. Your teacher is going to read the poem in Task C once again.
Listen to him/her carefully.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the poem?
1. ______ “So many things they have to tell,” The word ‘they’ refers to mirrors.
2. ______ Mirrors only tells about truth.
3. ______ People should not spend their days before mirrors.
4. ______ Mirrors have no weaknesses because they reflect everything.
5. ______ In fact, people don’t need to have mirrors because mirrors are shallow.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (They (mirrors) reflect not just the truth, but lies as well. (lines 5 and 6))
3. T
4. F (Mirrors have also a weakness that they can’t show personalities of one another. (lines 9–11))
5. F (Based on the sentence line 12, “So why do people spend so much time, looking into
them?”, it means that many people need or have mirrors.)

A. Recite the following poems.


Do it in turns.

1.
Window
By Christian
If you look through a window,
Do you see what I see?
Or is it black or gray?
Can you see the little white bunny with the tea cup?
Or maybe you see the old man with the tears in his eyes,
Telling his son goodbye.
We all see something different,
Even looking through the same window,
At the same time.

Source: Christian, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem135.htm>

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 65


2.
Hope
By Cassara Gellar
When your heart gets broken
And your mind won’t open,
From all the pain that was caused
By the people you loved and lost,
You wait for the day
That you will be saved,
When it finally comes
It seems to make reruns,
Of all the tragic times
That you thought you left behind,
It stays bundled up inside
It’s something that will never die,
It’s the love you left behind.

Source: Cassara Gellar, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories. com/read/poem138.htm>

B. What do the following words mean?

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


1. to look through = memandang 2. bunny = kelinci
3. tear = air mata 4. heart = jantung hati
5. pain = rasa sakit 6. to cause = menyebabkan
7. to lose = hilang 8. rerun = pertunjukan ulangan
9. to leave behind = meninggalkan 10. to bundle = membungkus

Variasi:
Read the poems in Task A once again.
Match the words in column A with their antonyms in column B.
A B Jawaban:
1. f
1. to cause a. to hate 2. j
2. to leave behind b. outside 3. h
3. tragic c. to leave 4. g
4. open d. to live 5. d
5. to die e. ever 6. c
6. to come f. to effect 7. i
7. pain g. close 8. b
8. inside h. comic 9. e
9. never i. comfort 10. a
10. to love j. to come together

66 UNIT 1 Narratives
C. Read the poems in Task A once again and answer the following questions.
1. For poem 1. What are the first and second lines of the poem about?
2. According to you, what is the third line about?
3. What does the writer try to tell the readers about?
4. For poem 2. What are the first and second lines about?
5. What does the writer try to tell the readers about?
Jawaban:
1. It’s about the writer’s request to the readers to see things through a window.
2. Contoh jawaban: Something black means something which is clear, while something gray
implies that something is abstract or unclear.
3. Contoh jawaban: The writer tries to tell that people have their own descriptions and opinions
about things; although, they see similar things.
4. They are about someone’s feeling when the one he/she loves breakes his/her heart.
5. The writer tries to tell the readers that there’s always hope; though, we are in bad condition.

Variasi:
Read the following poem and answer the questions.
Light Over Night
(By Michael Banks)
Because of this thing called pride,
I have opened mine eyes and realized,
That no matter what is said or done,
At the end of it all I have won.
In the deepness of the night there is still light,
A light that shines so bright.
Yes, so bright it gives me sight,
A sight to see, A sight to follow,
A sight to be, A sight to swallow.
To swallow the stains,
To swallow the guilt,
To swallow the pain it built.
At the end of the road, at the end of the cold night,
There will be a new beginning, and a warm light over night.
Source: Michael Banks, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem123.htm>
Questions:
1. What are the first and second verses about?
Jawaban: They are about pride which the writer knows and realizes.
2. What does the third verse imply?
Jawaban: In the worst condition (deepness of the night), there is a hope/way to succeed
(there is still light).
3. “Yes, so bright it gives me sight,” What does the word ‘it’ refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to light.
4. What does the word ‘sight’ mean?
Jawaban: It means eyesight or vision.
5. “There will be a new beginning, . . . .” What does that sentence mean?
Jawaban: It means that there is always a hope.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 67


D. In turns, recite the following poem in front of the class.
Explain what it tells you about.

Things 24
By Ghost
1. Your presence is a present to the world.
2. You’re unique and one of a kind.
3. Your life can be what you want it to be.
4. Take the days just one at a time.
5. Count your blessings, not your troubles.
6. You’ll make it through whatever comes along.
7. Within you are so many answers.
8. Understand, have courage, be strong.
9. Don’t put limits on yourself.
10. So many dreams are waiting to be realized.
11. Decisions are too important to leave to chance.
12. Reach for your peak, your goal and your prize.
13. Nothing wastes more energy than worrying.
14. The longer one carries a problem, the heavier it gets.
15. Don’t take things too seriously.
16. Live a life of serenity, not a life of regrets.
17. Remember that a little love goes a long way.
18. Remember that a lot goes forever.
19. Remember that friendship is a wise investment.
20. Life’s treasures are people — together.
21. Realize that nothing is ever too late.
22. Do ordinary things in an extraordinary way.
23. Have health and hope and happiness.
24. Take the time to wish upon a star . . . . And don’t ever forget — for even a day — how very
special you are.
Source: Ghost, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem102.htm>
Contoh jawaban:
The poem is about the fact that each of us is a special person, so we should do things and think
accordingly.

E. Now, try to express your feeling through a poem.


Contoh jawaban:
Dear Old Lady
Dear old lady,
You’re getting old,
Though you haven’t been told,
The time has come for your skin to fold,
Your teenage years have been sold,
Are you cold?
Don’t be!
For we LOVE you tough and bold,
And you will always be ours to hold!
Source: Elaine Lo, August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/poem128.htm>

68 UNIT 1 Narratives
A. Read the following diary and answer the questions.

Our House, by Beautiful Girl


5–11–09
Our house is a zoo. A small zoo. My mother and I have a tortoise, two cats,
a human and an alien. My mom’s the alien. This is what happens when I hang out with my
mom. We get hyper on just being around each other. I can’t imagine any other mom
having the same relationship my mother and I have. It’s weird and out of control. The title
of this entry sounds like a song, “Our house is very, very, very fine house.” I don’t know
who wrote it. I’ll ask my mom. Ya.
That’s it, write some other time . . .

Source: A free online diary, August 31, 2009 <http://www.my-diary.org/>


Questions:
1. What does the word ‘our’ in the first sentence refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to the writer’s and her mother’s.
2. Why does the writer say that her house is like a zoo?
Jawaban: Because they keep some pets there; a tortoise and two cats.
3. Who is human mentioned in the text?
Jawaban: The writer.
4. “It’s weird and out of control.” What does the word ‘weird’ in Indonesian mean?
Jawaban: It means aneh.
5. “I don’t know who wrote it.” What does the word ‘it’ refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to a song.
B. Complete the following diary with the suitable words from the box.

Computer Room/Lab Whatever, by Beautiful Girl

a. blocked b. waking up c. calling


d. playing e. simple f. start

5–14–09
I’m in the computer room with Carolyn, Zoe and Rachel. They are making fun of me for
(1) ________ the computer lab the computer room. I mean what’s the difference? We are
using computers in a room. It’s that (2) ________. We are at school at 7:21 a.m. because
when you get to the computer lab before school starts, you get to go on any site you want to,
if it’s not (3) ________ of course. If you want to know, our first classes (4) ________ at 8:10
a.m. Yup. Today I have two hours classes in the morning. No team time!! Yay!! First I have
social studies. Then, I have math. Ew. Can you imagine an hour of math when you’re just
(5) ________? I’m going to die this morning. They will have to come a carry me off. And no
I’m and not over doing it.
I have to go and do homework that I didn’t do last night now.

Source: A free online diary, August 31, 2009 <http://www.my-diary.org/>

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 69


Jawaban:
1. c 2. e 3. a 4. f 5. b

Variasi:
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task B?
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The text is about the writer’s experience at school.
2. ______ The phrase “making fun of (someone)” means laughing at someone.
3. ______ The writer was in the computer lab less than half an hour before the first lesson
started.
4. ______ The writer loved math.
5. ______ The writer was a bit lazy because she hadn’t done her homework the day before.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (The phrase “making fun of (someone)” means to ridicule or in Indonesian mengolok-
olok.)
3. F (The writer arrived at school at 7:21 a.m. and her first classes started at 8:10 a.m. It
means she was in the computer lab for 49 minutes or more than half an hour.)
4. F (Based on the sentence “Can you imagine an hour of math, when you’re just waking
up? I’m going to die this morning.”, it can be concluded that the writer disliked math.)
5. T

C. Read the diary.


Find the meanings of the words that follow.

My Fate, by Beautiful Girl


6–23–09
A moment ago, I was sitting outside in the rain. The water was thumping on my
head. Seeping through my hair. Running down my arms. Soaking my clothes.
Dripping down my legs on to the grass where I am sitting.
My body is cold and wet. No one is outside but me. Then, I start to cry. When it
rains, no one can see you cry. I thought I couldn’t cry, but I guess I can. For how
could someone feel this much misery? How could someone break a heart of
another?
For now I have one more day of school. Then to summer. Then, back to the black
hole (also known as school). Where I once more must see his face and be
reminded of my cold body and warm tears.
I try to go to my sacred place, but the door won’t open. For I have been locked
out. Forbidden to spin.
One day I will emerge victorious from the maze I have been traveling in.
Because my fate is in no one else but me, no other hands but mine.

Source: A free online diary, August 31, 2009 <http://www.my-diary.org/>

70 UNIT 1 Narratives
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. to thump = mengetuk 2. to seep = merembes, meresap
3. to soak = merendam 4. to drip = menetes
5. grass = rumput 6. to break = mematahkan
7. to guess = menduga 8. misery = kesengsaraan
9. to remind = mengingatkan 10. tear = air mata
11. sacred = suci 12. to forbid = melarang
13. to spin = melintir, memutar 14. to emerge = muncul
15. fate = takdir

semak hanyalah anak kecil yang


D. Read the diaries and choose A, B, C
kelaparan. Dari sini dapat disimpulkan
or D for the correct answer.
bahwa mereka berjalan kaki (on foot).
Read the text and answer questions 1 to 3. 3. The writer said that it was a heart beating
experience because ________.
Dear diary, A. she met a hungry kid
Last Sunday, Santi and I were going to B. a hungry kid followed her
the city library together. We went there in the C. she gave some money to a hungry
afternoon. In addition, the weather was fine. kid
Near the park, someone was following D. someone who she thought was as
us. We heard some noises behind the bush. a pickpocket or a freak followed her
We were very afraid that we thought we Jawaban: D
were followed by a pickpocket or a freak. Dalam cerita tersebut, penulis
But then, a dirty, poor boy came out menggambarkan pengalamannya sebagai
from the bush. He asked for money to buy pengalaman yang mendebarkan. Semula
some food. Gosh, he was just a hungry kid. ia takut karena merasa diikuti oleh
So, we gave him some money. He said seorang pencopet atau penjahat, tetapi
thanks and went away. That’s a very heart ternyata yang mengikutinya adalah
beating experience. seorang anak kecil yang kelaparan keluar
dari semak-semak.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School
(SMP/MTs)
Read the text and answer questions 4 to 6.
1. The diary is about ________.
A. the writer and his/her friend Santi English, by Beautiful Girl
B. the writer’s experience when he/she 5–19–09
went to the library with Santi
During English today, we were finishing
C. a kid who was hungry
our book projects. My group (made up of
D. a wicked man who followed the writer
Zack, Will and Ryan) were making a poster
and his/her friend Santi
about our book. We, I mean they picked a
Jawaban: B
killing seen. So we made a poster about it.
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan
As we were drawing, Zack, Will and I had
gagasan pada paragraf satu.
the most weird conversation ever. They said
2. The writer went to the library ________. that boys have the harder life. And I
A. on foot B. by bike disagreed. It was a weird conversation to
C. by motorcycle D. by car have with guys, but it was fun. If that’s
Jawaban: A possible.
Paragraf dua menjelaskan bahwa penulis
dan Santi merasa diikuti oleh seorang Adapted from: A free online diary, August 31, 2009
<http://www.my-diary.org/>
pencopet ketika mereka sampai di dekat
taman, tetapi yang keluar dari semak-

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 71


4. The writer was finishing ________ with her this? There’s going to be so many
friends, Zack, Will and Ryan. consequences. Losing you, not knowing who
A. an art project I am anymore, feeling like it was all just a big
B. a drawing project joke that back fired. It wasn’t supposed to turn
C. their book project out this way.
D. their group project
- Kelsie
Jawaban: C Source: A free online diary, August 31, 2009
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat <http://www.my-diary.org/>
pertama teks tersebut, yaitu ”During
7. Kelsie felt ________ when she wrote that
English today, we were finishing our book
diary.
projects.”.
A. sad
5. “So we made a poster about it.” The word B. happy
‘it’ refers to ________. C. satisfied
A. English B. a killing seen D. anxious
C. a poster D. a book Jawaban: A
Jawaban: B Berdasarkan isi buku harian itu, perasan
Kata ’it’ tersebut mengacu pada kata Kelsie saat itu sedang sedih. Hal ini dapat
benda yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat disimpulkan kalimat pertama dan kedua
sebelumnya, yaitu ”We, I mean they picked yang artinya ”Jadi kamu pikir kita ini bukan
a killing seen.” dan kata bendanya adalah apa-apa, hanya seperti orang asing.
’a killing seen’. Memalukan kalau kamu tidak akan pernah
6. “It was a weird conversation to have with tahu yang sesungguhnya/sebenarnya.”
guys, dan kalimat terakhir yang artinya
. . . .” ”Seharusnya tidak berakhir seperti ini.”.
The underlined word can be best replaced 8. Kelsie addressed that text to __________.
by ________. A. her friend
A. fun B. spooky B. her parents
C. strange D. confusing C. her sister
Jawaban: C D. her boyfriend
Kata ’weird’ dan ’strange’ artinya sama, Jawaban: C
yaitu aneh. Pilihan jawaban yang lain Berdasarkan isinya, buku harian ini
salah. (A) artinya menyenangkan, merupakan ungkapan perasaan Kelsie
(B) artinya menyeramkan, dan (D) artinya kepada seseorang yang telah
membingungkan. memutuskannya. Hal ini sesuai dengan
Read the text and answer questions 7 and 8. kalimat ”Losing you, not knowing who I am
anymore, feeling like it was all just a big
Rise up this morning smiled with the rising joke that back fired.” yang artinya
sun ”Kehilangan kamu, tidak tahu lagi siapa
8–21–2009 aku ini, aku merasa semua ini hanya
seperti lelucon yang dikeluarkan kembali.”
So you think we’re nothing but strangers.
Just
a shame you don’t or ever will know the truth.
Always been the girl you’ve never noticed, and
now I’m the only girl you see. How do I tell you

72 UNIT 1 Narratives
A. Finish the following diary using your own words.

2–08–2009

I arrived home from school. No one was at home. I felt tired and hungry. Nothing on the dining
table. Where’s mom?
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________

B. Write your own diary based on your one-week activity.

Write your own imaginative story.


Share your work to the class.

Read and memorize the words. to heal : menyembuhkan


Use the words whenever you speak to improve : meningkatkan
English. to inform : memberi tahu
to limit : membatasi
apparently : rupanya to look around : jalan-jalan
enchant : memikat, menawan to marry : menikahi
jealous : iri to mingle : bergaul, berkumpul
mushroom : jamur to pass away : meninggal
orphan : anak yatim to play truant : membolos
poison : racun to pound : menumbuk
stingy : kikir to run away : melarikan diri
tide : ombak to rush : bersegera
to allow : mengizinkan to spoil : memanjakan
to chase : mengejar vast : sangat luas
to engulf : menelan, melanda veil : kerudung
to grind : menggerinda

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 73


Read the text and answer text and answer
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
questions 3 to 5.
answer.
Olih and his mother loved helping people;
Read the following dialog and answer although, they were poor. That’s why, people
questions 1 and 2. loved them because they were not only kind but
also generous.
Emily : Have you heard the news, Laila?
One evening, there were seven old women
Laila : What news, Emily?
came to their house. They asked for food and
Emily : Tasikmalaya was hit by an earthquake!
a place to stay. Olih and his mother gave them
And . . . about seventy people died.
food and let those women stay with them. They
Laila : Are you kidding me?
were very thankful to Olih and his mother
Emily : No! You can watch the news on TV this
because of their generosity.
evening.
In the morning, Olih’s mother asked him to
Laila : It’s a big tragedy. I wish the best for
wake those women up. Suddenly, Olih
them.
screamed. “Mom, please come here!” Olih’s
1. What are the speakers talking about? mother rushed to the bedroom and found
A. An earthquake that happened in abundant rice. The seven old women were not
Tasikmalaya. there. Instead, there was a beautiful little girl.
B. The victims of an earthquake. She told Olih and his mother that her father had
C. The evening TV news. sent her to their house. He had asked her to
D. Poor people in Tasikmalaya. give delicious rice as a refund for their
Jawaban: A kindness. They called the rice beras pulut or
Jawaban ini sesuai ucapan Emily, glutinous rice, which means sticky and
”Tasikmalaya was hit by an earthquake! delicious rice. Olih and his mother did not forget
And . . . about seventy people died.” yang to give some rice to their neighbors.
artinya ”Tasikmalaya diguncang gempa. Adapted from: August 10, 2009 <http://
Dan . . . sekitar tujuh puluh orang indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/
meninggal.”. Pilihan jawaban (B) dan (C) North%20Sumatra>
hanya sebagai gagasan pendukung, 3. What is the text about?
sedangkan (D) tidak dijelaskan dalam A. A good boy.
percakapan. B. A good little girl.
2. What does Emily say to inform Laila about C. Seven old poor women.
the surprising news? D. A generous mother and her son.
A. Hey, what’s up? Jawaban: D
B. Have you heard the news, Laila? Teks tersebut menceritakan kehidupan
C. Are you kidding me? Olih dan ibunya yang baik hati, meskipun
D. It’s a big tragedy. mereka miskin. Pada akhir cerita, mereka
Jawaban: B mendapat beras yang sangat melimpah
Ungkapan untuk menyampaikan berita karena kebaikannya itu. Jadi, cerita
biasanya diucapkan pada awal tersebut menceritakan tentang ibu dan
percakapan, yaitu ketika Emily bertanya anak laki-lakinya yang baik hati.
kepada Laila apakah ia sudah mengetahui 4. “Olih’s mother rushed to the bedroom and
berita terbaru. Ia menyampaikannya found abundant rice.” (Paragraph 3)
dengan berkata ”Have you heard the The underlined word has a similar meaning
news, Laila?” yang artinya ”Sudahkah to ________.
kamu mendengar berita, Laila?”. A. few B. less than
C. plenty D. more than

74 UNIT 1 Narratives
Jawaban: C Jawaban: A
Kata ’abundant’ artinya melimpah. Pilihan Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
jawaban yang mempunyai arti sama pertama cerita tersebut, ”A wolf saw a goat
dengan kata itu adalah ’plenty’ yang grazing at the edge of a high cliff.” yang
artinya banyak sekali. Pilihan jawaban lain artinya ”Seekor serigala melihat seekor
salah karena maknanya berbeda. Pilihan kambing sedang merumput di tepi tebing
jawaban (A) artinya sedikit, (B) artinya yang tinggi.”. Jadi, yang dimaksud ’there’
kurang dari, dan (D) artinya lebih dari. adalah tempat di mana kambing itu
merumput, yaitu tebing tinggi (high cliff).
5. Which is NOT TRUE according to the story?
A. Olih and her mother were stingy. 7. What can we learn from the story above?
B. That little girl was very generous. A. Don’t look down to other creatures.
C. No one helped those old women. B. Don’t easily believe in well behaved
D. Those seven women thanked Olih creatures.
because of his kindness. C. Don’t judge others by their
Jawaban: A appearance.
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak D. Don’t easily beat other creatures.
sesuai dengan isi cerita. Pilihan jawaban Jawaban: B
(A) tersebut artinya Olih dan ibunya kikir. Pilihan jawaban ini artinya jangan mudah
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena percaya pada tingkah laku baik orang/
sesuai dengan isi teks. makhluk lain. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai
dengan isi cerita tersebut. Kambing itu
Read the text and answer questions 6 to 8.
gagal dimangsa serigala karena ia sadar
The Wolf and The Goat atas rayuan dan tipuan serigala itu.
A wolf saw a goat grazing at the edge of Kesimpulannya, ia tidak begitu saja
a high cliff. The wolf smacked his lips at the percaya kata-kata manis sang serigala,
thought of a fine goat dinner. sehingga ia selamat.
“My dear friend,” said the wolf in his 8. From the story we know ________.
sweetest voice, “aren’t you afraid you will A. the goat was very hungry
fall down from that cliff? Come down here B. the wolf was a helpful animal
and graze on this fine grass beside me on C. the wolf was eager to eat the goat
safe, level ground.” D. the goat was going to fight with the
“No, thank you,” said the goat. wolf
“Well then,” said the wolf, “aren’t you Ujian Nasional 2008/2009
cold up there in the wind? You would be Jawaban: C
warmer grazing down here beside me in this Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai
sheltered area.” dengan isi cerita tersebut. Serigala itu mau
“No, thank you,” said the goat. memangsa kambing yang sedang
“But the grass tastes better down merumput di pinggir tebing yang tinggi. Ia
here!” said the exasperated wolf, “Why dine pun melancarkan tipuan dan rayuan
alone?” beberapa kali agar kambing itu mau
“My dear wolf,” the goat finally said, mendekat, meskipun akhirnya ia gagal.
“are you quite sure that it is my dinner you
are worrying about and not your own?” For questions 9 and 10, choose the correct
words to complete the sentence.
6. “Aren’t you cold up there in the wind?”
The word ‘there’ refers to ________. By the time that wicked witch (9) ________ the
A. a high cliff stone with her magical power, Luby (10)
B. a sheltered area ________ out of the cave already.
C. grass 9. A. smashed B. smashes
D. ground C. has smashed D. had smashed

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 75


Jawaban: A must you go.” yang artinya ”Ketika berbaju
Pilihan jawaban (A) yang berbentuk the hangat, Anda pasti akan pergi ke luar.”. Itu
simple past tense benar karena kejadian berarti orang-orang akan memakai baju
itu terjadi setelah Luby lari keluar gua. tebal selama musim dingin pada saat
mereka pergi.
10. A. runs B. ran
C. has run D. had run 12. In his poem, the writer tries to tell us about
Jawaban: D ________.
Kalimat tersebut menjelaskan dua A. what people can do according to the
peristiwa yang terjadi pada masa lampau. weather
Peristiwa yang terjadi terlebih dahulu B. what people shall do anytime of the
menggunakan the past perfect dan year
peristiwa berikutnya menggunakan the C. two seasons of the year, summer and
simple past tense. Jadi, pilihan yang benar winter
adalah kata dalam bentuk the past perfect D. the benefit of the weather forecast
tense (had run) karena peristiwa ini terjadi Jawaban: A
terlebih dahulu. Isi puisi tersebut dapat disimpulkan dari
bait pertama yang artinya ”Cuaca mampu
Read the text and answer questions 11 and menjelaskan waktu dan tempat kita dapat
12. bermain, di luar atau di dalam kamulah
Weather Watch yang memilih, pakaian mana yang harus
By Dave Mountjoy dikenakan atau mainan manakah yang
akan digunakan.”. Kesimpulannya dengan
The weather really has its say
puisi itu penulis mencoba memberi tahu
On when and where we go to play
tentang apa yang bisa dilakukan orang
Outside or in, it makes you choose,
sesuai dengan cuaca.
Which clothes to wear or toys to use.
13. Belgium heard Javanese Mr. Reinhard
In summer, outside is the choice
1 2 3 4
The sunshine lets our hearts rejoice,
To leap and jump and act the clown furniture antique would I wooden sell
Until, at last, the sun goes down. 5 6 7 8 9 10
carved to
In winter, more inside you stay,
11 12
For shorter is the light of day,
The proper arrangement is ________.
Unless of course, it starts to snow
A. 8–2–4–7–10–12–9–5–3–11–6–1
When wrapped up, outside must you go.
B. 4–8–2–7–10–3–9–11–6–5–12–1
But anytime of year is fun, C. 8–2–4–7–10–6–3–9–11–5–12–1
The cold, the rain, the shining sun D. 4–7–10–9–6–11–3–5–12–1–8–2
There’s always lots of things to do Jawaban: C
A favorite game, or something new. Susunan kata yang benar sehingga
Source: Dave Mountjoy, August 10, 2009 <http:// menjadi kalimat yang bermakna adalah
goodnightstories.com/read/poem104.htm ”I heard Mr. Reinhard would sell antique
11. According to the poem, people will wear Javanese wooden carved furniture to
________ when they go out in winter. Belgium.” yang artinya ”Saya dengar Pak
A. thin clothes B. casual clothes Reinhard akan menjual perabot kayu
C. T-shirts D. thick clothes berukir antik model Jawa ke Belgia.”.
Jawaban: D
Berdasarkan kalimat terakhir pada bait
ketiga, yaitu ”When wrapped up, outside

76 UNIT 1 Narratives
Read the text and answer questions 14 and 15. Read the text and answer questions 16 to 18.
Amelia’s house was in a quiet place. It
What Happened? By kiki_bunny23 was a hilly village. The garden of her house
was very beautiful. Flowers with various
06–14–2008
colors grew there. Amelia grew some roses.
My life seems to be doing a complete u-turn. She’s a nature lover. One day Amelia closed
In elementary, I rarely talked; middle school, her book. She felt tired after studying hard.
I talked more; but this year . . . it seems I just She stood by the window. She could see the
can’t make myself heard. I don’t know what mountain from there. It was beautiful with
to do anymore. It seems that whenever I try its bluish green color.
and talk, . . . I’m just ignored. I just don’t “How beautiful! How wonderful it would
think I can survive anymore . . . . Why do be if I could reach the top of that mountain
these things always happen to me? I make without climbing.”
friends easily, but then I lose them just as “If you want to fly up there, follow me,”
fast. Why? It’s a question I ask a lot lately, said a soft voice. Amelia was surprised.
but it is never answered. Well, I guess I’m “Who are you? Why did you come in
going to go now. without permission? ”
“My name is Yuli. My home is a bit far
Jackie Lynn from here. I want to be your friend, Amelia,”
said the girl.
Source: Jackie Lynn, September 7, 2009, A free online “You know my name?” said Amelia.
diary <http://www.my-diary.org/> “I often hear your mother calling you,”
Yuli answered. She reached out her hand to
14. Which is TRUE according to the poem?
Amelia. Amelia shook Yuli’s hand.
A. The writer loved talking in public.
“Why is your hand so cold? Are you
B. The writer was hopeless in making friends.
ill?” asked Amelia, worried.
C. The writer was happy when she was
“I haven’t been to school for a few
in elementary school.
days,” said Yuli.
D. Everyone listened to the writer when
“If you were sick, why aren’t you in bed
she was talking to them.
now?” asked Amelia.
Jawaban: B
“The fresh air will make me better,
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
Amelia,” said Yuli pulled Amelia’s hand. She
”I make friends easily, but then I lose them
wanted Amelia to follow her.
just as fast.” yang artinya ”Saya mudah
“Oh, no. I cannot go now. I must do my
mencari teman, tetapi kemudian saya cepat
homework. How about tomorrow? My
kehilangan mereka.”. Berdasarkan kalimat
mother will make some delicious cakes for
itu, dapat disimpulkan bahwa penulis itu
me. You must taste some, Yuli,” said
putus asa dalam hal pertemanan.
Amelia.
15. “It seems that whenever I try and talk, . . . “Thanks, Amelia. You are so kind.” Yuli
I’m just ignored.” This statement means waved to Amelia and then she was gone.
________. Amelia’s mother was puzzled to see her
A. no one listened to her daughter talking alone.
B. her friends cared for her
16. What does the story tell you about?
C. the writer tried to listen to her friend
A. A mysterious girl.
when they were talking
B. Amelia’s new friend.
D. the writer was talking to her friends
C. A little girl in a village.
and they were willing to listen to her
D. A quiet place in a village.
Jawaban: A
Jawaban: B
Pernyataan itu artinya ”Tampaknya, kapan
Cerita tersebut menceritakan tentang
pun aku berusaha dan berbicara, . . . aku
kehadiran teman baru Amelia, yaitu Yuli.
diabaikan.” Itu sama artinya tak seorang pun
Pilihan jawaban (A) salah karena tokoh
mendengarkannya (no one listened to her).
utama cerita tersebut adalah Amelia

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 77


(bukan gadis misterius). Pilihan jawaban
(C) dan (D) salah karena tidak disebutkan My parents pay for my tuition.
dalam teks. Honestly, I really appreciate that.
Cuz it doesn’t really matter if I have a part
17. The first paragraph is about ________. time job.
A. the dream of Amelia They deal with everything.
B. the setting place of the story I feel quite lucky.
C. how the story happened But we’re not rich either.
D. the problem faced by Amelia
Jawaban: B This September I started to save.
Bagian awal suatu cerita (narrative) I’ll save for emergency, for next summer,
disebut orientasi. Bagian ini menceritakan for two years later.
siapa, di mana, dan kapan suatu cerita Cuz I’ll go abroad afterwards.
terjadi. Paragraf satu teks tersebut To visit some places like Europe.
menceritakan keadaan rumah Amelia. I secretly called it graduation-trip-on-my-
Jadi, paragraf itu menceritakan latar own.
tempat (the setting of place) cerita Ha . . . ha . . . my parents dunno that.
tersebut. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah Well the last entry I mentioned 10 months
karena tidak terdapat dalam paragraf satu. means I’ll travell by my own next summer.
To learn to be real independent.
18. “. . . make some delicious cakes for me.” I’ll keep my diary fo sho.
The word ‘delicious’ means ________.
A. bad smell B. nice taste 2009 summer is gonna finish.
C. bitter taste D. stale flavor I’m going back to school this Friday.
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Source: Vivian, September 7, 2009, A free online diary
Jawaban: B <http://www.my-diary.org/>
Kata ’delicious’ artinya ’enak’ atau ’nikmat’.
Kata yang bermakna sama dengan kata 19. There are some abbreviations in that diary.
’delicious’ adalah (B) nice taste yang Some of them are ‘cuz’ which means
artinya enak. Pilihan jawaban yang lain because, ‘dunno which means ________
salah karena memiliki makna berlawanan. and ‘fo sho’ which means for sure.
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya berbau tidak A. do now B. do know
sedap, (C) artinya berasa pahit, dan (D) C. don’t know D. don’t now
artinya berasa basi. Jawaban: C
Menurut konteks kalimat, kata ’dunno’
Read the text and answer questions 19 and 20. tersebut artinya ’don’t know’. Jadi, kalimat
”Ha . . . ha . . . my parents dunno that.”
I wanna talk, by Vivian artinya ”Ha . . . ha . . . kedua orang tuaku
09–07–2009 tidak mengetahuinya.”. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena maknanya tidak
New semester, I’m in my junior year in
sesuai dengan konteks kalimat.
university.
Sometimes, I get disappointed at the life cuz 20. The writer tries to save money for
it isn’t what I think. ________.
Well I’m not complaining anything. A. paying her tuition
It’s meaningless. B. paying her boarding house
C. going abroad
D. her independent life

78 UNIT 1 Narratives
Jawaban: C B. Write a diary which tells one of the
Pilihan ini sesuai dengan tulisan dalam occasions you experienced yesterday.
buku harian bait ketiga, ”This September
I started to save. I’ll save for emergency, Contoh jawaban:
for next summer, for two years later. Cuz
I’ll go abroad afterwards.” yang artinya
”September ini aku akan mulai menabung. What a day!
Aku akan menabung untuk keperluan 12–23–2009
mendadak, untuk musim panas berikutnya,
I had two tests. All were hard to do, but
untuk dua tahun yang akan datang.
I had done them my best. Hope get
Karena aku akan pergi ke luar negeri
good marks.
setelahnya.”. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang
sesuai dengan kalimat tersebut adalah On way home, my tire was flat. No
going abroad (pergi ke luar negeri). money left! I had to walk home.
5 kilometers far!
I arrived home sweaty, thirsty, hungry
and . . . tired. Put off my shoes, changed
clothes, washed my hands and feet.
I went to the dining room, took my lunch.
Took a nap after that. What a day!

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1:


● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 1. Bagian ini
bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 79


4. “She was amazed at the snail, so she put it
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
in a jar.” What does the underlined word
answer.
refer to?
A. A fishing net. B. The fish.
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and
C. The river. D. The snail.
2.
Gerry: You must listen to this, Dewa! 5. “However, she didn’t give up.”
Dewa: What is it? You look serious. The underlined phrase can be best
Gerry: Harris got a parrot from his uncle! And replaced by ________.
you know, it can say hello, good A. accept B. reject
morning, goodbye, and even sing C. surrender D. deliver
Indonesia Raya. Read the text and answer questions 6 to 8.
Dewa: I can’t believe it! Once upon a time there lived
1. What is the dialog about? a kind-hearted man and his wife. One
A. Harris’ uncle. morning, his wife found a poor little
B. Harris’ uncle’s parrot. sparrow. She took it gently and fed it. To
C. Harris’ parrot. show its gratitude, the sparrow stayed with
D. A clever parrot. them and sang every morning. But there
was an ill-tempered old woman who didn’t
2. What does Dewa say to respond to Gerry’s
like the sparrow. She cut the sparrow’s
information?
tongue. That’s why the bird returned to its
A. You must listen to this!
previous nest.
B. I can’t believe it!
Knowing that their sparrow flew away,
C. You look serious.
the kind man and woman looked for their
D. And you know, it can say hello, good
sparrow. They walked a long way, crossed
morning, goodbye, and even sing
the bridge, climbed a mountain, and passed
Indonesia Raya.
the wood.
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5. Not long afterwards, they found the
Mbok Rondo went fishing one morning. sparrow’s nest. The sparrow welcomed
Today was not her lucky day because she them and provided a feast for them. Before
couldn’t get any fish. However, she didn’t give they went home, the sparrow brought two
up. After a moment, she caught a golden snail baskets, one was large and looked heavy,
on her net, and she took it home. She was and the other one was small and light. The
amazed at the snail, so she put it in a jar. sparrow asked them to choose one.
The next morning, she went to the river to They chose the small one. And that was
catch fish. She went home in the afternoon. On the best choice. There were many rolls of
her amazement, she found her house clean and silk and piles of gold in it.
tidy. She also found some food on the dining Being jealous, the ill-tempered old
table. She wondered who did all the things. woman did the same thing as the kind man
and woman did. However, she chose the big
3. What is the suitable title of the story? basket which actually contained wasps and
A. Keong Mas. venomous crawlers, such as scorpions,
B. Mbok Rondo. centipedes and other horrible creatures.
C. A Lonely Old Woman. Finally, they stung and bit her to death.
D. An Invisible Creature. Source: January 20, 2005
<http://www.childrenstory.com/tales/tes/tcs1.html >

80 UNIT 1 Narratives
6. What is the purpose of the text? 10. Below are what the fish asked the
A. To describe something. fisherman to do, except ________.
B. To inform something. A. not to eat him
C. To entertain the readers. B. to throw him back to the water
D. To report something. C. to come back and catch him again
when he grew bigger
7. What happened to the sparrow in the text?
D. to make him a good dinner
A. It lived with the kind-hearted couple
forever. 11. What did the fisherman do to the fish?
B. An ill-tempered woman cut its A. He took care of the fish.
tongue. B. He ate him.
C. An ill-tempered woman cut its leg. C. He sold him.
D. It was killed. D. He gave him to another person.
8. What is the resolution of this story? Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
A. A kind-hearted woman found Read the text and answer questions 12 and 13.
a poor little sparrow.
B. An ill-tempered woman cut the The Sea
sparrow’s tongue. (By Viki Reichova)
C. The horrible creatures stung and The sea is quite wavy,
bit the When it is storming, it is crazy,
ill-tempered old woman to death. The fishermen fish for food,
D. The kind-hearted man and woman By the sandy shore at dawn or night,
looked for the sparrow. The fish are slimy,
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 They jump in the boat,
The sea is quite wavy!
Read the text and answer questions 9 to 11.
Source: Viki Reichova, August 10, 2009 <http://
A long time ago, there lived a fisherman. goodnightstories.com/read/poem118.htm>
One day he had been fishing all day, but he
12. “They jump in the boat,” (line 6)
did not catch anything. In the evening, he
The word ‘they’ refers to ________.
caught a very small fish. The fish said,
A. the fishermen
“Please don’t eat me. Please, I’m too small
B. the fish
to make you a good dinner. Please, throw
C. the dawn or night
me back to the water. Later, when I grow
D. the food
bigger, you come back and catch me again.”
“No,” said the fisherman. “I am going to 13. According to the poem, the fishermen go
keep you. If you get back into the water, you fishing ________.
will take very good care, and you will never A. at day break or in the morning
come near me again.” B. in the evening or at night
Then, the fisherman put the poor little C. in the afternoon or at night
fish in his pond at the backyard. When the D. at day break or at night
fish grew biggger, it became a good friend
of the fisherman. He never wanted to eat the
fish.
9. What is the purpose of the text?
A. To tell how to do something step by
step.
B. To entertain the readers.
C. To tell past events.
D. To describe a person or a place.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 81


Read the text and answer questions 14 and 15. 16. There some abbreviations in that diary.
The word ‘abt’ means about, ‘cuz’ means
________ and ‘dun’ means don’t.
Didn’t talk, by kiki_bunny23 A. because B. case
06–21–2008–09:59:32 C. cost D. course
I didn’t talk at all to Will today or yesterday. 17. “. . . we’re talking abt economic crisis.”
I don’t know why, but I just didn’t want to What does the underlined word refer to?
. . .I was avoiding him and I think I know A. The readers.
why . . . . B. The writer’s friends.
I have never held a secret this big from C. The writer’s parents.
my mom before. It makes me want to cry D. The writer and her friend B.
because I keep pushing her out of my
life. She keeps slipping farther and For questions 18 and 19, choose the correct
farther away. I don’t know if I will be able words to complete the text.
to keep this up. It just gets so hard
sometimes . . . I wish I knew what to do. I used to have a close friend in elementary
school, Jaya or Jay. I haven’t met him for years.
Well, short entry for today I guess. Bye. However, I met him on my friend’s party
Jackie Lynn yesterday. I (18) ________ because my friend
(19) ________ me before.

Adapted from: kiki_bunny23, September 7, 2009 <A free 18. A. surprised


online diary - http://www.my-diary.org/> B. am surprised
C. was surprised
14. According to the text, Jackie’s relation to her
D. had been surprised
mother is ________.
A. not good enough 19. A. isn’t telling
B. very close B. didn’t tell
C. not too close C. hasn’t told
D. very bad D. hadn’t told
15. Jackie was ________ when she wrote the 20. shiny father secondhand this afternoon
diary. 1 2 3 4
A. confused B. touched black car bought Japanese a
C. happy D. cheerful
5 6 7 8 9
Read the text and answer questions 16 and 17. The proper arrangement is ________.
A. 2–7–9–8–6–1–5–3–4
B. 2–7–9–8–1–3–5–4–6
C. 2–7–9–3–1–5–8–6–4
Hope or Despair, by Vivian D. 2–7–9–3–8–5–1–6–4
02–11–2009
My friend B and I, we’re talking abt B. Rewrite a story that you have ever
economic crisis. read.
What are we gonna do in the future?
That’s terrible, cuz it’s hard to find a new
job nowadays.
I dun even know what to do after
graduating from college.
omg

Source: Vivian, A free online diary, September 7, 2009


<http://www.my-diary.org/>

82 UNIT 1 Narratives
Jawaban Review Unit 1 8. C. Soal menanyakan resolusi, atau
penyelesaian konflik masalah. Konflik pada
A. Pilihan Ganda
cerita ini diselesaikan dengan adanya
1. C. Pada percakapan itu, Gerry memberi tahu makhluk mengerikan yang menyengat dan
Dewa bahwa Harris mendapat burung menggigit wanita tua yang jahat tersebut
kakaktua dari pamannya. Ia juga sampai mati (horrible creatures stung and
menyampaikan kepandaian burung tersebut. bit the ill-tempered old woman to death).
Jadi, Gerry dan Dewa membicarakan Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah
tentang burung kakaktua Harris. (C). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
2. B. Gerry menyampaikan kabar bahwa Harris (A) artinya seorang wanita yang baik
mendapat burung kakaktua yang bisa menemukan seekor burung pipit yang
menyapa dan bernyanyi. Dewa merespons malang, (B) artinya seorang wanita tua
dengan mengatakan, ”I can’t believe it!”. yang jahat memotong lidah burung pipit itu,
3. A. Pada teks tersebut diceritakan tentang dan (D) artinya pria dan wanita yang baik
Mbok Rondo yang menangkap keong mas itu mencari burung pipit.
dan kegiatan yang dilakukan Keong Mas di 9. B. Teks tersebut berbentuk naratif karena
rumah Mbok Rondo. Jadi, judul yang sesuai menceritakan hal-hal yang bersifat khayal,
untuk cerita tersebut adalah Keong Mas. misalnya tentang a talking fish (ikan yang
4. D. Kata ’it’ merupakan kata ganti benda yang dapat berbicara). Tujuan sebuah cerita
telah disebutkan sebelumnya. Kata benda naratif adalah untuk menghibur pembaca
yang telah disebutkan sebelumnya adalah (to entertain the readers), sehingga pilihan
’the snail’. Jadi, kata ’it’ tersebut mengacu jawaban yang benar adalah (B). Pilihan
pada the snail. jawaban yang lain salah. (A) yang artinya
untuk memberi tahu cara melakukan
5. C. Kata ’give up’ artinya menyerah. Pilihan
sesuatu dengan serangkaian langkah
jawaban yang memiliki makna menyerah
merupakan tujuan sebuah teks procedure,
adalah surrender. Pilihan jawaban (A)
(C) yang artinya untuk menceritakan
artinya menerima, (B) artinya menolak, dan
kejadian masa lalu merupakan tujuan teks
(D) artinya menyerahkan.
recount, dan (D) yang artinya untuk
6. C. Teks ini berbentuk naratif yang disimpulkan, menggambarkan orang atau tempat
dari frasa ’once upon a time’ yang artinya merupakan tujuan teks deskriptif.
pada zaman dahulu kala’. Tujuan sebuah
10. D. Dalam teks terdapat kalimat yang
teks naratif adalah untuk menghibur
diucapkan ikan, yaitu ”Please don’t eat me.
pembaca (to entertain the readers), sesuai
Please, I’m too small to make you a good
dengan pilihan jawaban (C). Pilihan
dinner. Please, throw me back to the water.
jawaban yang lain salah. (A) artinya untuk
Later, when I grow bigger, you come back
mendeskripsikan sesuatu, (B) artinya untuk
and catch me again.” yang artinya ”Tolong
menginformasikan sesuatu, dan (D) artinya
jangan makan saya. Saya masih terlalu
untuk melaporkan sesuatu.
kecil untuk dibuat makan malam yang
7. B. Kalimat kelima dan keenam paragraf lezat. Tolong lemparkan saya kembali ke
pertama adalah ”But there was an ill- dalam air. Di kemudian hari, saat saya
tempered old woman who didn’t like the bertambah besar, datanglah kemari dan
sparrow. She cut the sparrow’s tongue.” tangkap saya lagi.”. Pilihan jawaban yang
yang artinya ”Namun, ada seorang wanita bukan permintaan ikan kepada nelayan itu
tua yang jahat yang tidak menyukai burung adalah (D) yang artinya untuk menjadikan
pipit itu. Ia memotong lidah si burung ikan tersebut makan malam yang lezat.
pipit.”. Dari sini dapat disimpulkan bahwa Oleh karena itu, pilihan jawaban yang
yang terjadi pada burung pipit itu adalah benar untuk soal pengecualian adalah (D).
seorang wanita tua yang jahat memotong Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
lidah burung pipit itu (an ill-tempered sesuai dengan permintaan ikan tersebut.
woman cut its tongue). Pilihan jawaban
11. A. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat
yang benar adalah (B). Pilihan jawaban
”Then, the fisherman put the poor little fish
yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban
in his pond at the backyard.” yang artinya
(A) artinya burung itu tinggal dengan
”Kemudian nelayan itu menaruh ikan kecil
sepasang suami istri yang baik selamanya,
yang malang itu di kolam di halaman
(C) artinya seorang wanita tua yang jahat
belakang.”. Dari sini kita mengetahui
memotong kaki burung pipit itu, dan
bahwa nelayan tersebut merawat ikan
(D) artinya burung pipit itu dibunuh.
malang itu. Oleh karena itu, pilihan

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 83


jawaban yang benar adalah (A) He took 19. D. Kalimat tersebut menjelaskan peristiwa yang
care of the fish yang artinya dia merawat terjadi lebih dahulu pada masa lampau. Oleh
ikan itu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. karena itu, kalimat tersebut berbentuk the
(B) artinya dia memakannya, (C) artinya past perfect tense (hadn’t told).
dia menjualnya, dan (D) artinya dia 20. C. Susunan kata yang benar sehingga
memberikannya kepada orang lain. membentuk kalimat yang bermakna adalah
12. B. Kata ’they’ tersebut menggantikan kata ”Father bought a secondhand shiny black
benda jamak yang telah disebutkan pada Japanese car this afternoon.”
kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu fish.
B. Esai
13. D. Pilihan jawaban ini yang artinya pada saat
Contoh jawaban:
subuh atau waktu malam ini sesuai dengan
Nai Manggale
baris ketiga dan keempat puisi tersebut,
yaitu ”The fishermen fish for food,” dan Datu Panggana was a famous sculpture who
”By the sandy shore at dawn or night,”. lived in Tapanuli, North Sumatra. He could make
14. B. Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat ”I have any statues from wood. One day, he decided to
never held a secret this big from my mom make a statue of a girl. When it was finished, it
before. It makes me want to cry because turned into a beautiful girl. Datu Panggana put it in
I keep pushing her out of my life.” yang front of his house. Unfortunately, it didn’t have any
artinya ”Sebelumnya saya tidak pernah clothes yet.
menyimpan rahasia besar seperti ini dari One morning, a young merchant, named Bao
ibuku. Hal ini membuatku ingin menangis Partigatiga, who sold jewelleries and clothes,
karena aku menjauhkannya dari hidupku.”. passed Datu Panggana’s house. He was impressed
Berdasarkan kedua kalimat itu, dapat by the beauty of the statue. Then, he put on one of
disimpulkan bahwa hubungan Jackie the clothes he wanted to sell on the statue. “Well,
dengan ibunya sangat dekat (very close). this statue will look more beautiful this way,” said he.
After that, he left.
15. A. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan
Another day, a priest and his wife, who had not
beberapa kalimat dalam puisi tersebut,
got any child, passed by. They were also impressed
yaitu ”I don’t know why, but I just didn’t
by the beauty of the statue. They decided to pray to
want to . . . I was avoiding him and I think I
God to make her live like a real human so that they
know why . . . .” yang artinya ”Saya tidak
could take her as their daughter. God heard their
tahu mengapa, tetapi saya hanya tidak
wish, and very soon the statue changed into
ingin . . . . Saya mengindarinya dan saya
a beautiful girl. Then, they named her Nai Manggale
rasa saya tahu mengapa . . . .” dan ”I wish I
and took her home.
knew what to do.” yang artinya ”Saya
The news about Nai Manggale spread very
harap saya tahu apa yang harus saya
fast. The priest’s neighbors visited the priest’s
lakukan.” Jadi, dapat disimpulkan bahwa
house just to see the girl. They did admire Nai
Jackie dalam kondisi bingung (confused)
Manggale’s beauty. Datu Panggana and Bao
ketika menulis buku harian tersebut.
Partigatiga also heard the news. Immediately, they
16. A. Menurut konteks kalimat, kata ’cuz’ decided to come to the priest’s house.
tersebut artinya because. Jadi, kalimat In the priest’s house, those three men started
”That’s terrible, cuz it’s hard to find a new arguing who had to have the girl. Datu Panggana
job nowadays.” artinya ”Sungguh sangat claimed that he made the statue. Bao Partigatiga
sulit, karena sangat susah memperoleh stated that he gave her the clothes. At last, the
pekerjaan sekarang ini.”. Pilihan jawaban priest said that he was the one who prayed to God
(B) artinya masalah, (C) artinya ongkos, to make the clothed statue alive. This argument
dan (D) artinya pelajaran. didn’t finish until an elderly of the village, named Aji
17. D. Kata ganti ’we’ mengacu pada orang Bahir, gave a solution. He said, “You all can have
kedua jamak. Kata ini mengacu pada her and have a relationship with her. Datu
subjek yang telah disebutkan pada kalimat Panggana, you are her uncle. Bao Partigatiga, you
sebelumnya, yaitu penulis dan temannya are her brother. And you the priest, you are her
yang bernama B pada kalimat ”My friend B father.” The three men accepted Aji Bahir’s advice.
and I, we’re talking abt economic crisis.”. They were happy because they all could ask
18. C. Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, pernyataan her to stay in their houses. Besides that, now those
tersebut terjadi pada masa lalu (yesterday), three men were related.
sehingga kalimat itu menggunakan bentuk Adapted from: August 10, 2009 <http://
the simple past tense (was surprised). indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/

84 UNIT 1 Narratives
Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk narrative yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatan
listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/
paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases
dalam teks.

Text 1
Nyi Banjarsari
It was a rainy season. The villagers were happy, most of them were farmers. Rain would water their
rice field, and soon they would harvest their rice.
Pak Bong was one of the farmers. He was also very happy. He wanted to buy some clothes for himself,
his wife and his beloved daughter, Nyi Banjarsari. She was a very beautiful girl. Her parents loved her
because she was very obedient.
One night, Pak Bong had a terrible dream. An old man came to him and said the rain would never stop.
There would be a great flood. At first Pak Bong thought it was just a dream, but he had the same dream in
the following nights. He decided to tell all the villagers about his dream and asked them to evacuate on a hill
not far from their village.
“Ha ha ha? You are joking, Pak Bong. How can we leave our rice field? We are going to have great
harvest, remember?” Everybody was laughing at Pak Bong.
Pak Bong did not give up. He kept on asking the villagers to evacuate to the hill. Finally, some villagers
believed him. Together with his wife and his daughter Nyi Banjarsari, Pak Bong and his friends went to the
hill.
In the meantime, heavy rain fell days and nights. It continued until water entered the houses. The
villagers were sorry they did not listen to Pak Bong and ignored his advice. Soon, the village was drowned!
Pak Bong and his friends could not do anything. They were sad because their village was under water.
Then, they prayed to God. They asked God how the water dried up from their village. The answer came in
Pak Bong’s dream. In his dream, the same old man told him how to save their village.
“If you want the water to dry up, you have to sacrifice your daughter. She has to jump into the water!”
said the old man.
Pak Bong was very sad. He then told his family about his dream. His wife did not agree at all. She did
not want to lose her lovely daughter.
“That’s O.K., Mother. If this is the only way to save our village, I would jump into the water,” said Nyi
Banjarsari. Her parents could not say anything. They could not prevent their daughter from jumping into the
water.
Slowly, water dried up. Pak Bong and his friends then returned to their village. They built their houses
and had their lives back. To show their thankfulness and gratefulness to Nyi Banjarsari, the villagers named
their village into Banjarsari.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/Banten>

Text 2
The Story of a Sugar Palm Tree
A husband and a wife lived happily in a village. They had two children, a son and a daughter. The son’s
name was Tare Iluh, and the daughter’s name was Beru Sibou. Their happy life ended when their father died.
Since then their mother worked hard for them. She worked so hard that it made her suffer from a terrible illness.
Their mother then died. Later, Tare Iluh and Beru Sibou stayed at their uncle’s house.
Days passed by and those kids have grown into adults. Tare Iluh decided to find a job in another village.
He then left his sister and his uncle. Tare Iluh wanted to make money in a short time. He thought gambling was
the answer. He gambled using the money his uncle gave him. At first he won some money. He was so happy
and used all the money. Sadly, he lost. All the money he had was gone. He was upset. After that he borrowed
money from the villagers, he lost again, and he borrowed some money again. He kept on borrowing some
money until he had a lot of debts.
When the villagers asked him to pay the debt, Tare Iluh could not pay them. He did not have any
money. The villagers were angry. They put him in the jail!

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 85


In the mean time, Beru Sibou was waiting for his brother. She was worried because he had not given
her any news. Finally, she heard that his brother was in the jail. She rushed to go and wanted to meet her
brother.
Beru Sibou did not know the way to the village. She was lost in a jungle. She met an old man and
asked about his brother. The old man knew that there was a man in the jail because of gambling. He then
suggested Beru Sibou to climb a high tree and sang a song about his brother. His brother might hear her
song.
Beru Sibou then climbed a high tree. She sang a song about his brother. She sang and screamed his
brother’s name.
“My brother Tare Iluh? Where are you? The villagers, please release my brother.”
Nobody listened to the song and that made Beru Sibou frustrated. She then prayed to God.
“God, I’m willing to pay my brother’s debts. I will pay with my tears, my hair, and all parts of my body
can be used by the villagers. But please free my brother.”
Right after she finished praying, heavy storm attacked. And slowly Beru Sibou changed into a tree.
It was just not an ordinary tree. All parts of tree were useful. Her tears changed into sweet water. Her hair
changed into very strong leaves. People can use them as roof of their houses. The fruits of the tree named
kolang kaling are very delicious. People name it as a sugar palm tree or pohon enau. People in other
villages name it as pohon aren.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/North%20Sumatra>

Text 3
The Lonely Traffic Light
Once upon a time, there was a traffic light . . . a lonely traffic light. She felt that nobody gave her much
attention. Sometimes people would stand by her and push the button for the light to change, and she felt
less lonely while they were waiting. But once the light changed, the people would leave and cross the street.
At times, when the light was red, the people waiting in the cars would give her their attention as they
waited for the light to turn green. That also made her less lonely, but not for long. Once the light turned
green, the cars would zoom by without noticing that she existed.
Then, the traffic light noticed that there was a little red car that passed by early every morning and
again every afternoon. It was a mother and two little kids dropping off their daddy at the train station in the
morning and picking him up in the afternoon.
Sometimes when the light was red, the two kids would wave to the traffic light, show her their stuffed
animals, or stare at her waiting for the light to change. That made her very happy. At other times when the
light was green, the car would go right through the intersection, and the little kids wouldn’t even look at the
light. That made her very sad.
The traffic light wanted the attention of the two little children and decided that the next time she saw the
car, she would turn herself red. That would give the kids a chance to wave to her or stare at her. She thought
the idea sounded very nice, so that was what she did the next morning and afternoon when she saw the red
car.
After a few days of switching herself, the circuit inside of her pole got messed up and the light stayed
on yellow. She tried very hard to switch it to red or green but she just couldn’t.
The next morning, the repairmen came and opened the little door on the side of her pole. They worked
for a couple of hours and found the problem. The switch that she used to turn the light from red to yellow to
green had burnt out. In a few minutes they had replaced the bad switch, and the traffic light was back to
normal. Now she was again able to stop the red car and see the little children every morning and afternoon.
But after a few days the switch burnt out again, and the repairmen had to come out to fix it once more.
As they were working, the traffic light could hear them talking to each other. She heard them saying that the
traffic light must be getting too old, and that it was really hard for all of the people because it was making traffic
jams when she broke down. When she looked up, she saw a huge line of cars all waiting and honking. All of the
people in them were very upset because they couldn’t get where they needed to go.
It was then that the traffic light realized how important she was to all of the people in their cars. She had
always thought that they were simply ignoring her when they drove away, but now she knew that without her
no one would be able to drive anywhere. Then, she felt very bad that she had caused all of these problems.
The traffic light did not want to make people unhappy, so she decided that from now on she would only
switch herself from green to red when it was the proper time so that her switch wouldn’t burn out too soon.
She thought of how happy it made people when she was working properly, and she knew that she would still
see the kids every day, even if it was for only a few seconds. That made her very happy, and from that day
on she was never lonely again.
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/read/traflite.htm>

86 UNIT 1 Narratives
3. Maid 1 and Maid 2 are talking about ________.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
A. a broken mirror
1. Rina : It’s a hot news. Have you heard B. a beautiful girl
about it? C. a wicked lady’s behavior
Sifa : Not yet. What news? D. a mirror that can talk
Rina : Susi ________ a new dress for the Jawaban: C
party. Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan ucapan Maid
Sifa : Really? 1 di awal percakapan, yaitu ”Did you hear that
Rina : Yes. I saw it yesterday. It’s beautiful! the wicked lady had broken her big mirror?”
A. will make B is making yang artinya ”Sudahkah kamu mendengar
C. can make D. has made bahwa wanita jahat itu telah memecahkan
Ujian Nasional 2004/2005 cermin besarnya?”. Ucapan-ucapan berikutnya
Jawaban: D merupakan gagasan pendukung dari ucapan
Kalimat Susi tersebut menjelaskan pentingnya tersebut.
hasil dari suatu kegiatan yang dilakukan pada 4. “She was angry when the mirror replied her
waktu lampau dan masih ada hubungannya question.”
dengan waktu sekarang. Oleh karena itu, The underlined word can be best replaced by
kalimat yang diucap Susi tersebut meng- ________.
gunakan the present perfect tense (has/have + A. answered B. questioned
past participle). C. claimed D. explained
2. Rafi : Did you watch the tennis match on Jawaban: A
TV? Kata ’replied’ dan ’answered’ mempunyai arti
Akmal : Yes. Serena Williams won it. yang sama, yaitu menjawab. Pilihan jawaban
Rafi : Really? yang lain salah; (B) artinya bertanya atau
Akmal : Yes, she played ________. menanyai, (C) artinya menuntut atau meminta,
A. calmly B. carelessly dan (D) artinya menjelaskan.
C. slowly D. wonderfully
Read the text and answer questions 5 and 6.
Ujian Nasional 2004/2005
Jawaban: D I am a mouse. My name is Niblet. I live in a little
Berdasarkan isi percakapan itu, diketahui hole in a house. Living in the house is a man,
bahwa Serena Williams memenangkan a woman, a boy and a girl. I like the two children
pertandingan tenis. Oleh karena itu, ketika ia a lot. They always leave crumbs behind and I get to
bertanding, tentu saja ia melakukannya dengan eat them when everyone is asleep. They also have
baik/mengagumkan (wonderfully). Pilihan cool little toys. Some of the toys are good for my
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai home so I borrow them and use them in my house.
dengan konteks percakapan. Pilihan jawaban Last week I found a little chair, just big enough for
(A) artinya dengan tenang, (B) artinya dengan me. It fits so nicely in my living room.
sembrono, dan (C) artinya dengan pelan-pelan. Source: August 10, 2009 <http://goodnightstories.com/
read/imouse.htm>
Read the dialog and answer questions 3 and 4.
5. What can you learn from the story?
Maid 1 : Did you hear that the wicked lady had A. We should be grateful.
broken her big mirror? B. We should let garbage or toys scatter around.
Maid 2 : No, I didn’t. How come? C. We should keep the house clean.
Maid 1 : She was angry when the mirror replied D. We should be good to other people by
her question. lending them what they need.
Maid 2 : What did it say? Jawaban: C
Maid 1 : It said that there was a girl who was much Tokoh utama cerita tersebut adalah seekor
beautiful than she was. tikus bernama Niblet. Ia suka makan makanan
Maid 2 : It is not surprising. yang berserakan dan mengambil mainan

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 87


penghuni rumah itu. Kesimpulannya, kita harus C. There was one old woman who was
menjaga rumah kita tetap bersih (we should neglected by her family. She didn’t come to
keep the house clean) agar tikus tidak the party.
berkeliaran di rumah kita. D. A little boy cried and cried because
someone ate his lunch.
6. “They also have cool little toys.”
Jawaban: D
The word ‘they’ refers to ________.
Pernyataan ini tidak sesuai dengan kalimat
A. crumbs
”However, her happiness turned into sadness
B. the two children
because she found that someone had eaten the
C. cool little toys
food. . . . . She couldnot stay any longer. She
D. a man and a woman
cried and cried.” yang artinya ”Namun,
Jawaban: B
kebahagiannya berubah menjadi kesedihan
Kata ’they’ tersebut mengacu pada kata ganti
karena ia mendapati seseorang telah memakan
orang jamak yang telah disebutkan pada
makanan itu. . . . . Ia sudah tidak tahan lagi. Ia
kalimat sebelumnya, ”I like the two children
menangis dan menangis.”. Jadi, yang menangis
a lot.”, yaitu ’the two children’.
adalah wanita tua itu, bukan seorang anak
Read the text and answer questions 7 to 9. kecil.
Once upon a time, people in Kawar Village 8. That the old woman cursed her son because
were happy. They held and enjoyed a party because he had neglected her is the main idea of
of their best harvest. They were singing, laughing, paragraph _________.
and eating delicious food, except an old woman who A. one B. two
still stayed in her house. She is too old and weak to C. three D. four
go to the party. Her son and her daughter-in-law did Jawaban: D
not take her there. Saat wanita tua itu mengutuk anak laki-lakinya
At home, the old woman felt very sad and karena telah menelantarkannya terdapat pada
lonely. She was hungry, but she found no food in the paragraf empat. Hal ini sesuai dengan kalimat
kitchen. Her daughter-in-law did not cook that day. pertama paragraf tersebut.
At the party, the son asked her wife to take some
9. The story is about ________.
food from the party to his mother at home. His wife
A. the legend of Lau Kawar
did so. Then, she asked her son to deliver it.
B. a poor old woman
The old woman was so happy that she finally
C. rich people of Kawar
got something to eat. However, her happiness
D. Kawar people’s harvesting party
turned into sadness because she found that
Jawaban: A
someone had eaten the food. There was only little
Cerita tersebut menjelaskan terjadinya Danau
rice left. The fish just had the bones. She couldnot
Kawar. Hal ini disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir
stay any longer. She cried and cried. She thought
teks, yaitu ”People named the lake Lau Kawar.”.
her son had disrespected and neglected her. The
Jadi, cerita itu tentang legenda Danau Kawar.
old woman did not know that it was her grandson
who had eaten the food. He did that on the way from Read the poem and answer questions 10 and 11.
the party to the house.
Caterpillar
In her anger, the old woman cursed her son.
~Christina Rossetti
Suddenly, there was a great earthquake! Thunder
struck the village and heavy rain started to fall. Brown and furry
Slowly, the field turned into a lake. Finally, the whole Caterpillar in a hurry,
village turned into a big lake. People named the lake Take your walk
Lau Kawar. To the shady leaf, or stalk,
Adapted from: August 10, 2009 <http:// Or what not,
indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/search/label/North%20Sumatra Which may be the chosen spot.
No toad spy you,
7. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the
Hovering bird of prey pass by you;
story?
Spin and die,
A. Kawar people were happy because they
To live again a butterfly.
got good crops.
Source: Christina Rossetti, September 9, 2009 < http://
B. Kawar people were singing, laughing, and
www.storyit.com/Classics/JustPoems/caterpillar.htm>
eating delicious food during the party.

88 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester


10. What is the caterpillar doing? C. claiming another country’s cultural heritage
A. Walking fast to find food. is so embarrassing
B. Hiding under a shady leaf from toad or bird. D. thinking of our cultural heritage is so
C. Finding a place to spin and die to live again embarrassing
as a butterfly. Jawaban: C
D. Running from a furrious toad and bird, and Titi mengucapkan pernyataan tersebut sebagai
then hiding under a shady leaf. respons atas pemberitahuan Iyok yang
Jawaban: C mengatakan bahwa negara itu mengklaim
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai warisan budaya kita. Oleh karena itu, maksud
dengan gagasan pokok puisi itu, yaitu ulat pernyataan Titi tersebut adalah mengklaim
coklat itu buru-buru mencari tempat di daun warisan budaya negara lain (yaitu warisan
atau tangkai daun, kemudian mengalami siklus budaya negara kita oleh negara lain) adalah
mati dan hidup lagi sebagai kupu-kupu. Pilihan sangat memalukan.
jawaban yang lain hanya sebagai gagasan
pendukung. Read the text and answer questions 14 to 16.
Once upon a time in West Sumatra, a widow
11. ‘Staying in the air in one place’ means ________.
took her two children to a party. Her children, a boy
A. furry B. to hover
and a girl, were very happy. They wore beautiful
C. to spin D. stalk
clothes to the party. They found delicious foods, and
Jawaban: B
saw many guests in the party. The children were
Frasa itu artinya berada di udara pada satu
having a great time.
tempat. Frasa itu merupakan penjelasan dari
There was also a traditional music show. The
makna kata ’to hover’ yang artinya melayang-
show crowded with people. The children asked their
layang. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya marah,
mother if they could see the music show which was
(C) artinya memutar, dan (D) artinya tangkai
located a few meters away.
daun.
“Yes, you two may go there. But please
Read the dialog and answer questions 12 and 13. remember, don’t go too far,” said the mother. The
children ran to the stage where the music show was
Iyok : Do you know that this country claims another
performed. They enjoyed the music, but soon they
of our cultural heritage?
were bored for just watching the show. So they took
Titi : Again? It’s so embarrassing!
a walk around the stage. They forgot their mother’s
Iyok : That’s right. I’m just thinking why it happens
message not to go too far.
many times.
After a while, they saw a pond. The water was
Titi : Well, we must keep and preserve our cultural
very clear and fresh. Because the sun was very hot,
heritage.
they were tempted to play in the water. So they took
Iyok : I agree.
off their clothes and jumped into the water. They
12. Iyok said, “Do you know that this country claims swam together happily. It felt so fresh!
another of our cultural heritage?” Meanwhile, the party was almost over. The
What does it mean? mother remembered her two children. She felt so
A. He asks for information. desperate because she could not find them. The day
B. He responds to interesting news. turned into night. The children were still missing. The
C. He asks for an opinion. mother only cried and cried, and she went home
D. He tells interesting news. without her children.
Jawaban: D After a long hour of crying, she fell asleep and
Ucapan Iyok yang berarti ”Apakah kamu tahu had a dream about her children. In her dream, she
bahwa negara ini mengklaim satu lagi warisan met an old woman. The old woman told her, “Your
budaya kita?”. Kalimat itu dimaksudkan untuk children are in the pond near the party house. If you
memberi tahu Titi tentang berita yang menarik want to see them, throw a handful of rice into the
(tell interesting news). pond. Your children will appear.”
13. Titi said, “It’s so embarrassing.” As soon as she woke up, she quickly ran to the
It means ________. pond. She also had a handful of rice in her hand.
A. not keeping cultural heritage is so When she reached the pond, she threw the rice into
embarrassing the pond and called out her children’s names. The
B. thinking of another country’s cultural dream came true! Two big fish with beautiful colors
heritage is so embarrassing appeared in the pond. The mother cried when she
saw them. Her children had turned into big beautiful

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 89


fish because they disobeyed their mother’s C. A party may make somebody forget about
message. The mother cried and cried again. All the anything.
people of the village cheered her up, but she was D. Never play in the pond without our parents’
still very sad. guidance.
The village where the pond was located is now Jawaban: A
called Desa Sungai Jernih. It is called so because Nilai moral suatu cerita biasanya terletak di
the water in the pond is very clear. Desa Sungai bagian reorientation, yaitu ”The name of the
Jernih is located in the northern part of Nagari village also reminds people today in West
Baso, in Agam Regency, West Sumatra. The name Sumatra that it is important to obey our parents.”
of the village also reminds people today in West yang artinya ”Nama desa itu juga mengingatkan
Sumatra that it is important to obey our parents. penduduk Sumatera Barat sekarang, yaitu
Source: August 10, 2009 <http://indonesianfolklore.blogspot.com/ pentingnya menaati orang tua kita.”.
search/label/West%20Sumatra>
Read the text and answer questions 17 to 19.
14. The text is about ________.
A long time ago, there lived on the island of Bali
A. two good children
a giantlike creature named Kbo Iwo. The people of
B. the legend of Desa Sungai Jernih
Bali used to say that Kbo Iwo was everything,
C. a poor woman with her two children
a destroyer as well as a creator. He was satisfied
D. the description of a sacred pond in Desa
with the meal, but for the Balinese people this meant
Sungai Jernih, West Sumatra
enough food for a thousand men.
Jawaban: B
Difficulties arose when for the first time the
Narratives mempunyai tiga atau empat elemen,
barns were almost empty and the new harvest was
yaitu orientation, complication, resolution dan
still a long way off. This made Kbo Iwo wild with
reorientation. Orientation menjelaskan tokoh-
great anger. In his hunger, he destroyed all the
tokoh yang terlibat di dalam cerita, tempat, dan
houses and even all the temples. It made the
waktu terjadinya peristiwa. Complication
Balinese turn to rage. So, they came together to
menjelaskan permasalahan yang terjadi dalam
plan steps to oppose this powerful giant by using
cerita. Resolution menjelaskan akhir cerita
his stupidity.
yang berisi jalan keluar atas permasalahan
They asked Kbo Iwo to build them a very deep
yang terjadi. Reorientation menjelaskan
well and rebuild all the houses and temples he had
komentar penulis atau nilai moral cerita. Pada
destroyed. After they fed Kbo Iwo, he began to dig
cerita di atas, bagian reorientation menjelaskan
a deep hole. One day he had eaten too much, and
nama tempat letak kolam tersebut, yaitu Desa
he fell asleep in the hole. The oldest man in the
Sungai Jernih. Kesimpulannya, cerita tersebut
village gave a sign, and the villagers began to throw
tentang legenda Desa Sungai Jernih.
the limestone they had collected before into the
15. The main idea of paragraph six is ________. hole. The limestone made the water inside the hole
A. how the mother found her children boiling. Later, Kbo Iwo was buried alive. However,
B. how the mother felt about her children the water in the well rose higher and higher until at
C. what news the mother got in her dream last it overflowed and formed Lake Batur.
D. where those children went Meanwhile, the mound of earth dug from the well
Jawaban: A by Kbo Iwo is known as Mount Batur.
Gagasan utama paragraf enam dijelaskan pada Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School
dua kalimat terakhir paragraf itu, yaitu ”If you (SMP/MTs)
want to see them, throw a handful of rice into the
17. The story is from ________.
pond. Your children will appear.” yang artinya
A. West Java B. East Java
”Jika kamu ingin melihat mereka, lemparkan
C. Lombok D. Bali
segenggam beras ke dalam kolam. Anak-
Jawaban: D
anakmu akan muncul.”. Jadi, gagasan utamanya
Jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat pertama
tentang cara ibu itu menemukan anak-anaknya
dan kedua teks tersebut, yaitu pada frasa ’the
(how the mother found her children).
island of Bali’ dan ’the people of Bali’.
16. What is the moral value that you can learn from
18. The purpose of the text is to ________.
the story?
A. describe a specific creature, named Kbo Iwa
A. It is important to obey our parents.
B. explain how to do things orderly
B. It is important to pay attention to our
C. entertain the readers
neighborhood.
D. tell past events

90 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester


Jawaban: C berlangganan Jakarta Post.”. Pilihan jawaban
Teks tersebut berbentuk narrative karena yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
menyajikan cerita khayalan/imajinasi. Hal ini konteks kalimat itu.
disimpulkan dari keterangan wait ’once upon
22. Anto : Indonesia has to import rice next year.
a time’ yang artinya ’dahulu kala’. Tujuan
Mike : How come? Indonesia is an
narrative adalah menghibur pembaca (entertain
agricultural country.
the readers). Pilihan jawaban (A) adalah tujuan
Anto : There are some reasons for that.
teks descriptive, (B) adalah tujuan teks
Mike : Like what?
procedure, dan (D) adalah tujuan teks recount.
Anto : The harvest failed ________ natural
19. “It made the Balinese turn to rage.” disaster occurred.
The word ‘rage’ has a similar meaning to A. although B. because
________. C. but D. and
A. rough B. wild Ujian Nasional 2002/2003
C. fury D. patient Jawaban: B
Jawaban: C Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, kata yang tepat
Kata ’rage’ dan ’fury’ mempunyai arti yang untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah
sama, yaitu marah besar. Pilihan jawaban ’because’ yang artinya karena/sebab, sehingga
(A) artinya kasar, (B) artinya buas, dan kalimat itu menjadi ”The harvest failed because
(D) artinya sabar. natural disaster occurred.” yang artinya ”Panen
gagal karena terjadi bencana alam.”. Pilihan
For questions 20 and 21, choose the correct jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
words to complete the following dialog. dengan konteks kalimat itu.
Amin : Wow, there’s Jakarta Post here.
23. Budi : Diana told me that your brother has
Akbar : You should (20) ________ English
a problem with his computer. Is that
newspaper.
true?
Amin : I know it’s very useful for us as
Alwi : Yeah.
students. Not only do we get interesting
Budi : Don’t worry. My brother can fix it.
things, but we can also improve our
Alwi : I’m not sure he ______ do the job well.
English.
Budi : Trust me. He’s really a good
Akbar : I think so. That’s why, I read it.
programmer and he can fix
Amin : But how do you get the paper? Do you
computers.
buy or borrow it from the library?
A. may B. can
Akbar : No, my father (21) ________ to the
C. cannot D. may not
Jakarta Post.
Adapted from Ujian Nasional 2002/2003
Ujian Nasional 2002/2003
Jawaban: B
20. A. speak B. listen Dalam percakapan tersebut Budi tahu kalau
C. write D. read Alwi ada masalah dengan komputernya. Ia pun
Jawaban: D menawarkan kakaknya untuk memperbaiki
Berdasarkan konteks kalimat, kata yang tepat komputer tersebut. Alwi tidak yakin kalau kakak
untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah Budi bisa memperbaikinya. Namun, Budi
’read’, sehingga kalimat itu menjadi ”You should meyakinkan Alwi bahwa kakaknya bisa
read English newspaper.” yang artinya ”Kamu memperbaiki komputernya karena dia adalah
seharusnya membaca surat kabar berbahasa programer komputer yang handal. Jadi, modal
Inggris”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena yang tepat melengkapi konteks kalimat itu
tidak sesuai dengan konteks kalimat itu. adalah can yang artinya mampu/bisa.
21. A. sells B. subscribes 24. reached about competition the news had
C. reports D. takes 1 2 3 4 5
Jawaban: B the royal the prince of also Blambangan
Berdasarkan konteks kalimat sebagai respons 6 7 8 9
atas ucapan Amin, kata yang tepat untuk The correct arrangement is ________.
melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah ’subscribes’ A. 4–2–6–3–5–8–1–7–9
yang artinya ’berlangganan’. Jadi, kalimat itu B. 4–2–6–3–1–8–5–7–9
menjadi ”No, my father subscribes to the C. 4–2–6–5–3–8–1–7–9
Jakarta Post.” yang artinya ”Tidak, ayahku D. 4–2–6–3–5–1–9–8–7

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 91


Jawaban: A Jawaban: C
Kata-kata itu, apabila diurutkan dengan benar, Berdasarkan konteks percakapan, Kathy
akan membentuk kalimat ”The news about the menyampaikan kabar menarik. Jadi, ungkapan
royal competition had also reached the prince yang sesuai adalah ”You know what?”. Pilihan
of Blambangan.” yang artinya ”Berita tentang jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
pertandingan di istana itu juga sampai di telinga dengan konteks percakapan.
Pangeran Blambangan.”.
28. A. Wow, I can’t believe it!
For questions 25 and 26, choose the correct B. I heard that news.
words to complete the following paragraph. C. What a day!
D. That’s it.
Burk and Kim were late. By the time they
Jawaban: A
(25) ________ at the football field, the football
Kalimat yang diucapkan Kathy bermaksud untuk
match (26) ________ already.
menyampaikan kabar bagus. Oleh karena itu,
25. A. arrive respons yang paling tepat diucapkan Brook
B. arrived adalah (A) Wow, I can’t believe it!
C. have arrived
D. will arrive Read the text and answer questions 29 to 32.
Jawaban: B Gossiper
Kalimat soal menerangkan dua kejadian yang A woman repeated a bit of gossip about
terjadi berurutan pada waktu lampau; peristiwa a neighbor. Within a few days the whole community
pertama disusul oleh peristiwa berikutnya. Pada knew the story. The person it concerned was deeply
konteks seperti itu, peristiwa pertama hurt and offended. Later the woman responsible for
menggunakan the past perfect tense, spreading the rumour learned that it was completely
sedangkan peristiwa berikutnya menggunakan untrue. She was very sorry and went to a wise old
the simple past tense. Pada soal ini, peristiwa sage to find out what she could do to repair the
berikutnya dijelaskan dengan kalimat ”By the damage.
time they . . . at the football field”, sehingga kata “Go to the marketplace,” he said, “and purchase
kerja yang tepat melengkapinya adalah verb a chicken, and have it killed. Then, on your way
past, yaitu (B) arrived. home, pluck its feathers and drop them one by one
26. A. has beed started along the road.” Although surprised by this advice,
B. has started the woman did what she was told. The next day the
C. had started wise man said, “Now go and collect all those
D. had been started feathers you dropped yesterday and bring them
Jawaban: C back to me.”
Klausa ”the football match . . . already” The woman followed the same road, but to her
menunjukkan peristiwa yang terjadi lebih dulu, dismay, the wind had blown the feathers all away.
sehingga klausa itu menggunakan the past After searching for hours, she returned with only
perfect tense. Jadi, pilihan yang tepat adalah three in her hand. “You see,” said the old sage, “it’s
(C) had started. easy to drop them, but it’s impossible to get them
back. So it is with gossip. It doesn’t take much to
For questions 27 and 28, choose the correct spread a rumor, but once you do, you can never
sentences to complete the following dialog. completely undo the wrong.”
Kathy : (27) ________ Father will take us to a Bali Source: Scaffolding English for
Junior High School Students Grade IX
trip next month.
Brook : (28) ________ This will be a great trip! 29. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the
Kathy : I heard Kuta Beach is the best beach in the text?
world. I’ll do sun bathing in Kuta and enjoy A. The gossip told by the woman spread very
the sun set there. quickly.
Brook : Oh, I can’t wait! B. It was not easy to undo the woman’s fault.
27. A. Is that true? C. The person who was concerned in
B. Are you sure? a gossip was hurt and offended.
C. You know what? D. A wise old sage killed a chicken to help
D. What’s the matter? a gossiper undo her fault.

92 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester


Jawaban: D “Cici is right, Landy. It is not because you’re
Pilihan jawaban ini bertentangan dengan bad or rude to us. No, Landy. It’s just because of
kalimat pertama paragraf dua, yaitu ”Go to the your spikes. They will stab us if we close to you,”
marketplace,” he said, ”and purchase a chicken, said Tito the rooster.
and have it killed.” yang artinya ”Pergilah ke Landy felt lonely. Landy spent most of the
pasar,” katanya, ”dan belilah seekor ayam dan time daydreaming at the river bank, “I would be
mintalah seseorang untuk menyembelihnya.”. happy if there were no spikes on my body.”
Itu berarti laki-laki itu tidak menyembelih ayam Suddenly, Kuku the turtle appeared from the
yang dibeli wanita itu. river. He came to Landy and said, “Landy, what
are you thinking of?”
30. “. . . he said, “and purchase a chicken, and have it
“Oh, nothing,” Landy replied.
killed.” The underlined word refers to ________.
“Don’t lie to me, Landy! Who knows I can
A. a chicken B. a gossip
help you,” said Kuku wisely. Then, he sat
C. a community D. the damage
beside Landy. He wasn’t afraid of Landy’s
Jawaban: A
spikes.
Kata ’it’ merupakan kata ganti dari kata benda
Shortly, Landy told his problem. Kuku
yang telah disebutkan dalam klausa
nodded his head. He said, “Poor you. But it isn’t
sebelumnya, yaitu a chicken.
your fault. I know, your spikes are very useful
31. The main idea of paragraph two is ________. and helpful for you. They will realize it
A. how to repay the woman’s fault someday. Trust me!”
B. the wise old sage’s advice “Thanks, Kuku. You are my best friend.”
C. what the woman do to her neighbor One day, Koko the frog held his birthday
D. the effect of a gossip party. He invited all his friends, including Landy.
Jawaban: B But he decided not to come. He didn’t want to
Gagasan utama paragraf itu dapat disimpulkan mess up the party.
dari keseluruhan isi paragraf. Paragraf itu “I’ll come with you, Landy. I’ll tell everyone
menjelaskan nasihat laki-laki tua yang bijaksana that you’re harmless,” said Kuku. Finally, Landy
kepada wanita pembuat gosip. Jadi, pilihan attended the party. Everyone enjoyed it.
jawaban (B) benar. Suddenly, Tito screamed, “Help . . . help! The
32. What can you learn from the story? evil wolf is coming! Save yourself!” Then,
A. Do what you can do. everyone saved their lives, except Kuku and
B. Do something good to your neighbor. Landy. Kuku pulled his head and his legs into
C. Never hurt other people by telling a gossip. his shell. And Landy rolled his body into a ball.
D. People will remember our right things as Unintentionally, the evil wolf touched Landy.
well as our mistakes. Of course, the spike pricked him. He screamed,
Jawaban: C “Ouch!” Since his foot was bleeding, he didn’t
Secara keseluruhan, cerita itu menjelaskan chase Landy’s friends any longer. Then, he ran
akibat dari sebuah gosip, yaitu mudah away.
dilakukan tetapi sangat sulit menghapus “Horray . . . horray . . .! Long live Landy! He
ketidakbenaran dari gosip tersebut. Jadi, saved our lives” said Cici and her friends. They
kesimpulannya adalah jangan pernah menyakiti thanked him. From then on, Landy wasn’t lonely
orang lain dengan menceritakan suatu gosip anymore.
atau kabar burung. 33. Which of the following sentences is TRUE
according to the text?
Read the following text and answer questions 33 A. Kuku was afraid of Landy very much.
to 36. B. Landy’s friends were afraid of his spikes
The Lonely Landy at first.
One day, there was a porcupine named C. Koko only invited some of his friends to
Landy. He was lonely. No one wanted to play his party.
with him because they were afraid of his spike. D. Landy’s friends wanted the wolf to hurt
“Dear, Landy. We don’t want to play with you him.
because your spikes are too sharp. We don’t
want you to hurt us,” said Cici the rabbit one
day.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 93


Jawaban: B Read the following text and answer questions 37
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai and 38.
dengan kalimat ”Dear, Landy. We don’t want to
play with you because your spikes are too
sharp. We don’t want you to hurt us,” said Cici 2009-09-11 10:42:59 p.m.
the rabbit one day.”. Jadi, pada awalnya teman-
teman Landy takut pada duri-durinya. A little good news, by skin deep

34. “Don’t lie to me Landy!” (Paragraph 7) I have that one person I can trust back.
What does the underlined word refer to? We are friends again and I am happy to be
A. Tito the roaster. so. I just want her not to worry about me and
B. Koko the frog. not punish herself over hurting me. It’s in the
C. Cici the rabbit. past and it doesn’t matter. There are many
D. Kuku the turtle. more things in life imposing a threat right
Jawaban: D now than any pain that she may have
Jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan caused me. We are friends that is all that
kalimat ””Don’t lie to me, Landy! Who knows matters to me. And thank you for it.
I can help you,” said Kuku wisely.” Jadi, kata
’me’ tersebut mengacu pada orang yang Source: skin deep, September 2, 2009, <A free online diary -
mengucapkan kalimat itu sendiri, yaitu Kuku http://www.my-diary.org/>
(dari frasa kunci ’said Kuku wisely’).
37. What did the writer feel when she wrote the diary?
35. What can we learn from the story above? A. Sad. B. Angry.
A. We like someone to ridicule each other. C. Tired. D. Happy.
B. We have to help our friends and Jawaban: D
appreciate them. Berdasarkan isi buku harian itu, penulis merasa
C. We are disappointed to get a bad senang karena teman yang dipercayainya
physical appearance. kembali lagi menjadi temannya (kalimat ”I have
D. We should not underestimate that one person I can trust back”.). Selain itu,
someone’s bad physical appearance. catatan itu ditutup dengan ucapan ”We are
Jawaban: D friends that is all that matters to me. And thank
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai you for it.” yang artinya ”Kita berteman, itulah
dengan kalimat ”He said, ”Poor you. But it isn’t yang penting bagiku. Dan terima kasih
your fault. I know, your spikes are very useful karenanya.”. Dari kalimat-kalimat tersebut dapat
and helpful for you. They will realize it someday. disimpulkan bahwa penulis merasa senang
Trust me!”” yang artinya ”Ia berkata, ”Kasihan (happy) karena temannya telah kembali.
kamu. Namun, itu bukan salahmu. Saya tahu,
duri-durimu sangat berguna dan bermanfaat 38. Which statement is NOT TRUE according to the
bagimu. Mereka akan menyadarinya suatu saat text above?
nanti. Percayalah padaku!” Berdasarkan A. The writer and her friend just met again
ucapan Kuku ini, kita dapat menarik kesimpulan after they had separated for a long time.
bahwa penampilan fisik yang kurang baik tidak B. The writer and her friend had a conflict, but
selalu berarti buruk. Oleh karena itu, kita tidak it had been settled down.
boleh meremehkannya (we should not C. The writer was glad because she could get
underestimate). her friend back.
D. The writer’s friend had hurt the writer’s
36. How many characters are there in the story? feeling.
A. Four. Jawaban: A
B. Five. Pernyataan pada pilihan jawaban (A) salah
C. Six. karena penulis dan temannya tidak berpisah
D. Seven. dalam jangka waktu yang lama. Mereka
Ujian Nasional 2008/2009 kembali berteman setelah masalah di antara
Jawaban: C mereka terselesaikan (sesuai dengan pilihan
Karakter yang ada dalam cerita itu adalah jawaban (B)). Hal itu membuat penulis gembira
Landy the porcupine, Cici the rabbit, Tito the (sesuai dengan jawaban (C)). Permasalahan itu
rooster, Kuku the turtle, Koko the frog, dan the karena temannya telah melukai perasaan
evil wolf. Jadi, ada 6 (six) karakter. penulis (sesuai dengan pilihan jawaban (D)).

94 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester


Read the following text and answer questions The cold wind in the winter,
39 and 40. The pleasant summer sun,
A long time ago, the Sun and the Moon were The ripe fruits in the garden,
a married couple who lived on the Earth and were He made them every one.
great friends of the Sea. One day, they invited the He gave us eyes to see them,
Sea to visit them. And lips that we might tell,
So the Sea went along with the fish and all the How great is God Almighty,
members of his family. Surprisingly, the water began Who has made all things well.
to rise, so that the Sun and the Moon had to climb Source: Cecil Frances Alexander, August 3, 2009
up to the roof because they did not want to be <http://www.storyit.com/Classics/JustPoems/allthings.htm>
drowned, then they climbed up into the sky, where
they remain ever since. 41. What is the poem about?
A. Something beautiful.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School
B. God’s creation.
(SMP/MTs)
C. Something bright.
39. What is the text about? D. The colors of the world.
A. The Sun, the Moon and the Sea were great Jawaban: B
friends. Secara keseluruhan, puisi tersebut
B. Why the Sun and the Moon lived in the sky. mengungkapkan kebesaran Tuhan yang telah
C. The Sun and the Moon were afraid of water. menciptakan alam semesta beserta isinya.
D. The water of the sea would drown the Sun Pada tiap bait dalam puisi itu menjelaskan
and the Moon. ciptaan Tuhan, misal bunga kecil dengan warna
Jawaban: B berkilauan, matahari terbit pada pagi hari yang
Inti cerita tersebut dapat disimpulkan dari menerangi alam, angin dingin pada musim
kalimat terakhir bacaan itu, yaitu ”. . . then they dingin, dan mata kita untuk melihat semua
climbed up into the sky, where they remain ever ciptaan Tuhan.
since.” yang artinya ”. . . kemudian mereka naik
42. “He made them every one.”
ke langit tempat mereka tinggal semenjak itu.”.
What does the word ‘he’ refer to?
Jadi, cerita itu tentang alasan mengapa Sang
A. The Lord God.
Matahari dan Sang Rembulan berada di langit.
B. The cold wind.
40. “. . . then they climbed up into the sky, where C. A little bird.
they remain ever since.” D. The purple-headed mountain.
The underlined word means ________. Jawaban: A
A. keep B. reveal Kata ganti ’he’ tersebut mengacu pada sang
C. stay D. mention pencipta semua yang ada, termasuk angin
Jawaban: C dingin pada musim dingin, matahari yang
Kata ’remain’ dan ’stay’ mempunyai arti yang hangat di musim panas, serta buah-buahan
sama, yaitu ’tinggal’. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya yang telah masak di taman/kebun. Jadi, kata
menjaga, (B) artinya mengungkap/membuka, ’he’ mengacu pada ’The Lord God’.
dan (D) artinya menyebutkan.
43. “He made their glowing colors,”
Read the following poem and answer questions The underlined word can be best replaced by
41 to 43. ________.
All Things Bright and Beautiful A. boring B. interesting
By Cecil Frances Alexander C. shinning D. tiring
All things bright and beautiful, Jawaban: C
All creatures great and small, Kata ’glowing’ dan ’shinning’ mempunyai arti
All things wise and wonderful, yang sama, yaitu berkilauan. Pilihan jawaban
The Lord God made them all. (A) artinya membosankan, (B) artinya menarik,
dan (D) artinya melelahkan.
Each little flower that opens,
Each little bird that sings, 44. Rearrange the sentences below into a good
He made their glowing colors, story.
He made their tiny wings. 1. The man gave him five magic beans for
the cow.
The purple-headed mountain,
2. Jack climbed up the beanstalk. He
The river running by,
wanted to see what was at the top.
The sunset, and the morning,
That brightens up the sky;

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 95


3. Jack and his mother were very poor, so So the two of them spent the rest of that
his mother asked him to sell their cow. morning collecting the tiniest things they could find.
4. On the way, he met a strange man. Collin collected a crumb, a pea, a shell and
5. His mother was very angry and threw a petal. Soon he had found a feather, a peanut,
the beans out of the window. a button and a berry.
6. The next morning they saw a giant Sylvia brought back a drawing pin, a paper clip,
beanstalk. a pen nib, a pin and a needle.
7. Jack found a huge castle and a lot of gold. “Look! You’re almost a giant Collin!” said Sylvia.
A. 5–6–2–7–3–4–1 B. 3–4–1–5–6–2–7 “Funnily enough, how small these things are,”
C. 3–4–5–6–1–2–7 D. 4–1–3–5–6–7–2 chuckled Collin, “and look how big I am!”
Ujian Nasional 2008/2009 Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School
Jawaban: B (SMP/MTs)
Kalimat-kalimat tersebut bila digabung akan 47. What is the text about?
membentuk cerita naratif. Cerita dimulai dari A. The big world.
tahap orientasi (pengenalan), yaitu kalimat B. The tiniest things.
nomor 3. Kemudian, ada tahap dimulainya C. The garden wall.
konflik, yaitu kalimat nomor 4, 1, 5. Terakhir D. Collin Caterpillar and Sylvia Snail.
adalah tahap resolusi, yaitu kalimat nomor 6, 2, Jawaban: D
dan 7. Pilihan jawaban (B) benar. Cerita tersebut tentang Collin Caterpillar dan
45. ________ Mr. Lambart had bought an executive Sylvia Snail yang menganggap kalau diri
class train ticket to go back to Solo, his mereka itu kecil dalam dunia yang besar,
secretary found a good price. sehingga mereka mengumpulkan benda-benda
A. After B. When paling kecil yang akan membuat mereka
C. Before D. While tampak besar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
Jawaban: A karena hanya merupakan gagasan pendukung.
Kalimat soal menerangkan dua peristiwa/ 48. Sylvia collected the following things, except
kejadian yang terjadi beriringan pada waktu ________.
lampau; suatu peristiwa terjadi setelah atau A. a drawing pin B. a needle
sebelum peristiwa lain. Peristiwa yang terjadi C. a paper clip D. a berry
terlebih dahulu menggunakan the past perfect Jawaban: D
tense dan diawali kata hubung after. Benda-benda yang dikumpulkan Sylvia
46. Bruce ________ his parents before he left for disebutkan pada kalimat ”Sylvia brought back
camping this morning. a drawing pin, a paper clip, a pen nib, a pin and
A. informed B. has informed a needle.”. Jadi, benda yang tidak dikumpulkan
C. had informed D. was informed Sylvia adalah (D) a berry.
Jawaban: C 49. How many the tiniest things did Collin collect?
Konteks kalimat soal tentang peristiwa lampau A. Ten. B. Nine.
dengan menggunakan the simple past tense. C. Eight. D. Seven.
Kata hubung ’before’ menghubungkan dua Jawaban: C
peristiwa yang terjadi berurutan. Klausa yang Berdasarkan kalimat ”Collin collected a crumb,
mendahului kata before menerangkan peristiwa a pea, a sheel and a petal. Soon he had found
yang terlebih dahulu pada waktu lampu, a feather, a peanut, a button and a berry.”, benda
sehingga klausa itu menggunakan the past terkecil yang ditemukannya ada 8 (eight).
perfect tense (had + past participle).
50. Isn’t the world big? remarked Collin as he
Read the following text and answer questions gazed around. (Paragraph 2)
47 to 50. What is the synonym of the underlined word?
Collin Caterpillar and Sylvia Snail were crawling A. Spread. B. Looked.
along the garden wall one sunny morning. C. Walked. D. Paid attention.
“Isn’t the world big?” remarked Collin as he Jawaban: B
gazed around. Kata ’gazed’ mempunyai arti yang sama
“It’s huge, it’s enormous,” agreed Sylvia, who dengan kata ’looked’, yaitu memandang. Pilihan
thought a lot about such things inside her mind. jawaban (A) artinya menyebar, (C) artinya
“It makes me feel so very small,” Collin said. berjalan, dan (D) artinya menaruh perhatian.
“But I know a way to change all that!” said
Sylvia wisely.

96 Latihan Ulangan Tengah Semester


Objectives:
At the end of this unit you
will be able to:
● express politeness,
● tell something in general
using spoken English,
● create short functional
texts (contest
announcements),
● write report texts about
public places, and
● write short functional texts
(letters),
● use sentence connectors
and modals properly.

Suppose you ask for your teacher’s


permission to go somewhere or request someone
to do something for you. How would you say it?
You should say it politely, shouldn’t you? Do you know
how to make polite requests? You will find the answer and
learn more about polite expressions in this unit.
Next, could you mention some public places in your hometown?
There are hospitals, banks, bus stations, market and others. Have
you ever noticed similar public places, such as a traditional market in
your town with the one in another town? Do they have something in
common? If you write down about the common things of the similar
public places, then you write a report. In this unit, you’ll learn more
about this type of text, including its text structure and characteristics.
Hopefully, at the end of this unit you will be able to write reports.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 97


2.1 Expressions

Expressing Politeness

Read the following dialog.

Excuse me. Could you


please tell me where Well, he has just been out.
Mr. Burhan is, Sir? Perhaps he’s in the library
now. He likes going there
during the break.
I see. Thank
you, Sir. You’re
welcome.

Look at the bold-typed sentences in the dialog above. In the dialog, the student asks for
information to her teacher about Mr. Burhan. She says, “Excuse me. Could you please tell
me where Mr. Burhan is, Sir?” The sentences express a polite request.
To make your request sounds polite, you may use the following words.
● Please, at the beginning, middle or the end of your sentence.
● Modals, like can, will, could, would, may. Only use could and would in a formal situation
or when you are talking with someone you haven’t known before.
Here are some expressions used to express politeness and their possible responses.
Expressing Politeness Responding

● Open the door, please. ● O.K.


● Can you help me bring the books? ● No problem.
● Will you accompany me to the dentist, please? ● No big deal.
● Excuse me. Where is the Principal’s office? ● Sure.
● Would you tell me where the Principal’s office is, ● Certainly.
please? ● Sure. It is next to the library.
● Could you tell me where the Principal’s office is?
● May I help you . . .?
● Would you mind . . .?
● Could you please . . .?
● Would you please . . .?

98 UNIT 2 Reports
Answer the questions below.
1. What expressions did you learn in Unit 1?
Jawaban: I learned about telling interesting news or information and responding to it.
2. Can you mention some of those expressions?
Jawaban: Yes, I can.
Telling about interesting news or information:
● Guess what!
● Let me tell you this.
● I’ll tell you what!
Responding to interesting news or information:
● That is smart.
● You are terrific.
● Is that true?

A. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the following dialog based on what you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Venna : (1) Excuse me, Ma’am.
Teacher : Yes, Venna. What’s up?
Venna : Ma’am, I’m a little bit confused with question number three. (2) Would you be kind
enough to explain me more about it?
Teacher : Let’s ask the others first.
Venna : O.K.
Teacher : Listen, class. Venna has a problem with question number three. (3) Can any of you
help Venna? What about you, Sony?
Sony : (4) I’m really sorry, Ma’am, I can’t. Frankly, I don’t understand it either.
Teacher : Do you? Well, . . . it seems to be everybody’s problem. All right then, I’ll explain it once
again. But first, Dono, (5) will you clean the blackboard?
Dono : Yes, Ma’am.
Teacher : Thank you.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 99


Variasi:
Write the sentences in the dialog which use expressions of politeness.
Explain the purpose of each sentence.

Sentence Purpose

1. Excuse me, Ma’am. To ask for attention.


2. Would you be kind enough to explain me more To request someone to do
about it? something.
3. I’m really sorry, Ma’am, I can’t. To apologize.
4. But first, Dono, will you clean the blackboard? To request someone to do
something.

B. Answer the following questions based on the dialog in Task A.


1. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
Jawaban: In a classroom.
2. What is Venna’s problem?
Jawaban: She is a little bit confused with question number three.
3. Can Sony help Venna solve her problem? How do you know?
Jawaban: No, he can’t. Because he said, “I’m really sorry, Ma’am, I can’t. Frankly, I don’t
understand it either.”
4. What is Dono asked for?
Jawaban: He is asked for cleaning the blackboard.
5. Venna said, “Would you be kind enough to explain me more about it?”
What does the word ‘you’ refer to?
Jawaban: The teacher.

C. Read the dialogs and answer your teacher’s questions.


Dialog 1
Nino :
Hello, Mr. Randi. How are you?
Mr. Randi :
Hello, Nino. I’m fine, thanks.
Nino :
So, how was your trip to Singapore? Would you mind telling me more about it?
Mr. Randi :
Well, it was not very smooth exactly.
Nino :
Oh, really? Would you please tell me why?
Mr. Randi :
I had some trouble with my photo in the passport. The boarding-check officers said
that I looked very different because of the surgery in my chin two months ago and my
haircut. They almost brought me to the immigration office.
Nino : That’s horrible. What happened next?
Mr. Randi : Then, I called the Indonesian Embassy and they helped me.
Nino : I see.

100 UNIT 2 Reports


Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:
1. Which are the utterances expressing Nino’s politeness?
2. How was Mr. Randi’s trip to Singapore?
3. What did Mr. Randi experience on his trip?
4. Why did Mr. Randi look different?
5. Who helped Mr. Randi in Singapore?

Jawaban:
1. “Would you mind telling me more about it?” and “Would you please tell me why?”
2. It was not very smooth.
3. He had trouble with his photo in the passport.
4. Because he had a surgery in his chin two months ago and a new hair cut.
5. The Indonesian Embassy.

Dialog 2
Delon and Ferry arrive at Sari’s house to study together.
Delon : Hello, Sari.
Sari : Hello, Delon, Ferry. Please come in.
Ferry : Thank you.
Sari : Please have a seat. I’ve been waiting for you, guys. Anyway, can I get you something to
drink first? I have orange juice.
Delon : I’d love orange juice.
Sari : What about you, Ferry?
Ferry : Could I have iced-lemon, please?
Sari : No problem
Ferry : Thank you.
Later on . . . .
Delon : Listen, I have a problem with question number five. Sari, do you know the answer?
Sari : Unfortunately, not. I passed that question.
Ferry : I know it!
Delon : Really? Can you explain it to us?
Ferry : Sure.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. Who are talking in the dialog?
2. Where does the dialog take place?
3. What does Ferry prefer to drink?
4. What is Sari’s and Delon’s problem?
5. Delon said, “Can you explain it to us?” What does it mean?

Jawaban:
1. Sari and her friends.
2. At Sari’s house.
3. Iced-lemon.
4. They do not know the answer of the question number five.
5. He asks someone to explain something.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 101


D. Listen to your teacher.
Put the following sentences in the correct order based on the dialog you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Waiter : Excuse me, Sir. What would you like to order?
Mr. Permana : I would have cream of mushroom and grilled steak, please.
Waiter : How do you like your steak, Sir?
Mr. Permana : Well done, please.
Waiter : What vegetables would you like, Sir?
Mr. Permana : I’d like French fried potatoes, peas and green beans.
Waiter : And what would you like to drink, Sir? We have special drink for tonight,
mocca-strawberry float.
Mr. Permana : No, thanks. I prefer orange squash, please.
Waiter : Anything else, Sir?
Mr. Permana : No, thanks.
Waiter : O.K. Please wait. Your order will be ready in ten minutes.
Mr. Permana : No problem.

Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


6 Mr. Permana : I’d like French fried potatoes, peas and green beans.
11 Waiter : O.K. Please wait. Your order will be ready in ten minutes.
8 Mr. Permana : No, thanks. I prefer orange squash, please.
1 Waiter : Excuse me, Sir. What would you like to order?
4 Mr. Permana : Well done, please.
9 Waiter : Anything else, Sir?
2 Mr. Permana : I would have cream of mushroom and grilled steak, please.
7 Waiter : And what would you like to drink, Sir? We have special drink for tonight,
mocca-strawberry float.
12 Mr. Permana : No problem.
3 Waiter : How do you like your steak, Sir?
10 Mr. Permana : No, thanks.
5 Waiter : What vegetables would you like, Sir?

Variasi:
Complete the following statements based on the dialog in Task D.
1. Mr. Permana orders ________ steak.
2. Mr. Permana likes to order vegetables, such as ________.
3. The waiter offers ________, special drink of the restaurant.
4. Mr. Permana likes to drink ________.
5. Mr. Permana’s order will be done in ________.
Jawaban:
1. well-done grilled
2. French fried potatoes, peas and green beans
3. mocca-strawberry float
4. orange squash
5. ten minutes

102 UNIT 2 Reports


E. Listen to your teacher.
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog you have just
heard?
Correct the false ones.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Nita : Good morning, Mrs. Dirga.
Mrs. Dirga : Good morning, Nita. What can I do for you?
Nita : My mother is going to make chicken soup for lunch. Would you please get me one
pound of onions, some carrots, cabbages and some potatoes?
Mrs. Dirga : Is that all?
Nita : Please let me take a look at my list. Um . . ., I also need 500 grams of chicken fillet
and a can of chicken sausage.
Mrs. Dirga : Here you are. Anything else?
Nita : No, thank you.
Mrs. Dirga : O.K. They cost you Rp75,000.
Nita : Here’s the money. Thank you, Mrs. Dirga.
Mrs. Dirga : You’re welcome.

1. ______ Nita’s mother is going to make a chicken soup.


2. ______ Nita buys some vegetables, such as spinach and parsley.
3. ______ Nita also buys a half kilogram of chicken fillet.
4. ______ Nita writes down the things she wants to buy.
5. ______ All the things Nita buys costs Rp55,000.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (Nita buys onions, carrots, cabbages and some potatoes.)
3. T
4. T
5. F (All the things Nita buys costs Rp75,000.)

A. Read the dialog and answer the questions.


Miranda : Good morning, Doc.
Ms. Salwa : Good morning. Please have a seat. Well, what can I do for you?
Miranda : I’m not feeling well, Doc. I think I’ve got a temperature and sore throat.
Ms. Salwa : O.K., let me check. Could you please open your mouth?
Miranda : Sure.
Ms. Salwa : Um, your tonsils are red. Let me write a prescription for you. Remember, take the
medicines regularly.
Miranda : Doctor, is it possible for me to have medicines that won’t cause drowsiness?
Ms. Salwa : Certainly. Here is the prescription.
Miranda : Thank you, Doc.
Ms. Salwa : You’re welcome.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 103


Questions:
1. Where does the conversation take place?
Jawaban: In a doctor’s room.
2. How does Miranda feel?
Jawaban: She gets a temperature and sore throat.
3. According to the doctor, what happens to Miranda?
Jawaban: She gets red tonsils.
4. What does Miranda ask for to the doctor?
Jawaban: She asks the doctor to give her medicines that won’t cause drowsiness.
5. What should Miranda do to recover soon?
Jawaban: She should take the medicines regularly.

B. Read the dialogs.


Are the statements that follow true (T) or false (F) based on the dialogs?
Correct the false ones.
Dialog 1
Assistant : Good morning. Can I help you?
Zaskia : Yes, please. I want some cakes, please.
Assistant : What sort would you like? The cheese cakes are very yummy.
Zaskia : Are they? I’ll take four of those, please.
Assistant : And these are nice too, the ones with chocolate cream in the middle.
Zaskia : Hm . . . they also look delicious indeed. I’d like three of those as well.
Assistant : Sure.
Zaskia : O.K., how much are they?
Assistant : Fifty thousand Rupiah.
Zaskia : Here’s the money.
Assistant : Thank you.
Statements:
1. ______ The dialog takes place in a bakery shop.
2. ______ Zaskia likes to buy three cheese cakes.
3. ______ Zaskia also buys four cakes with chocolate cream in the middle.
4. ______ All the cakes look yummy and delicious.
5. ______ Zaskia spends Rp55,000 to pay the cakes.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (Zaskia likes to buy four cheese cakes.)
3. F (Zaskia also buys three cakes with chocolate cream in the middle.)
4. T
5. F (Zaskia spends Rp50,000 to pay the cakes.)
Dialog 2
Dony : Excuse me, Sir. May I have your time?
Mr. Ardian : Sure. Please come in. O.K., what can I do for you, Dony?
Dony : Sir, my mom just called and told me that my father is in hospital. I really want to go
there and see him. Would you please allow me to leave the class now, Sir? I’m really
worried about my father.
Mr. Ardian : Oh, I’m sorry to hear about your father. O.K., you can go home now.
Dony : Thank you, Sir.
Mr. Ardian : You’re welcome. Give my best regards to your parents. I hope your father will get better soon.
Dony : All right, Sir. Thank you.

104 UNIT 2 Reports


Statements:
1. ______ The dialog takes place in a hospital.
2. ______ Dony’s mother is hospitalized.
3. ______ Mr. Ardian permits Dony to go home earlier.
4. ______ Dony is worried about his father’s condition.
5. ______ Mr. Ardian expresses his sympathy when he’s heard Dony’s father’s condition.
Jawaban:
1. F (The dialog happens at school.)
2. F (It is Dony’s father who is hospitalized.)
3. T
4. T
5. T

C. Complete the following dialog with the correct expressions from the box.

a. How long are you going to stay, Sir


b. how do you intend to pay, Sir
c. Thank you very much
d. Could you please tell me
e. Could you tell me your personal identity, Sir
f. That’ll be fine, Sir
g. Your private address, please
h. May I help you
i. Could you please spell that address again
j. I’d like to reserve two double rooms

Receptionist : Good evening, Sir. (1) ________?


Guest : Yes, please. My name’s Anderson. (2) ________.
Receptionist : O.K. (3) ________?
Guest : Sure. My name’s Anderson Morgan. A-N-D-E-R-S-O-N M-O-R-G-A-N.
Receptionist : (4) ________?
Guest : 20 Flamboyant Street, Daventry, England.
Receptionist : I’m sorry, Sir. (5) ________?
Guest : 20 Flamboyant. F-L-A-M-B-O-Y-A-N-T Street. Then, D-A-V-E-N-T-R-Y, Daventry
England.
Receptionist : (6) ________ your passport number, Sir?
Guest : Sure. One moment. Ah, it’s 6 oh 5, 5-7-1-T.
Receptionist : (7) ________?
Guest : Five days.
Receptionist : And (8) ________?
Guest : By credit card. American Express.
Receptionist : (9) ________. Here are your room’s keys, room 265 and 266. You’ve arrived today,
March 6.
Guest : That’s right.
Receptionist : All right, Sir. I’ll get the porter to show you the room now. I hope you and your
family enjoy staying with us.
Guest : (10) ________.
Jawaban:
1. h 2. j 3. e 4. g 5. i 6. d 7. a 8. b 9. f 10. c

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 105


selama lima hari. Jadi, Pak Anderson dan
D. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
keluarganya akan check out (keluar) dari
answer based on the dialog in Task C.
hotel pada tanggal 11 Maret. Pilihan
1. What are the speakers talking about? jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
A. Booking a hotel room. sesuai dengan isi percakapan.
B. Canceling an appointment. 4. The following statements are TRUE
C. Complaining a hotel’s service. according to the text, except ________.
D. Reserving a table in a restaurant. A. Mr. Anderson will stay in the hotel with
Jawaban: A his family
Secara keseluruhan, percakapan tersebut B. the porter will show the guests their
tentang pemesanan kamar hotel, sesuai rooms
dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Pak C. Mr. Anderson will pay the hotel’s bills
Anderson di awal percakapan, yaitu ”I’d using a credit card
like to reserve two double rooms.”, dengan D. Mr. Anderson gets two rooms which
kata kunci ’reserve’ yang memiliki makna are far enough from each other
yang sama dengan kata ‘book’, yaitu Jawaban: D
’memesan’. Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan isi
2. Where does Mr. Anderson come from? percakapan adalah (D) yang artinya Pak
A. Germany. B. Holland. Anderson memperoleh dua kamar yang
C. Scotland. D. England. cukup jauh satu sama lain. Hal ini
Jawaban: D bertentangan dengan kalimat yang
Jawaban disimpulkan dari alamat yang diucapkan petugas resepsionis bahwa Pak
diberikan Pak Anderson kepada petugas Anderson memperoleh dua kamar dengan
hotel, yaitu ”20 Flamboyant Street, nomor 256 dan 266, yang berarti kedua
Daventry, England.”. Dengan demikian, kamar itu bersebelahan.
Pak Anderson berasal dari Inggris 5. “And how do you intend to pay, Sir?”
(England). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah The underlined word can be best replaced
karena bukan negara asal Pak Anderson. by ________.
3. When will Mr. Anderson and his family A. choose B. aim
check out from the hotel? C. collect D. examine
A. March 13. B. March 12. Jawaban: B
C. March 11. D. March 10. Kata ’intend’ memiliki arti yang sama
Jawaban: C dengan ’aim’, yaitu ’bermaksud’. Pilihan
Berdasarkan isi percakapan itu, Pak jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya
Anderson dan keluarga tiba pada tanggal memilih, (C) artinya mengumpulkan, dan
6 Maret dan akan tinggal di hotel itu (D) artinya memeriksa.

E. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make a proper dialog.
Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
5 Receptionist : For what time, Sir?
8 Customer : Reza Ramlan.
11 Receptionist : Thank you, Sir.
6 Customer : Around 7:30 p.m.
1 Receptionist : Good morning. Melia Restaurant. May I help you?
10 Customer : That’s right.
3 Receptionist : We open at 9 a.m., and close at 11 p.m.
2 Customer : Yes, please. Could you tell me first what time your restaurant opens?

106 UNIT 2 Reports


9 Receptionist : O.K., a table for two this evening at 7:30 p.m. for Mr. Reza Ramlan.
12 Customer : You’re welcome. Bye.
7 Receptionist : May I have your name, please?
4 Customer : O.K. I’d like to reserve a table for two this evening, please.

Variasi:
Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog in Task D?
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The dialog is about canceling a reservation.
2. ______ The restaurant opens for thirteen hours.
3. ______ The reservation is a table for two people.
4. ______ Mr. Reza Ramlan will have brunch at Mulia Restaurant.
5. ______ The reservation is made on the name of Reza Ramlan.
Jawaban:
1. F (The dialog is about making a reservation for a table in a restaurant.)
2. F (The restaurant opens at 9 a.m. and closes at 11 p.m. It means that it opens for
fourteen hours.)
3. T
4. F (Mr. Reza Ramlan reserves a table for two this evening at 7:30 p.m. which is the time to
have dinner, not brunch.)
5. T

F. Complete the following dialogs with proper expressions.


Use expressions to show politeness.
1. Doni : (a) ________?
Erna : Certainly.That’s very kind of you.
Doni : Don’t mention it.
Erna : (b) ________?
Doni : Don’t worry I can lift the table by myself. It’s not heavy.
Erna : All right.
2. Mother : Have you mopped the floor, dear?
Jane : I’m sorry, Mom. I haven’t. The mop is broken.
Mother : I see. If that’s so, (a) ________ in a supermarket?
Jane : No problem. (b) ________?
Mother : No. The traffic is busy right now, and you don’t have a license.
Jane : O.K., Mom, I’ll take a bus.
3. Tiara : Dina, wait! Are you going to the canteen?
Dina : Yes. What’s up?
Tiara : ________?
Dina : Sure.
Tiara : Thank you. Here is the money.
Contoh jawaban:
1. a. May I help you move the table
b. Shal I call someone to help
2. a. will you buy a mop
b. May I ride a motorcycle, Mom
3. Can you buy me soft drink, please

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 107


Variasi:
A. Complete the following expressions with your own idea.
1. Can you ________? 2. May I help you ________?
3. Would you like to ________? 4. Do you think it is all right if ________?
5. Excuse me, but is it possible for me to ________?
Contoh jawaban:
1. Can you help me lift the box?
2. May I help you look after the baby, auntie?
3. Would you like to lend me some money?
4. Do you think it is all right if I use your motorcycle, Dad?
5. Excuse me, but is it possible for me to leave this room now?
B. Deliver short conversations using the expressions in Task A with your friend.
Do it in turns.
Contoh jawaban:
1. You : Can you help me lift the box?
Your friend : Certainly.
2. Your friend : May I help you look after the baby, auntie?
You : That really helps. Thank you.
3. You : Would you like to lend me some money? My purse is lost. I don’t know how to
get home.
Your friend : Don’t worry. Here you are.
You : Thanks a lot.
4. Your friend : Do you think it is all right if I use your motorcycle, Dad?
You : No, you can’t. I’m going to use it.
5. You : Excuse me, but is it possible for me to leave this room now?
Your friend : Have you finished your task? If you have, you may leave now.
You : Thank you.

G. Create a dialog expressing politeness based on the following guideline.


You are in a department store to buy non-denim trousers. You’ve never been to that store before.
Therefore, you need the shop assistant’s help. As you are courteous, you say your words politely.
Ask a friend to help you to act as a shop assistant.
You Shop Assistant

Greet the shop assistant. Answers your greeting, and offers you help.
Mention your purpose, and ask where to find the Shows you the direction to get what you want and
items. asks the size.
Tell the size (25) and the color you want to the Shows you the trousers and where the fitting
shop assistant. room is.
Ask whether you can try more than one item. Tells that you can try on two items only.
Pick the trousers you want to try on. Ask the shop Helps you to get them.
assistant other trousers in similar size and color,
but from different label.
Tell you’ll wait while the shop assistant is looking Gives you the trousers and asks whether you need
for the trousers. more help.
Tell that you don’t need anymore help and thank Respond to your gratitude.
the shop assistant.

108 UNIT 2 Reports


Jawaban:
You : Good morning.
Shop assistant : Good morning. Is there anything I can do for you?
You : I want to buy non-denim trousers. Could you please help me where to find
them?
Shop assistant : My pleasure. This way please. What size are you in?
You : Maybe 25. By the way, do you have a pair of dark brown?
Shop assistant : Yes, here you are. You can try it on in the fitting room, over there.
You : Do you think it is all right if I try more than one item?
Shop assistant : You can try on two items.
You : O.K. So, may I have one which is similar in color and size, but from different
brand?
Shop assistant : Sure. Let me find them.
You : O.K. I’ll wait here.
Shop assistant : Here are the trousers. Anything else I can do for you?
You : No. Thanks for your help.
Shop assistant : Don’t mention it.

H. Create dialogs based on the following situations.


1. Suppose you are customer service staff of Grow Up Magazine. One of your subscribers calls
and complains that for three months the delivery of his/her magazine always comes late.
Then, you tell your customer that you’ll figure out the problem, and promise him/her that it will
not happen again.
2. Suppose you don’t quite understand what the teacher has explained about kinds of sentence
connectors. Therefore, you can’t do the exercise well. You have difficulties in deciding the
correct conjunction to complete each sentence. You tell your teacher about the problem, and
he/she gives you a tip to solve the problem. You thank him/her for it.
Contoh jawaban:
1. You : Good morning, Grop Up Magazine. How can I help you?
Subscriber : Good morning. This is Sari speaking. I am one of your subscribers.
You : Yes, Ms. Sari. What can I help you?
Subscriber : I’m very upset that for the last three months I received the magazine quite late.
Even this month, I received it on the 20th.
You : I’m very sorry to hear that, Ms. Sari. I understand how you feel. O.K., let me check
this matter, and I promise you that it won’t ever happen again in the future.
Subscriber : All right, then. I hope you can keep your promise.
You : Certainly, Ms. Sari. Once again, thank you for your understanding.
Subscriber : You’re welcome. Goodbye.
You : Goodbye.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 109


2. You : Excuse me, Sir. Could you help me, please?
Teacher : Yes, Tiara. What should I do to help you?
You : I have tried to understand your explanation about coordinating conjunctions, but
I still cannot answer five of the ten sentences. I’d rather confused to decide the
correct conjunctions to complete the sentences.
Teacher : Quite a lot, huh? Well, let me take a look.
You : Here you are, Sir.
Teacher : Um . . . . O.K., I have a tip for you. All you need to do before choosing the correct
conjunction is try to understand the meaning of the sentence.
You : I see. Let me try then. Thank you very much, Sir.
Teacher : No big deal.

2.2 Genre

Spoken Text

Read the following monolog.


O.K., guys, have you ever been to an airport? Do you know what an airport is? What do
airports have in common? Well, it is a transportation center used for the landing and taking off
of aircraft. Airports provide transportation not only for people but also for freight, such as mail,
perishable foods, and other important items.
You know, several areas and structures compose an airport. Those are designed to serve
the needs of both aircraft and passengers. There are runways, taxiways, terminals, gates and
control towers. Well, runways are the long, narrow areas where airplanes take off and land.
Taxiways are paths that aircraft follow from the runways to the terminal building. Next, the
areas where passengers board and exit in an aircraft are called gates. They are located within
the terminal. The terminal also contains ticket and baggage counters. The control tower is
located near the terminal. From this tower, air traffic controllers coordinate aircraft movement
both in the air and on the ground. There are also maintenance and refueling facilities for
aircraft. They are located near the runways or in nearby hangars. Specially, for security
purposes, access to major airports is usually limited to special roads.
Speaking of its types, airports differ in size and layout depending on their function. There
are three major types of airports: military airports, general aviation airports, and commercial
airports. Military airports have one or two paved runways, generally 3,000 to 4,600 m long.
General aviation airports mostly are used by small civilian aircraft. They are often found in
rural areas or in small towns. They have one or two runways from 900 to 1,500 m long. And
the last one, commercial airports, small or large, are used by airlines. The large commercial
airports are usually situated in the world’s major cities. They usually have pairs of parallel
runways from 3,000 to 3,700 m in length.

The text above is a spoken report. The purpose is to give information about the way
things are. A report focuses on people and things in general. It also uses the present
tense, except for the extinct ones, like dinosaurs, you use the past tense.

110 UNIT 2 Reports


Written Text

Read the following text.


Airports

Picture source:
October 10, 2009 <http://
www.phuketairport
online.com>

Airports are transportation centers used for the landing and


General
taking off of aircraft. They provide transportation for people and
Classification
freight, such as mail, perishable foods, and other important items.

An airport is composed of several areas and structures that are


designed to serve the needs of both aircraft and passengers, such
as runways, taxiways, terminals, gates and control towers. Runways
are the long, narrow areas where airplanes take off and land.
Taxiways are paths that aircraft follow from the runways to the
terminal building. Gates located within the terminal are the areas
where passengers board and exit in an aircraft. The terminal itself
contains ticket and baggage counters. The control tower is located
near the terminal. From this tower, air traffic controllers coordinate
aircraft movement both in the air and on the ground. There are also
Description maintenance and refueling facilities for aircraft which are located
near the runways or in nearby hangars. For security purposes,
access to major airports is usually limited to special roads.
Airports itself differ in size and layout depending on their
functions. There are three major types of airports: military airports,
general aviation airports and commercial airports. Military airports
have one or two paved runways, generally 3,000 to 4,600 m long.
General aviation airports, often found in rural areas or in small
towns, are mostly used by small civilian aircraft. They have one or
two runways from 900 to 1,500 m long. Commercial airports, small
or large, are used by airlines. The large commercial airports are
usually situated in the world’s major cities. They usually have pairs
of parallel runways from 3,000 to 3,700 m in length.
Source: April 8, 2008 <http://www.wikipedia.com>

The text is called a report in written form.


A report describes the way things are, with reference to a range of natural, man-made and
social phenomenon in our environment. It may contain descriptions, but it often does more
than describing phenomenon (a thing, event or situation). It also classifies information. It
has a logical sequence of facts that are stated without any personal involvement (personal
opinion) from the writer.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 111


The structure of a report text is:
● general classification. It tells what the phenomenon under discussion is.
● description. It tells what the phenomenon under discussion is like in terms of parts;
qualities; habits or behaviors (if living) and usages (if non-natural).
The significant features of a report text are:
● focus on generic participants, such as airports,
● use of the simple present tense to indicate ‘timeless’ nature of information, such as
Airports are transportation centers . . ., They provide transportation for people . . .,
● no temporal sequence, such as at first, and then, after that and finally,
● use noun phrases, such as military airports, general aviation airports, commercial
airports,
● use technical vocabulary or scientific terms for certain reports, such as runways,
taxiways, terminals, gates, control towers,
● use verbs of being and having (are, is, am, have, has) rather than action verbs (sell,
buy, run, walk, etc.), and
● use descriptive language (factual rather than imaginative e.g. language for describing
color, shape, size, body parts, habits, behaviors, functions, uses, etc.).

Grammar Section

Coordinating Conjunctions
Read the following dialog.

Seno, look at that tree! The


tree loses its leaves, but it
doesn’t die.

Really?

That’s right. The leaves fall


to the ground to reduce the I see.
tree’s evaporation.

The bold-typed sentence is a compound sentence which consists of two independent clauses.
The two clauses are connected by a coordinating conjunction ‘but’.
Coordinating conjunctions link two equal structures. For example, they can link two
independent clauses, two nouns, two verb phrases, and so on.

112 UNIT 2 Reports


Here are some coordinating conjunctions you can use.
Coordinating Conjunction Meaning
and additional idea
but, yet contrast idea
for reason
or choice of two possibilities
so result
nor negative choice

Pattern: Independent Clause, [conj.] Independent Clause.


Notice that the two independent clauses are separated by a comma and a coordinating
conjunction.
Note: Coordinating conjunctions rarely begin sentences in formal writing, though some
people use them to begin sentences in informal writing.
Examples:

Independent Clause Coordinating Conjunction Independent Clause


Rita is planting roses in the garden, and her brother is mowing.
Ari practiced writing every day, so his writing improved a lot.
Linda’s advice may sound silly, but it worked for me.
You can take it, or leave it.

Special Finites: ‘May’ and ‘Might’; ‘Can’ and ‘Could’


Read the following sentences.
1. a. May I use your pencil?
b. You might join us to see a film yesterday afternoon.
2. a. My brother can speak English fluently.
b. Could you open the door, please?
Notice the bold-typed words in the sentences above. They are called modals.
Do you know their functions? Read the following explanation.
‘May’ and ‘Might’
May’ and ‘might’ are always used as special finites. Remember that you do not use ‘may’ to
refer to the past; however, ‘might’ can refer to either present, past or future.
Functions:
1. ‘May’ is used to express formal permission whether it is asked, given or refused.
Example:
Lina : Sir, may I leave the room? I’ve done my test.
Teacher : Yes, you may.
2. ‘May’ is also used to express prohibition, usually in official notices.
Examples:
● The students may not enter the test room before the bell rings.
● You may not make any sounds during the test.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 113


3. Both ‘may’ and ‘might’ show possibility.
Examples:
● We have a few minutes left; we may still catch the bus.
● I think Donita might join the camping activity.
‘Can’ and ‘Could’
‘Could’ is the past tense form of ‘can’.
Functions:
1. ‘Can’ and ‘could’ are used to replace the more formal ‘may/might’ in expressing permission.
Examples:
● Can I borrow this book?
● Could I ask you a question?
2. ‘Can’ and ‘could’ are used to express ability or capacity to do something.
Examples:
● I can beat him at swimming any time!
● Donna could join the national team.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Answer the questions below.


1. What text did you learn in Unit 1? 2. What is the purpose of that text?
Jawaban: I learned about narratives. Jawaban: It is used to entertain the readers.
3. Can you mention the example of it?
Jawaban: Yes, I can. The legend of Lake Toba and the story of Keong Mas.

A. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.


You will find the words in the monolog in Task C.

A B

1. arrangement a. have or use jointly with others


2. commuter b. to cause to participate in an activity or a situation
3. cost c. make (someone/thing) the opposite of what it was
4. to involve d. something organized in an ordered way
5. personal e. a person’s (or a thing’s) function in a particular situation
6. to reverse f. one who travels some distance between his/her home and place of
7. to ride work on a regular basis
8. role g. a thing used for transporting people or goods on land
9. to share h. travel in a vehicle
10. vehicle i. belonging to a particular person
j. an amount given or required as payment
Jawaban:
1. d 2. f 3. j 4. b 5. i 6. c 7. h 8. e 9. a 10. g

114 UNIT 2 Reports


B. Complete the following sentences with the words in Task A column A.
Change the form of the words if necessary.
1. The school’s anniversary celebration will ________ all students and teachers.
2. This week I have a task to clean the aquarium. Next week my turn is ________ with my
brother’s.
3. To make your room comfortable, you need to consider the ________ of the things in it.
4. In big cities many kinds of ________ available to take you to your destination.
5. I’m not allowed to ________ a motorcycle to school since I haven’t got a license.
6. The five-day-tour to Bali arranged in my school ________ nearly one million Rupiah.
7. When my cousin visited us last holiday, I ________ room with her.
8. Thousand ________ in Jakarta take electric trains to take them from home to their workplaces
or vise versa.
9. Leave him alone. He needs time to solve his ________ problem himself.
10. Trains have an important ________ as a means of mass transportation in Indonesia.
Jawaban:
1. involve 2. reversed 3. arrangement 4. vehicles
5. ride 6. costs 7. shared 8. commuters
9. personal 10. role

C. Listen to your teacher.


Fill in the blanks based on the monolog you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Many companies or factories in big cities usually provide
a carpool facility for their workers. Do you know what
a (1) carpool is? Let me tell you about it.
A carpool consists of at least two (2) commuters who
rideshare to and from work or school using their personal
(3) vehicles. There are two types, either sharing the driving/
riding or driving/riding only.
Now, let me tell you first about sharing the driving/riding.
The most (4) common carpool arrangement involves
commuters sharing the driving and riding (5) duties. For
example, in a two-person carpool one commuter drives one week using his or her personal vehicle
and pays for the vehicle (6) operating costs, while the other commuter rides. The next week the
commuters’ roles are (7) reversed.
The other carpool (8) arrangement is driving/riding only. This type involves one or more
commuters driving only and one or more commuters riding only. For example, in a two-person
carpool one commuter does all the driving using his or her (9) personal vehicle, while the other
commuter only rides and pays an equal (10) share of the driver’s vehicle operating costs.
Source: September 11, 2009 <http://www.ridefinders.org/Carpool/definition.aspx>

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 115


D. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete text in Task C?
Correct the false ones.
1. ______
The text explains the advantages of using a carpool.
2. ______
A carpool should consist of more than one commuter.
3. ______
Sharing the driving/riding is less common than driving/riding only.
4. ______
In sharing the driving/riding, the commuters change their roles in definite time, such
as once a week.
5. ______ In driving/riding only, one commuter who rides only must pay the vehicle operating
costs.
Jawaban:
1. F (The text describes a carpool arrangement in general.)
2. T
3. F (Sharing the driving/riding is more common than driving/riding only, as stated in the third
paragraph, “Now, let me tell you first about sharing the driving/riding. The most common
carpool arrangement involves commuters . . . .”)
4. T
5. T

Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.
Fill in the blanks based on the monolog you have heard.
Teks yang dikerjakan siswa:
Do you need something for your study, life and maybe your home? Are you (1) ________
where to get the thing fast and (2) ________? Do not worry, there is a very quick and smart way
to get what you want now. Do you know what it is? It is the Internet. (3) ________ is a vast
(4) ________ linking millions of computers around the world that use a (5) ________ as the
transmitter.
Governments, companies, newspapers, etc. in this world have their own sites to
(6) ________ their products and information in the Internet. With the Internet, you will be easier
to find what you need. It does not waste too much time. When your computer has an Internet
(7) ________ which can be (8) ________ by dialing your Internet (9) ________ of your country
with your local (10) ________, or when everything is set correctly, your Internet is ready to use.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Do you need something for your study, life and maybe your home? Are you (1) confused
where to get the thing fast and (2) accurate? Do not worry, there is a very quick and smart way
to get what you want now. Do you know what it is? It is the Internet. (3) Internet is a vast
(4) network linking millions of computers around the world that use a (5) satellite as the
transmitter.
Governments, companies, newspapers, etc. in this world have their own sites to
(6) advertise their products and information in the Internet. With the Internet, you will be easier
to find what you need. It does not waste too much time. When your computer has an Internet
(7) connection which can be (8) activated by dialing your Internet (9) provider of your country
with your local (10) telephone, or when everything is set correctly, your Internet is ready to use.

116 UNIT 2 Reports


B. Find the synonyms of the following words in the complete text in Task A.
Then, find their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Word Synonym Meaning

1. intelligent smart pintar


2. to connect to link menghubungkan
3. exact accurate akurat, tepat
4. regional local lokal, setempat
5. factory company perusahaan
6. to contact to dial menelepon
7. properly correctly dengan tepat
8. to promote to advertise mengiklankan, memromosikan
9. quick fast cepat
10. enormous vast sangat banyak

C. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the text you have just heard
in Task A?
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The text is mainly about the Internet in general.
2. ______ The Internet only links a few number of computers.
3. ______ A government uses the Internet to inform their policies to the public.
4. ______ It takes less time to get information we need via Internet.
5. ______ You can access the Internet without dialing the Internet provider.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (It links millions of computers around the world.)
3. T
4. T
5. F (You can access the Internet by dialing the Internet provider.)

E. Listen to your teacher.


Put the following sentences in the correct order based on the monolog you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


In some countries, you can find a very unique market. It is a floating market. Precisely, such
a market can only be conducted in big rivers, such as Musi River in Palembang, Indonesia,
Mekhong River in Thailand and some in Vietnam. On a floating market hundreds of boats gather
to form a place of trading activities. Both buyers and sellers conduct transactions on their boats.
Various items, from vegetables, fruits, household equipment and other daily needs are sold.
Commonly, the signal to buy is whistling or waving hand. The market meets all day long, but the
most noisy and busy time is in the morning. There are hundreds of small boats full of agricultural
products, mostly fruits and vegetables. Some boats have roofs, some do not.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 117


Picture source: October 10, 2009
<http://www.junaedird.files.wordpress.com>

Teks yang kerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


4 Both buyers and sellers conduct transactions on their boats.
6 Commonly, the signal to buy is whistling or waving hands.
1 In some countries, you can find a very unique market. It is a floating market.
5 Various items, from vegetables, fruits, household equipment and other daily needs are sold.
7 The market meets all day long, but the most noisy and busy time is in the morning.
3 On a floating market hundreds of boats gather to form a place of trading activities.
8 There are hundreds of small boats full of agricultural products, mostly fruits and vegetables.
Some boats have roofs, some do not.
2 Precisely, such a market can only be conducted in big rivers, such as Musi River in
Palembang, Indonesia, Mekhong River in Thailand and some in Vietnam.

F. Answer the following questions based on the proper text in Task E.


1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: It’s about a floating market.
2. What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: To describe a place in general.
3. Where can you find the place?
Jawaban: In big rivers in certain countries, such as in Musi River in Palembang, Indonesia,
Mekhong River in Thailand and some in Vietnam.
4. What can you see in the place?
Jawaban: Hundreds of boats gather to form a place of trading activities.
5. What kinds of things are sold there?
Jawaban: There are vegetables, fruits, household equipment and other daily needs.
6. How is the situation of the place in the morning?
Jawaban: It is noisy and busy.
7. What most agricultural products are sold?
Jawaban: Fruits and vegetables.
8. What is the common signal to buy things?
Jawaban: Whistling or waving hands.

118 UNIT 2 Reports


Variasi:
Complete the following statements with the correct words based on the monolog you
have heard in Task E.
1. A floating market is a ________ one.
2. In Thailand there is a big river named _______.
3. In a floating market, buyers and sellers conduct transactions on ________.
4. The market becomes busy and noisy in ________.
5. In the market, you can find that some boats have ________, but some do not.
Jawaban:
1. very unique 2. Mekhong River 3. their boats
4. the morning 5. roofs

G. Listen to your teacher.


Write the sentences you have heard on a sheet of paper.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. Mail is usually delivered once a day, six days a week.
2. In Mauritania, mail is delivered by post drivers.
3. In the US, a mail carrier sometimes must walk along his route.
4. In Spain or Indonesia, the postman often travels by bicycle or motorcycle.
5. Rejected mail is mail that cannot be delivered or returned to its sender.
6. This may happen if it is addressed wrong and does not have a return address.
7. Such mail goes to the dead-mail or dead-letter office.
8. The mail is opened to try to find the sender or addressee.
9. If this is unsuccessful, the mail is destroyed and any valuables are sold.

H. Answer the following questions based on the sentences you have written in Task G.
1. How often is mail delivered?
Jawaban: Once a day.
2. Who delivers mails in Mauritania?
Jawaban: Post drivers do.
3. What is rejected mail?
Jawaban: It is mail that cannot be delivered or returned to its sender.
4. How can there be rejected mails?
Jawaban: It happens if it is addressed wrong and does not have a return address.
5. What happens to anonymous mails?
Jawaban: The mails are destroyed and any valuables are sold.

I. Find the meanings of the following words.


You will hear them in the monolog in Task J.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. Greek = bahasa Yunani 2. leisure = bersenang-senang
3. supervision = pengawasan 4. to progress = maju
5. compulsory = wajib 6. primary school = sekolah dasar
7. secondary school = sekolah lanjutan 8. to attend = menghadiri
9. vocational school = sekolah kejuruan 10. available = tersedia

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 119


J. Listen to your teacher. mendeskripsikan sekolah secara umum,
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct yang diawali dengan asal kata dan
answer. definisinya, serta jenis-jenis sekolah
(primary dan secondary school) yang
Teks yang dibacakan guru: terbagi menjadi beberapa jenjang sekolah,
I’m sure all of you are familiar with the yaitu kindergarten, university atau college,
word ‘school’. Anyone knows where that dan vocational school.
word actually comes from? Well, ‘school’ 2. What does the word ‘school’ originally
actually comes from Greek word, scholç. mean?
It originally means leisure. It is an institution A. Relaxation. B. A kind of game.
where you are allowed and encouraged to C. A place to study. D. Knowledge.
learn, under the supervision of teachers. You Jawaban: A
know, almost all countries have systems of Kata ’school’ berasal dari bahasa Yunani
formal education. The systems where (Greek), yaitu scholç yang artinya saat
students progress through a series of bersenang-senang. Hal ini sesuai dengan
schools are compulsory for the citizen. kalimat ”Well, ‘school’ actually comes from
The series of schools have different Greek word, scholç. It originally means
name, but in common, there are primary leisure.”. Kata ’leisure’ memiliki makna
school for young children and secondary yang sama dengan kata ’relaxation’, yaitu
school for persantaian.
teenagers who have completed primary
3. Which of the following statements is NOT
education. Additionally, students may also
TRUE according to the text?
have access to and attend schools both
A. The word ‘school’ comes from Greek
before and after primary and secondary
word, scholç.
education. For example, kindergarten or
B. Schools allow and encourage us to learn.
pre-school which provides some schooling
C. There is no school available for children
to very young children, typically ages 3–5,
before entering primary schools.
and university, vocational school or college
D. The system of formal education
which may be available after secondary
is compulsory for the citizen.
school.
Jawaban: C
Source: January 3, 2009 <http://en.wikipedia.org>
Pilihan jawaban ini benar untuk soal
pernyataan yang salah karena tidak sesuai
1. What is the text about?
dengan kalimat ”Additionally, students may
1 2 also have access to and attend schools
both before and after primary and second-
ary education.” yang artinya ”Apalagi,
siswa mungkin juga memiliki kesempatan
dan masuk sekolah baik sebelum maupun
Picture source:
static.panoramio.com
sesudah sekolah dasar dan menengah.”. ”
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
3 4 sesuai dengan isi teks. Pilihan jawaban (A)
sesuai dengan kalimat ”Well, ‘school’
actually comes from Greek word, scholç.
It originally means leisure.”; (B) sesuai
dengan kalimat ”It is an institution where
A. 1 B. 2 you are allowed and encouraged to learn,
C. 3 D. 4 . . . .”; (D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”. . . the
Jawaban: D systems of formal education. The systems
Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan where students progress through a series
berdasarkan isi keseluruhan teks yang of schools are compulsory for the citizen.”.

120 UNIT 2 Reports


4. What kind of school is it for 3–5-year old kepada anak-anak yang masih kecil,
children? biasanya yang berumur 3 sampai 5 tahun,
A. College. . . . .”.
B. Kindergarten.
5. “It is an institution where you are allowed
C. Vocational school.
. . ., under the supervision of teachers.”
D. Secondary school.
What is the similar meaning of the
Jawaban: B
underlined word?
Jenis sekolah untuk anak-anak usia 3
A. authority B. instruction
sampai
C. inspection D. control
5 tahun adalah kindergarten. Hal ini sesuai
Jawaban: D
dengan kalimat ”For example, kindergarten
Kata ’supervision’ memiliki makna yang
or pre-school which provides some
sama dengan kata control, yaitu
schooling to very young children, typically
pengawasan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
ages 3–5, . . . .” yang artinya ”Sebagai
salah; (A) artinya kewenangan atau
contoh, taman kanak-kanak atau pra-
kekuasaan, (B) artinya perintah atau
sekolah yang memberikan pendidikan
instruksi, dan (C) artinya pemeriksaan.

A. Read the text.


Find the meanings of the words that follow.

What’s a puffin crossing? A puffin crossing is


a new style pedestrian crossing that looks very
much like a pelican crossing, but has a few
additional safety features.
Puffin crossings are operated by a demand
button. Unlike pelican crossings of which the red
or green man is displayed on the opposite side of
the road, in puffin crossings the display of the red
or green man appears on the demand box next to
you on the pavement. When the green man
Picture source: Picture source:
appears on the box, it’s time to cross. <http://www.edu.dudley.gov.uk> <http://www.freewebs.com>
Puffin crossings have a built-in detector
system which ‘sees’ that you are waiting to cross. If you are a mum with a buggy and another small
child on tow and need a little bit longer to cross, the detector knows this and holds the traffic lights
at red until you reach the other side safely. This means that drivers are stopped for a shorter time if
a pedestrian crosses quite quickly, and that slower pedestrians are given more time to cross.
Puffin crossings don’t have the flashing amber light or flashing green man phase which
pelicans have. This removes that uncertain moment for drivers and pedestrians when neither is
quite sure who has priority.
Don’t be put off by the fact that you can’t see the green man ahead of you as you cross. The
puffin has its eye on you and will give you time to reach the other pavement safely.
Source: September 11, 2009 <http://www.lambeth.gov.uk/Services/TransportStreets/RoadSafety/
Cyclist+and+pedestrians/ PuffinCrossingsWhatsAPuffinCrossing.htm>

Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


1. crossing = penyeberangan 2. pedestrian = pejalan kaki
3. safety = keselamatan 4. demand = permintaan
5. display = tampilan 6. pavement = trotoar

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 121


7. opposite = sebaliknya 8. buggy = kereta belanjaan
9. tow = gandengan 10. flashing = yang menyala
11. amber = lampu lalu lintas kuning 12. to put off = berhenti
13. ahead = di depan 14. safely = dengan selamat
15. to remove = memberhentikan

Variasi:
Find the similar meanings of the following words in the text above.
Explain their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
Word Synonym Meaning

1. to arrive to reach sampai, tiba


2. to ask for demand meminta
3. extra additional tambahan
4. fast quickly dengan cepat
5. to perform to display menampilkan
6. to quit to stop berhenti
7. recent new baru
8. tiny small kecil
9. unsure uncertain tidak pasti
10. to watch to see melihat

B. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.


1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: A general description of puffin crossings.
2. What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: To describe the way things are or something in general.
3. How is a puffin crossing operated?
Jawaban: It is operated by a demand button.
4. What are the differences of puffin and pelican crossings?
Jawaban: Firstly, in puffin crossings, the red or green man appears on the demand box next
to you on the pavement, while in pelican crossings it appears on the opposite side
of the road. Secondly, puffin crossings don’t have the flashing amber light or
flashing green man phase, but pelican crossings have.
5. What do puffin crossings have that pelicans don’t have?
Jawaban: A built-in detector system.
6. What is the function of the system?
Jawaban: It functions to detect if someone is waiting to cross, then to hold the traffic lights at
red until he/she reaches the other side safely.
7. What is the advantage of a puffin crossing?
Jawaban: It has its eye on us and will give us time to reach the other pavement safely.
8. “Don’t be put off by the fact that you can’t see the green man ahead of you as you cross.”
(Paragraph 4)
What does the word ‘you’ refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to the readers.

122 UNIT 2 Reports


C. Find the main idea of each paragraph in the text in Task A.
Then, retell the text based on the list of the main ideas.

Paragraph Main Idea


1 ________________________________________
2 ________________________________________
3 ________________________________________
4 ________________________________________
5 ________________________________________

Jawaban:
Paragraph Main Idea
1 The general classification of puffin crossings.
2 The operation of puffin crossings.
3 The built-in detector system of puffin crossings.
4 The difference between puffin and pelican crossings.
5 The advantage of puffin crossings.

Contoh jawaban (monolog):


Listen, guys. There is a new style pedestrian crossing. It looks very much like a pelican crossing,
but has a few additional safety features. Do you know what it is? Well, it is a puffin crossing.
Let me tell you. Puffin crossings are operated by a demand button. You will see the display of
the red or green man on the demand box next to you on the pavement. It is just like a pelican
crossing. However, in pelican crossings the red or green man is displayed on the opposite side of
the road. If the box displays the green man, it’s time for you to cross.
The puffin crossing is completed with a built-in detector system. It will detect if someone is
waiting to cross. For example, if you are a mother with a buggy and another small child on tow and
need a little bit longer to cross, the detector knows this and holds the traffic lights at red until you
reach the other side safely. What does this mean? This means that if a pedestrian crosses quite
quickly, drivers are stopped for a shorter time, but if you are a slower pedestrian, you are given
more time to cross which means drivers are stopped for a longer time.
Another difference between puffin and pelican crossings is that puffin crossings don’t have the
flashing amber light or flashing green man phase which pelicans have. This removes that uncertain
moment for drivers and pedestrians when neither is quite sure who has priority.
So, don’t bother yourself by the fact that you can’t see the green man ahead of you as you
cross. Do you know why? Because the puffin has its eye on you and will give you time to reach the
other pavement safely.

Variasi:
A. Find the main idea of each paragraph in the following text.
Dengue fever is one of the most dangerous diseases in the world. Dengue fever is
endemic in most tropical countries of the south Pacific, Asia, the Carribean, the USA, and
Africa.
This disease rapidly spreads in most tropical urban areas of the world. It means
people in these areas have high risks of infection of the disease.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 123


Dengue fever is caused by a virus. The virus is transmitted into human by the bite of
infected mosquitoes, usually Aedes aegypti. In other words, the disease cannot spread
directly from person to person.
The disease is characterized by the high fever, severe headache, backache, joint and
muscle pains. Sometimes, many patients get nausea, vomiting, and rash on arms, face
and legs. There is no specific treatment of the disease.
Source: Ujian Nasional 2006/2007

Jawaban:
Paragraph Main Idea
1 The general classification of dengue fever.
2 The spread of dengue fever.
3 The cause of dengue fever.
4 The symptoms of dengue fever.

B. Retell the text in Task A based on the list of the main ideas.
Contoh jawaban:
You know, the cases of dengue fever are increasing especially during the rainy season.
No wonder if dengue fever becomes one of the most dangerous diseases in the world.
Now, can you tell us the endemic areas of this disease are? Right. Dengue fever is
endemic in most tropical countries of the south Pacific, Asia, including Indonesia, the Carribean,
the USA, and Africa.
As a matter of fact, this disease rapidly spreads in most tropical urban areas of the world.
It means people in these areas have high risks of infection of the disease.
Let’s talk about the cause of this disease. Well, dengue fever is actually caused by a virus
which is transmitted into human by the bite of infected mosquitoes, usually Aedes aegypti. In
other words, the disease cannot spread directly from person to person.
Then, what are the symptoms of the disease? The person who suffers from the disease will
show the symptoms of high fever, severe headache, backache, joint and muscle pains.
Sometimes, many patients get nausea, vomiting, and rash on arms, face and legs.
Unfortunately, till now there is no specific treatment of the disease.

D. Deliver a monolog about a skyscraper.


Use the following sentences or find other related sources.

● There isn’t any official definition or set height for


a skyscraper. Usually a skyscraper is described
as a very tall building that towers above the other
buildings along a city’s skyline.
● Some define any building with 20 stories or more
as a skyscraper, others as 50 or 100 or more
stories. The word skyscraper was originally
a nautical term that referred to the tall sails on
a sailing ship.
● Today’s image of a skyscraper in our urban
society is that of a mega structure rising to the
sky that can only be found in a world class city
such as Hong Kong or New York. Picture source: October 10, 2009
<http://www.isif.net-stb_boatquay3>

124 UNIT 2 Reports


● The structural make-up is different for skyscrapers. Buildings not exceeding four floors can be
supported by their walls alone; while skyscrapers, as they are taller and heavier have to be
supported by a large network of steel and concrete known as a skeletal frame. The walls then
hang from this skeletal frame.
● Skyscrapers generally have a steel structure with a core column. The core is usually made up
of reinforced concrete, and the elevators and plumbing are contained within the core.
Source: September 11, 2009 <http://www.allaboutskyscrapers.com/introduction.htm>

Contoh jawaban:
Listen, everyone. Do you know what a skyscraper is? Let me tell you then.
Actually, there isn’t any official definition or set height for a skyscraper. Many people usually
describe it as a very tall building that towers above the other buildings along a city’s skyline.
However, some also define any building with 20 stories or more as a skyscraper, others as 50 or
100 or more stories. As a matter of fact, the word skyscraper was originally a nautical term that
referred to the tall sails on a sailing ship.
Now, in the 21st century, the image of a skyscraper in our urban society is that of a mega
structure rising to the sky. You can only find them in a world class city such as Hong Kong or New
York.
Talking about the building structural make-up, it is different for skyscrapers. Buildings not
exceeding four floors can be supported by their walls alone; while skyscrapers, as they are taller
and heavier, have to be supported by a large network of steel and concrete known as a skeletal
frame. Then the walls hang from this skeletal frame.
One more important thing, skyscrapers commonly have a steel structure with a core column.
The core is usually made up of reinforced concrete. Here the elevators and plumbing are contained
within the core.

E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct that referred to the tall sails on a sailing
answer based on the information in ship.” yang artinya ”Kata skyscraper mula-
Task D. mula adalah istilah kelautan yang
mengacu pada layar yang tinggi pada
1. What is the information about? perahu layar.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
A. Today’s image of a skyscraper. salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
B. The general description of skyscraper. 3. These statements are true about the
C. The definition of a skyscraper. structure of skyscrapers, except
D. The structure of a skyscraper. ________.
Jawaban: B A. they generally have a steel structure
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena with a core column
menyimpulkan keseluruhan informasi. B. the core of them is usually made up of
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena reinforced concrete
hanya merupakan gagasan pendukung C. they can be supported by their thick
dari informasi utama. and strong walls alone
2. What does the word ‘skyscraper’ originally D. they have to be supported by a large
refer to? network of steel and a skeletal frame
A. The tall sails on a sailing ship. Jawaban: C
B. A very tall building. Struktur pencakar langit dijelaskan dalam
C. A city’s skyline. kalimat-kalimat ”. . . while skyscrapers, as
D. A mega structure. they are taller and heavier have to be
Jawaban: A supported by a large network of steel and
Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang concrete known as a skeletal frame. The
disimpulkan dari kalimat ”The word walls then hang from this skeletal frame.
skyscraper was originally a nautical term Skyscrapers generally have a steel

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 125


structure with a core column. The core is empat lantai’. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang
usually made up of reinforced concrete, benar adalah (D) yang artinya milik
. . . .”. Jadi, yang bukan merupakan syarat bangunan yang memiliki lantai satu
struktur pencakar langit adalah (C) yang sampai empat.
artinya dengan ditopang dinding yang
5. “The word skyscraper was originally
tebal dan kuat.
a nautical term that referred to the tall sails
4. “Buildings not exceeding four floors can be on a sailing ship.”
supported by their walls alone; . . . .” The underlined can be best replaced by
The underlined word refers to ________. _______.
A. skyscraper’s A. frankly B. properly
B. tall buildings C. initially D. regularly
C. mega structures Jawaban: C
D. one to four-floored buildings’ Kata ’originally’ berarti ’mula-mula’. Kata
Jawaban: D ini memiliki makna yang sama dengan kata
Kata ganti kepemilikan ’their’ ’initially’, yaitu pada awalnya. Pilihan
menggantikan benda yang telah jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya
disebutkan sebelumnya, yaitu ’buildings sejujurnya, (B) artinya dengan baik, dan
not exceeding four floors’ yang artinya (D) artinya secara teratur.
’bangunan yang tingginya tidak lebih dari

F. Find a report about a public place.


Talk about the public place using your own words.
Bring a picture to support your talk.
Contoh jawaban:
Harbors fall into two basic types, natural and artificial
harbors. Natural harbors are geological features created by
the landscape. A natural harbor can be quite large, or just
small enough to fit a few ships sheltering from a storm. San
Francisco Bay in California is a well-known example of
a natural harbor. Meanwhile, artificial harbors are created
through the use of piers, jetties and other man-made
features, and they may also be dredged to allow passage for
Picture source: October 10, 2009
larger ships. The port of Trondheim in Norway is a large <http://www.pp3.co.id>
artificial harbor.
A large harbor is often combined with a port, a facility which allows ships to load and unload
cargo. A port usually includes support for ships as well, including repair areas, stores for
provisioning and stocking ships and similar facilities. Ships often require a range of services when
they dock, and an assortment of firms offer those services, sometimes at a premium in obscure
ports.
Since a harbor has traditionally been used as a shelter or haven, the verbal form of the word is
used to refer to sheltering or protecting individuals as well as ships. A ship usually has extensive
details on regional harbors in the form of a directory which allows the ship to find shelter and
needed facilities. Ship’s charts also include harbor information, with a basic chart simply noting the
location of a harbor, along with its depth, so that a captain can determine whether he or she can
enter that harbor. More extensive charts might include the kind of facilities available and other
information of interest.
A harbor is very economically important. Therefore, most nations closely control their harbors.
Many largely landlocked nations also secure small areas of shoreline so that they can participate in

126 UNIT 2 Reports


shipping and trade, since numerous goods continue to be carried by ship. Harbors are often
patrolled by special law enforcement to enforce prevailing laws, and ship traffic is carefully
monitored to make sure that restricted items or people are not exiting or entering a country.
Source: October 6, 2009 <http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-a-harbor.htm>

A. Read the text.


Find the main idea of each paragraph.

Joglo is the famous traditional building in


Java, especially in Central Java. Joglo refers to
a traditional wooden house, which has a building
standard or it is called pakem in Javanese.
Commonly, joglo is made of high quality of
teak wood–since this kind of wood is rather
expensive, only wealthy or noble people have or
can build it. At times part of it like the front door or
called gebyog is made in luxurious handcraft with
particular theme and has a specific meaning or
philosophy. Therefore, a grand Javanese wooden
house is highly priced.
Joglo has a specific home plan, which each
part of it has a particular purport. The home plan of Picture source: October 10, 2009
<http://www.visitingjogja.com>
joglo may be divided into several parts, such as
senthong and omah jero as primary territory, jogan and gandhok as secondary territory, then
pendapa as public territory.
Each territory has its own purpose and rules. Primary territory means only the owner has
permanently and complete control; senthong that means a room with partition used as a private
room for the dwellers, then omah jero that has a similar function to senthong. Next is secondary
territory–a wide coverage area, which is periodically controlled. This room is not
exclusively being used by the dwellers or certain people. Jogan and gandhok including in this area
are set as semi private rooms; gandhok is usually set as a dining room or living room while jogan is
used to receive informal guests or relatives. This part is different from pendapa that is a public
territory to receive formal guests. In this public territory everyone is allowed as long as that person
complies with certain condition in this area.
However, the home plan of Javanese wooden house can be developed in accordance to the
needs. One of the reasons is this type of wooden house requires a spacious area that is difficult to
find now. The cost is big as well that people will think twice to build it. There are also changes in its
functions as meeting rooms, restaurants or hotels.
Source: September 11, 2009 <http://www.google.co.id/search?hl=id&q=what+is+a+javanese+ joglo+house&start=10&sa=N>

Paragraph Main Idea


1 _____________________________________________________
2 _____________________________________________________
3 _____________________________________________________
4 _____________________________________________________
5 _____________________________________________________

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 127


Jawaban:
Paragraph Main Idea
1 The general classification of Javanese wooden house, called joglo.
2 The characteristics of joglo.
3 The parts of joglo.
4 The purposes and rules of each of joglo’s territories.
5 The development of joglo’s home plan.

Variasi:
Identify the structure of the text in Task A.
Jawaban:
General Joglo is the famous traditional building in Java, especially in
Classification Central Java. Joglo refers to a traditional wooden house, which has
a building standard or it is called pakem in Javanese.

Commonly joglo is made of high quality of teak wood–since this


kind of wood is rather expensive, only wealthy or noble people have
or can build it. At times part of it like the front door or called gebyog is
made in luxurious handcraft with particular theme and has a specific
meaning or philosophy. Therefore, a grand Javanese wooden house
is highly priced.
Joglo has a specific home plan, which each part of it has
a particular purport. The home plan of joglo may be divided into
several parts, such as senthong and omah jero as primary territory,
jogan and gandhok as secondary territory, then pendapa as public
territory.
Each territory has its own purpose and rules. Primary territory
Description means only the owner has permanently and complete control;
senthong that means a room with partition used as a private room for
the dwellers, then omah jero that has a similar function to senthong.
Next is secondary territory–a wide coverage area, which is
periodically controlled. This room is not exclusively being used by the
dwellers or certain people. Jogan and gandhok including in this area
are set as semi private rooms; gandhok is usually set as a dining
room or living room while jogan is used to receive informal guests or
relatives. This part is different from pendapa that is a public territory
to receive formal guests. In this public territory everyone is allowed as
long as that person complies with certain condition in this area.
However, the home plan of Javanese wooden house can be
developed in accordance to the needs. One of the reasons is this
type of wooden house requires a spacious area that is difficult to find
now. The cost is big as well that people will think twice to build it.
There are also changes in its functions as meeting rooms,
restaurants or hotels.

128 UNIT 2 Reports


B. Find the opposite meanings of the following words in the text in Task A.
Explain their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:

Word Meaning Antonym Meaning


1. cheap murah expensive mahal
2. common umum particular khusus
3. commonly pada umumnya especially pada khususnya
4. crowded padat, sesak spacious luas
5. easy mudah difficult sukar, sulit
6. to forbid melarang to allow mengizinkan
7. general umum specific khusus
8. modern modern traditional tradisional
9. narrow sempit wide lebar, luas
10. opposite kebalikan similar sama
11. peasant orang awam noble bangsawan
12. public khalayak umum private (milik) pribadi
13. temporally untuk sementara permanently secara tetap
14. unfamiliar tidak dikenal famous terkenal
15. wealthy kaya poor miskin

Variasi:
Underline the noun phrases in the text in Task A.
Jawaban:
Joglo is the famous traditional building in Java, especially in Central Java. Joglo refers to a traditional
wooden house, which has a building standard or it is called pakem in Javanese.
Commonly joglo is made of high quality of teak wood–since this kind of wood is rather expensive,
only wealthy or noble people have or can build it. At times part of it like the front door or called gebyog is
made in luxurious handcraft with particular theme and has a specific meaning or philosophy. Therefore,
a grand Javanese wooden house is highly priced.
Joglo has a specific home plan, which each part of it has a particular purport. The home plan of joglo
may be divided into several parts, such as senthong and omah jero as primary territory, jogan and gandhok
as secondary territory, then pendapa as public territory.
Each territory has its own purpose and rules. Primary territory means only the owner has
permanently complete control; senthong that means a room with partition used as a private room for the
dwellers, then omah jero that has a similar function to senthong. Next is secondary territory–a wide
coverage area, which is periodically controlled. This room is not exclusively being used by the dwellers or
certain people. Jogan and gandhok including in this area are set as semi private rooms; gandhok is
usually set as a dining room or living room while jogan is used to receive informal guests or relatives. This
part is different from pendapa that is a public territory to receive formal guests. In this public territory
everyone is allowed as long as that person complies with certain condition in this area.
However, the home plan of Javanese wooden house can be developed in accordance to the needs.
One of the reasons is this type of wooden house requires a spacious area that is difficult to find now. The
cost is big as well that people will think twice to build it. There are also changes in its functions as meeting
rooms, restaurants or hotels.

C. Answer the following questions based on the text in Task A.


1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: It’s about the general description of a Javanese wooden house called joglo.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 129


2. Where can you find joglo?
Jawaban: In Java, especially in Central Java.
3. What is joglo generally made of?
Jawaban: It is generally made of high quality of teak wood.
4. According to the text, why do only rich people or noblemen have joglo?
Jawaban: Because the wood to build the house is quite expensive.
5. What is the front door of a joglo house called?
Jawaban: It is gebyog.
6. How many territories does a joglo house consist of? What are they?
Jawaban: There are three territories; primary, secondary and public.
7. What rooms are there in the primary territory?
Jawaban: There are senthong and omah jero.
8. What does gandhok usually function for?
Jawaban; It usually functions as a dining room or living room.
9. What part of a joglo house is it to receive formal guests?
Jawaban: It is pendapa.
10. Why is the home plan of a joglo house developed quite different from the original one?
Jawaban: Because it requires a spacious area that is difficult to find now, costs much that
people will think twice to build it, and there are also changes in its functions.

D. Read the following text.


Are the statements that follow true (T) or false (F) based on the text?
Correct the false ones.
A water park is an indoor or outdoor amusement park
that involves playing in and around water. It usually has
features such as water slides and brightly colored areas for
children to play and swim in. Although many water parks
have a beach theme, some actually have real sand to play
in near a pool that is often called a lagoon.
The lagoon in a water park is like a swimming pool, but
is usually more creative for it may include plastic palm
tree-shaped slides and other tropical-themed play
equipment. A water park is like a playground with the
added fun of water. Many water parks have a splash zone,
Picture source: October 10, 2009
or play park in which sprinkler-like equipment creates fun <http://www.flickr.com>
sprays of water for children to play in.
Water parks also usually have water rides that are similar to non-water rides at regular
amusement parks. For example, a water park may have bumper boats in a water-filled section
rather than bumper cars in a concrete area. Lazy rivers are often a part of water parks. These are
water-filled sections that people can float down on tubes or rafts. You can often find a good mix of
thrilling water rides and relaxing water-filled areas in a water park.
A water park may also have hot tubs and some also have a wave pool. Larger water parks may
have a large section with many different types and sizes of water slides rather than just one or two
water slides. Most water parks have areas for toddlers and their parents. Some water parks also
have other attractions on the grounds such as a petting zoo or a children’s play gym.
Water parks usually sell food such as ice cream, cold drinks and snacks. They’re often great
places for children’s birthday parties, and an indoor water park is a good option for those in cooler
climates. Most water parks don’t allow outside food and drinks, but have reasonably-priced birthday
party packages and do allow you to bring a birthday cake.
Source: September 11, 2009 <http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-a-water-park.htm>

130 UNIT 2 Reports


Statements:
1. ______ This text is mainly about a particular water park.
2. ______ A water park can be built both indoor and outdoor.
3. ______ The lagoon in a water park is less creative than a swimming pool.
4. ______ Water rides in water parks are quite different from non-water rides at regular
amusement parks.
5. ______ Visitors can experience of floating down on tubes or rafts in lazy rivers.
6. ______ A water park may offer a good mix of thrilling water rides and relaxing water-filled.
7. ______ Larger water parks have a small section with less than three different water slides.
8. ______ There are ground attractions in some water parks such as a petting zoo or a children’s
play gym.
9. ______ An outdoor water park is a good option for people in cooler climates.
10. ______ All water parks don’t allow visitors bring food and drinks from outside.
Jawaban:
1. F (This text is mainly about water parks in general.)
2. T
3. F (The lagoon in a water park is like a swimming pool, but is usually more creative.)
4. F (Water rides in water parks are similar to non-water rides at regular amusement parks.)
5. T
6. T
7. F (Larger water parks may have a large section with more than three different water slides.)
8. T
9. F (It is an indoor water park that is a good option for people in cooler climates.)
10. F (It is most water parks that don’t allow outside food and drinks, not all water parks.)

Variasi:
A. Write the sentences in the text above that use modals and sentence connectors.
Jawaban:
The sentences using modals:
1. . . . but is usually more creative for it may include plastic palm tree-shaped slides and other
tropical-themed play equipment.
2. For example, a water park may have bumper boats in a water-filled section rather than
bumper cars in a concrete area.
3. You can often find a good mix of thrilling water rides and relaxing water-filled areas in
a water park.
4. A water park may also have hot tubs and some also have a wave pool.
5. Larger water parks may have a large section with many different types and sizes of water
slides rather than just one or two water slides.
The sentences using sentence connectors:
1. Although many water parks have a beach theme, some actually have real sand to play in
near a pool that is often called a lagoon.
2. The lagoon in a water park is like a swimming pool, but is usually more creative for it may
include plastic palm tree-shaped slides and other tropical-themed play equipment.
3. A water park may also have hot tubs and some also have a wave pool.
4. They’re often great places for children’s birthday parties, and an indoor water park is
a good option for those in cooler climates.
5. Most water parks don’t allow outside food and drinks, but have reasonably-priced birthday
party packages and do allow you to bring a birthday cake.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 131


B. Make new sentences using the modals and sentences connectors you find in the text.
Contoh jawaban:
The sentences using modals:
1. Many schools may participate in the annual carnival to celebrate the Independence Day.
2. All my classmates can join the study tour to Bandung next month.
The sentences using sentence connectors:
1. Although they’ve just lost their houses due to the fire yesterday, they don’t want to fall in a deep
sorrow.
2. Many children in remote villages live in a poor condition, but they face their daily life with
smiling.
3. The development of some remote areas do not run well, for there is no proper road built to
access the areas.
4. The local government should pay more attention to the unemployment issue and
encourage more job opportunities for the people.

E. Complete the following statements with the correct words based on the text in Task D.
1. “It usually has features such as water slides and brightly colored areas for children to play and
swim in.” (Paragraph 1)
The underlined word refers to ________.
2. “. . ., but is usually more creative for it may include plastic palm tree-shaped slides and other
tropical-themed play equipment.” (Paragraph 2)
The underlined word refers to ________.
3. “These are water-filled sections that people can float down on tubes or rafts.” (Paragraph 3)
The underlined word refers to ________.
4. “Most water parks have areas for toddlers and their parents.” (Paragraph 4)
The underlined word refers to ________.
5. “. . ., but have reasonably-priced birthday party packages and do allow you to bring a birthday
cake.” (Paragraph 5)
The underlined word refers to ________.
6. “. . . some actually have real sand to play in near a pool that is often called a lagoon.”
(Paragraph 1)
The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________.
7. “. . . that are similar to non-water rides at regular amusement parks.” (Paragraph 3)
The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________.
8. “These are water-filled sections that people can float down on tubes or rafts.” (Paragraph 3)
The opposite meaning of the underlined word is ________.
9. “Larger water parks may have a large section with many different types and sizes of water
slides . . . .” (Paragraph 4)
The similar meaning of the underlined word is ________.
10. “. . . and an indoor water park is a good option for those in cooler climates.” (Paragraph 5)
The similar meaning of the underlined word is ________.
Jawaban:
1. a water park 2. the lagoon in a water park 3. lazy rivers
4. the toddlers’ 5. the readers 6. false
7. irregular 8. to sink 9. part, area
10. choice

132 UNIT 2 Reports


F. Complete the text with the suitable words from the box.

a. highways b. a full stop c. cell phones


d. traffic accidents e. very aggressively f. speedsters
g. bad drivers h. speed limits i. the cautious drivers
j. overworked businessmen

Recently the number of (1) ________ keeps on rising. Many factors are involved. One of them
is drivers’ bad attitude on the road. These (2) ________ may be the main factors as to why many
accidents happen.
Bad drivers you see on the streets and (3) ________ of almost any country can be classified
into three types. The first kind of bad drivers is the wannabe Grand Prix racer. This kind of driver
drives (4) ________. For example, he or she steps on the gas and roars away a millisecond before
a traffic signal turns green. Driving in the passing lane and ignoring (5) ________ are normal for
this kind of driver.
The second one is the modern multitasker. Modern multitaskers include drivers such as
working mothers and (6) ________ and women. They eat a sandwich, drink a cup of coffee, talk on
their (7) ________ and discipline the children fighting in the back seat while speeding down the
highway at 65 mph.
The last one is (8) ________. The cautious driver drives very slowly and carefully. For
instance, he or she drives no faster than 40 mph on highways and slows down to 30 on every
curve. When making a turn, he or she almost comes to (9) ________ before inching around the
corner. Therefore, bad drivers can be (10) ________, slowsters or just inattentive, but you have to
watch out for all of them.
Adapted from: Introduction to Academic Writing (First Edition)

Jawaban:
1. d 2. g 3. a 4. e 5. h 6. j 7. c 8. i 9. b 10. f

2. What is the purpose of the text?


G. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
A. To amuse or entertain the readers.
answer based on the text in Task F.
B. To describe a particular person.
1. What is the text mainly about? C. To describe types of people in general
A. The types of bad drivers. ways.
B. The number of traffic accidents. D. To tell someone’s past experience.
C. The traffic’s attitudes. Jawaban: C
D. The factors of accidents. Teks tersebut menjelaskan tipe-tipe
Jawaban: A pengendara mobil secara umum, sehingga
Secara keseluruhan, teks tersebut teks tersebut berbentuk report. Tujuan teks
menjelaskan tipe-tipe pengendara mobil report adalah untuk mendeskripsikan
yang tidak baik yang menjadi faktor utama sesuatu secara umum, sehingga pilihan
meningkatnya jumlah kecelakaan lalu jawaban (B) benar. Pilihan jawaban (A)
lintas, sesuai dengan kalimat dalam adalah tujuan narrative, (B) adalah tujuan
paragraf satu ”One of them is drivers’ bad descriptive, dan (D) adalah tujuan recount.
attitude on the road.”. Gagasan pokok ini 3. What is the characteristic of the wannabe
kemudian dijelaskan dalam paragraf dua Grand Prix racer?
yang menyebutkan tipe-tipe pengendara A. Drivers drive quite slowly and carefully.
mobil yang tidak baik, yang kemudian tiap B. Drivers are good racer on streets.
tipe dijelaskan dalam paragraf-paragraf C. Drivers do other things while driving,
berikutnya. like eating.
D. Drivers drive their cars very fast.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 133


Jawaban: D Jawaban: B
Ciri pengendara yang ingin seperti Gagasan pokok paragraf empat
pembalap Grand Prix adalah mereka disebutkan pada kalimat pertama paragraf
mengendarai mobil dengan cepat (drive ini, yaitu ”The last one is the cautious
their cars very fast). Hal ini sesuai dengan drivers.” yang diikuti dengan kalimat-
kalimat dalam paragraf dua, yaitu ”This kalimat yang menjelaskan ciri-ciri
kind of driver drives very aggressively. For pengendara mobil tipe ini. Jadi,
example, he or she steps on the gas and jawabannya adalah ciri-ciri pengendara
roars away a millisecond before a traffic yang hati-hati.
signal turns green. Driving in the passing
5. The following can be categorized as
lane and ignoring speed limits are normal
modern multitaskers, except ________.
for this kind of driver.” yang artinya
A. college students
”Pengendara mobil seperti ini
B. working mothers
mengendarai mobil dengan sangat agresif.
C. carrier women
Contohnya, ia menginjak gas dan gigi satu
D. overworked businessmen
milidetik sebelum lampu lalu lintas
Jawaban: A
berwarna hijau. Mengendarai mobil di jalur
Berdasarkan kalimat kedua paragraf tiga,
untuk membalap dan mengabaikan batas
”Modern multitaskers include drivers such as
kecepatan adalah wajar bagi pengendara
working mothers and overworked business-
mobil seperti ini.”
men and women.”, yang bukan termasuk tipe
4. What is the main idea of paragraph 4? pengendara multitasker modern adalah (A)
A. The characteristics of modern college students. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
multitasker. benar karena sesuai dengan kalimat
B. The characteristics of a cautious driver. tersebut; sedangkan carrier women bisa
C. The type of bad drivers. digolongkan dalam working mothers atau
D. The attitudes of bad drivers. overworked businessmen.

A. Join the following pairs of sentences using proper coordinating conjunctions.


1. My new watch was very expensive. It doesn’t work.
2. We were new in town. Everyone made us feel welcome.
3. I studied long and hard. I passed the course.
4. These tires are bald. You should replace them.
5. I get home from school. I collapse on the couch.
6. The newspaper is here. Your magazine didn’t arrive.
7. My heart pumps faster. My legs are tired.
8. Is the man your uncle? Is the man your sister’s husband?
9. You eat too many sweets. You will get cavities.
10. The subway was crowded. We found two seats.
Jawaban:
1. My new watch is very expensive, but it doesn’t work well.
2. We were new in town, but everyone made us feel welcome.
3. I studied long and hard, so I passed the course.
4. These tires are bald, so you should replace them.
5. I get home from school and I collapse on the couch.
6. The newspaper is here, but your magazine didn’t arrive.
7. My heart pumps faster, and my legs are tired.

134 UNIT 2 Reports


8. Is the man your uncle or your sister’s husband?
9. You will get cavities, for you eat too many sweets.
10. The subway was crowded, but we found two seats.

B. Make five sentences using ‘may/might’ and five sentences using ‘can/could’.
Contoh jawaban:
Using may/might
1. I may be at home this weekend.
2. May I join the camping activity, Mom?
3. Your parents might forgive you if you told them the truth about the case.
4. I might win the competition if I prepared myself better.
5. The students may have a math test today.
Using can/could
1. The little boy can stand on his one hand.
2. My brother can cook very delicious fried rice.
3. Could you pass me the book over there, please?
4. Could I leave this room after finishing the task, Sir?
5. Please tell me your problem. Who knows I can help you.

C. Read the following text.


Identify the structure of the text.
A mail box can be your doorway to the world because it connects each country. Through it,
you can go into nearly every country in the world.
Each postage stamp becomes a personal messenger of your letter. If your letters, documents,
postcards, or packages are going overseas, they will pass through many hands and perhaps many lands.
It is the duty of our postal service to see that your mail gets to its destination as quickly as possible.
Much of the world’s business depends upon the postal service. That’s why most nations cooperate
closely on postal matters. The mail always goes through. A flood in China or India, or an earthquake in
Turkey or Iran may cause a delay, but new routes are quickly found and mail is still delivered.
Basically, mail is handled in the same way in almost every country. A stamped letter is mailed
from the post office or mail box. The mail is collected from the mailboxes on a regular schedule. All
letters, postcards and small parcels are taken to a central post office which employs many people.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)
Jawaban:

General A mail box can be your doorway to the world because it connects each
Classification country. Through it, you can go into nearly every country in the world.

Each postage stamp becomes a personal messenger of your letter.


If your letters, documents, postcards, or packages are going overseas, they
will pass through many hands and perhaps many lands. It is the duty of our
postal service to see that your mail gets to its destination as quickly as possible.
Much of the world’s business depends upon the postal service. That’s why
Description most nations cooperate closely on postal matters. The mail always goes
through. A flood in China or India, or an earthquake in Turkey or Iran may cause
a delay, but new routes are quickly found and mail is still delivered.
Basically, mail is handled in the same way in almost every country.
A stamped letter is mailed from the post office or mail box. The mail is collected
from the mailboxes on a regular schedule. All letters, postcards and small
parcels are taken to a central post office which employs many people.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 135


Variasi:
A. Underline the verbs in the text you have just read.
What do the verbs mean? Also, circle the modals used in the text.
A mail box can be your doorway to the world because it connects each country. Through
it, you can go into nearly every country in the world.
Each postage stamp becomes a personal messenger of your letter. If your letters,
documents, postcards, or packages are going overseas, they will pass through many hands
and perhaps many lands. It is the duty of our postal service to see that your mail gets to its
destination as quickly as possible.
Much of the world’s business depends upon the postal service. That’s why, most nations
cooperate closely on postal matters. The mail always goes through. A flood in China or India,
or an earthquake in Turkey or Iran may cause a delay, but new routes are quickly found and
mail is still delivered.
Basically, mail is handled in the same way in almost every country. A stamped letter is
mailed from the post office or mail box. The mail is collected from the mailboxes on a regular
schedule. All letters, postcards and small parcels are taken to a central post office which
employs many people.
Jawaban (arti kata):
1. to connect = menghubungkan 2. to go = pergi
3. to become = menjadi 4. to pass = melewati, melintasi
5. to get = tiba, sampai 6. to depend = tergantung
7. to cooperate = bekerja sama 8. to cause = menyebabkan
9. to find = menemukan 10. to deliver = mengirimkan
11. to handle = menangani 12. to mail = mengirimkan surat
13. to collect = mengumpulkan 14. to take = mengambil
15. to employ = mempekerjakan
B. Complete the following statements based on the text about a mail box.
1. A personal messenger of a letter is ________.
2. Most nations cooperate closely on postal matters because ________.
3. Generally, almost every country handles mail in ________.
4. A postman regularly collects all mails from ________.
5. ________ is collected all letters, postcards and small parcels.
Jawaban:
1. a postage stamp 2. much of the world’s business depends upon the postal service
3. the same way 4. mailboxes
5. A central post office

D. Create a report about the following picture.


It is a warehouse. Use facts and avoid opinions.

Picture source: October 10, 2009


<http://www.newmanpaperboard.com>

136 UNIT 2 Reports


Contoh jawaban:
A warehouse is a large building where goods are stored, and where they may be cataloged,
shipped, or received, depending upon the type. Though in the past, many warehouses, often
located in industrial areas sometimes next to major shipping ports, were teeming with workers. The
modern warehouse may be either completely or totally automated depending upon how advanced
the company is. Sometimes a manufacturing facility also has an attached warehouse, where their
manufactured goods are stored until shipped.
Warehouses have existed for several centuries, and the word itself is not hard to understand.
“Wares” were the things possessed by a seller, and to “house” these in a central location meant
you were storing your wares. Normally, though, modern warehouses may store not just the
possessions of a single seller or manufacturer, but a host of different products. The principal
operation of the place is receiving, getting in new products, and shipping out products already
stored. Another important part of maintaining a good warehouse is keeping inventory of what
products are presently in the warehouse, what has been shipped and what has been received.
This process is again largely automated.
Some companies benefit by having huge storage facilities. For instance if you order something
from some of the larger online companies, you’re generally asking them to obtain a product that
exists in a huge warehouse. Amazon.com maintains several enormous warehouses devoted to
different products. Another modern turn on the warehouse is the Big Box stores, true commercial
buildings, like Costco®. These may be called warehouse stores and they do look like mini versions
of larger warehouses.
Such stores tend to have concrete floors, and high shelves made of metal with products sold
in bulk. Instead of spending a lot of money on merchandising and attractive displays these stores
are able to stock more merchandise and can offer consumers much lower prices since they order
so much more. However, such stores may also have warehouses from which they draw supplies,
or they may need to order supplies from other companies that maintain warehouses.
If you live near the storage facility of a manufacturer, you may be able to purchase things for
reduced prices. For instance, a bakery might produces all their things on site, and have an on site
storage facility, from which these things are shipped. When you go directly to the source of storage,
particularly when goods are also manufactured there, you can usually buy things for less because
the company does not have to pay anything to ship or merchandise the product elsewhere.
Source: September 11, 2009 <http://www.wisegeek.com/what-is-a-warehouse.htm>

2.3 Short Functional Texts: Contest Announcements and Letters

Spoken Text

Read the following text.


Attention, please.
There will be a swimming contest for junior high school students. Those who are interested
should enroll themselves to Mr. Parman not later than February the fifteenth. The contest will
be held on February the twenty fifth. Get further information in a brochure attached to the
announcement board.
Thank you.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 137


The text is a spoken contest announcement. It is stated publicly. It usually starts with an
expression of gaining attention or salutation and sometimes ends with an expression of
thanking. It gives people information or news. It is usually short so that people can
remember easily what it is about. The announcement contents depend on the events and
the announcer’s purpose.

Written Text

Read the following text.

Dear Aunt Tia,

Aunty, I have some good news for you. Last month I passed my final
examination. A week ago I succeeded to join in a senior high school English
competition. Last night my parents promised to send me to a famous English
course in my town. They also promised me if my scores in English are good,
they’ll send me to a foreign university. Great, isn’t it? I’ll work hard. I want to
be a great pediatrician like you, Aunty.
Well, that’s all for now. I’m looking forward to hearing your news.
Love,

Debby

Source: Ujian Nasional

The text is a letter. A letter is a written message. There are many different sorts of letters,
as follows:
● news or recounts, e.g. letter to friends or relatives,
● responses, e.g. apologies, complaints,
● requests or transactions, e.g. business letter.
Here are what you should write on your letter.
1. Sender: return address and phone number and email (optional).
2. To: date, name and address (for formal letters), salutation or greeting, e.g. Dear . . .,
3. Message: introduction, message and personal comment.
4. From: closing, e.g. Yours sincerely or Regards, followed with name.
Letter tips:
● Write your address and the date.
● Greet people using their name.
● Write your message politely.
● Sign your name at the end.
Source: September 29, 2010 <http://www.writingfun.com>

138 UNIT 2 Reports


Remember Unit 1. Answer the questions below.
1. You write your feeling on a book. What is it called?
Jawaban: It is a diary.
2. Do you have it? Why/Why not?
Jawaban: I have it. Because I can recall what I have experienced in my life.

A. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the text based on what you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Attention, please.
We invite you to participate in our school’s first (1) cooking contest. Each class should be
(2) represented by at least one group consisting of four students. Remember, you should enroll
your groups to Ms. Yuni not later than January the (3) twenty first. The contest will be held on
January the twenty ninth. For (4) further information, please read the brochure attached on the
(5) announcement board.

B. Are the following statements true (T) or false (F) based on the complete announcement
in Task A?
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The announcement is about a cooking contest at school.
2. ______ It is the second cooking contest held by the school.
3. ______ Each group may consist of three students.
4. ______ The closing date of the registration is January 29.
5. ______ There is an announcement about the contest in the announcement board.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F (It is the first cooking contest held by the school.)
3. F (Each group consists of at least four students. It means it should consist of four or more
than four students.)
4. F (The closing date of the registration is January 21.)
5. T

C. Listen to your teacher.


Write down the announcement you have heard.
Pengumuman yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
May I have your attention, please?
Our school will hold a mid-term football competition. The competition will be held on Feburary
the eleventh, 2010. Complete the registration form at the football club’s room. Total prize of one
million Rupiah is awaiting for the winners. For further information, please contact Norman at VIIIB.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 139


D. Listen to your teacher.
Answer his/her questions based on the announcement you have written in Task C.

Pertanyaan-pertanyaan yang dibacakan guru:


1. What is the announcement about? 2. Whom is the advertisement addressed to?
3. What is the requirement to join the contest? 4. Where can the students get the registration form?
5. How much money will the winners get?
Jawaban:
1. A mid-term football competition. 2. To all the school’s students.
3. Complete the registration form. 4. At the football club’s room.
5. One million Rupiah.

A. Complete the following text with the correct words from the box.

a. announced b. the twentieth c. crossword puzzle


d. valid ID card e. participate
Attention, please.
There will be the tenth (1) ________ contest held by Teenlit Magazines. If you want to
(2) ________, send your answers and a copy of your (3) ________ to Teenlit Magazines PO BOX
110 Jakarta. Don’t forget to write your active phone number. There are a lot of prizes for you. So,
send your answer of the puzzle before March the second, 2010. The winner will be (4) ________
at Teenlit Magazines on March (5) ________, 2010.
Jawaban:
1. c 2. e 3. d 4. a 5. b

Variasi:
A. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.
A B
1. puzzle a. legally effective because made or done with the correct procedure
2. valid b. functioning or in operation
3. teenlit c. functioning or in operation
4. active d. a thing that is usually difficult to answer
5. copy e. teen writing, like short stories or novels
Jawaban:
1. d 2. a 3. e 4. b 5. c
B. Make sentences using the words in column A.
Jawaban:
1. My brother gave me a puzzle that made me headache.
2. To get a scholarship I need to enclose a copy of valid school report.
3. I like to read a teenlit, since the stories are close to my every day life.
4. A driving license is active for five years.
5. The teacher punished Dino for cheating by asking him to make a hundred copies of
regretting letters.

140 UNIT 2 Reports


B. Answer the following questions based on the complete announcement in Task A.
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: A crossword puzzle contest.
2. Where should the participants send their answer of the puzzle?
Jawaban: To Teenlit Magazines PO BOX 110 Jakarta.
3. When is the closing date of the contest?
Jawaban: It is on March 2, 2010.
4. When will the winner of the contest be announced?
Jawaban: On March 20, 2010.
5. “Don’t forget to write your active phone number.”
What is the opposite meaning of the underlined word?
Jawaban: To remember.

C. Retell the announcement in Task A using your own words.


Contoh jawaban:
Listen, all.
Teenlit Magazines will hold the tenth crossword puzzle contest! If you are interested, send
your answer to Teenlit Magazines, PO BOX 110 Jakarta. Please enclose the copy of your valid ID
card, and attach your active phone number. There are a lot of prizes for all winners. Remember,
the contest will be closed on March the second, 2010. The winner will be announced at Teenlit
Magazines on March the twentieth, 2010.

D. What announcement have you heard recently?


Retell it using your own words.
Contoh jawaban:
Attention, please.
There will be a traditional dancing contest. The contest is open for all junior high school
students in this city. If you are interested, please enroll yourself to Ms. Nita, no more than October
the fifth. The contest will be held on November the first. Get further information in the brochure
attached to the announcement board near the teacher’s office.

A. Read the following text.


Find the opposite meanings of the underlined words.

Dear Lula,
How are you? I’m doing fine here. Last week I went to Batam for business. I’m so sorry I could
not come to visit you in Pekanbaru because it was only a short visit. I only stayed for one night.
My colleague picked me up at the airport. Then, we continued our journey to the hotel.
It was a very hot day. I remembered that I drank five cold drinks in one hour. I also visited
Nagoya, Batam Center and Galang Island. I didn’t forget to go shopping there. O.K., Lula. That’s
enough for now. Don’t forget to write me soon. I do really want to know you better.

Best regards,
Susan

Adapted from: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 141


Jawaban:
● fine >< bad ● stayed >< left ● continued >< stopped
● forget >< remember ● soon >< later

B. Answer the following questions based on the letter in Task A.


1. Who wrote the letter?
Jawaban: Susan did.
2. Where does the writer’s friend live?
Jawaban: In Pekanbaru.
3. Why couldn’t the writer visit her friend?
Jawaban: Because it was only a short visit.
4. How was the day when the writer visited Batam?
Jawaban: It was hot.
5. What activities did the writer do in Batam?
Jawaban: She did a business, visited interesting places, such as Nagoya, Batam Center and
Galang Island, and went shopping.

C. Complete the following letter with the correct words from the box.

a. students b. lessons c. factories


d. population e. swimming team

Cliffton School
Newport, Gwent Wales

March 15, 2010


Dear everyone,

I don’t live in England, I live in a big town called Newport. It is in the south of Wales. It has got
a (1) ________ of 120,000 people.
My school is in the north of the town. Near the school there are shops, offices and cafes. A lot
of (2) ________ like football. After school they play football in the park near the sea. I don’t like
football. I go to the swimming pool near the bus station after school. I’m in the school (3) ________.
I live about four kilometers from school. I don’t walk to school, but by the school bus. There are
a lot of factories near my flat. My mother works in one of the (4) ________. My father doesn’t work.
On Saturday mornings I have guitar (5) ________ in my teacher’s house near the library and
museum.
Write and tell me about your town and school.

Love,
Anne

Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama/Madrasah Ibtidaiyah Kelas IX Edisi 4

Jawaban:
1. d 2. a 3. e 4. c 5. b

142 UNIT 2 Reports


A. Put the following sentences in the correct order to make a good letter.
Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
5 I hope you can understand my condition.

Yours sincerely,

Tiara

3 On Tuesday night the creek flooded right into our house. On Wednesday afternoon my
sister slipped in the mud and we had to wait at the hospital for house because her arm was
broken.

2 First of all, I’d like to apologize. I couldn’t do my homework this week because we had
a disaster every night. On Monday night during the hail storm, the power went off and stayed
out until after breakfast.

4 Last night it rained again and the roof of my bedroom collapsed. My homework sheet is now
buried forever!

1 Jalan Slamet Riyadi nomor 8


Surakarta

Sunday, March 6, 2010

Dear Mr. Arifin,


Adapted from: September 16, 2009 <http://www.writingfun.com>

Variasi:
Complete the following statements based on the proper letter above.
1. The purpose of the letter is to ________.
2. On Monday night, the weather was ________.
3. On Tuesday night, the writer’s house was ________.
4. The writer’s sister was taken to the hospital because ________.
5. The roof of the writer’s bedroom collapsed because of the rain on ________.
Jawaban:
1. ask for an apology
2. stormy
3. flooded
4. she slipped in the mud and her arm was broken
5. Thursday night

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 143


B. Suppose your school will take part in a carnival.
Write a letter to one of the extracurricular clubs in your school to help for the
preparation.
Contoh jawaban:

Permata School
Jalan Pegangsaan number 10, Jakarta

February 28, 2010

Dear Sports Club members,

We do appreciate the time you have given to help for of our previous carnivals. We
couldn’t do it without you.
Once again we are requesting your expert assistants to help us make this year’s
carnival as successful as those in the past. We are expecting your presence in Permata
Sports Complex on March 21, 2010 from 9 a.m. to 3 p.m.
Thank you for your time. We are looking forward to hearing from you soon.

R.S.V.P.: March 14, 2010

Yours sincerely,

Hermawan
OSIS chairperson

Adapted from: September 16, 2009 <http://www.writingfun.com>

Observe some restaurants in your town.


Write about what the restaurants have in common.

144 UNIT 2 Reports


Read and memorize the words. formal : resmi
Use the words whenever you speak English. frame : kerangka
freight : pengiriman dengan pesawat
to allow : mengizinkan independent : berdiri sendiri, mandiri
bill : tagihan to intend : bermaksud
board : naik/masuk (pesawat, kapal) license : surat/kartu izin
to conduct : mengadakan nautical : berhubungan dengan laut
confused : bingung path : jalur
crossing : penyeberangan pavement : trotoar
to define : mengartikan pedestrian : pejalan kaki
display : tampilan to reserve : memesan
evaporation : penguapan to serve : menyajikan
to exceed : melebihi skyscraper : pencakar langit
to float : mengapung traffic : lalu lintas

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 145


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer. Jawaban: C
Berdasarkan frasa kunci ”the respiratory
Read the following dialog and answer questions system” yang artinya ”sistem pernapasan”,
1 and 2. dapat disimpulkan kalau percakapan itu
Verlita : Excuse me, Miss. Anything can I do berlangsung pada saat pelajaran biologi.
for you? 4. Noval said, “May I ask you something?”
Ms. Donna : Yes, Verlita. What’s the matter? What does it mean?
Verlita : Yes, please. May I borrow your dictionary? A. He is asking for information politely.
I need to look up a new word. B. He is offering something.
Ms. Donna : Sure. Here you are. C. He is instructing someone.
Verlita : Thank you, Miss. I’ll return it as soon D. He is requesting something.
as possible. Jawaban: A
Ms. Donna : No problem. Kalimat yang diucapkan Noval artinya
1. What is the dialog about? ”Bolehkah saya bertanya?”. Kalimat ini
A. Lending a book. diucapkan untuk meminta informasi (asking for
B. Returning a book. information).
C. Borrowing a dictionary.
Read the following text and answer questions
D. Learning a new word. 5 to 7.
Jawaban: C
Percakapan tersebut tentang meminjam Hotel
kamus (borrowing a dictionary). Hal ini sesuai A hotel is the home of guests and tourists
dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Verlita, ”May when they are away from home.
I borrow your dictionary?” yang direspons Bu The first impression guests have of a hotel
Donna dengan berkata, ”Sure. Here you are.” is the doorman and the bellboy at the door and
the clerks at the front desk who greet them. The
2. Verlita said, “I’ll return it as soon as possible.” guests often form their opinion of the hotel by
What does the underlined word refer to? reception they receive. The guests are usually
A. The book. happy if they feel welcome and can get to their
B. The dictionary. rooms quickly.
C. The new word. Source: Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
D. The matter.
Jawaban: B 5. What is the text mainly about?
Kata ’it’ dalam kalimat tersebut mengacu pada A. A description of a hotel in general.
benda yang dipinjam dan akan segera B. A place for guests and tourists.
dikembalikan, yaitu kamus (the dictionary). C. Guests’ opinions toward a hotel.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena bukan D. A hotel’s first impressions.
benda yang dipinjam Verlita. Jawaban: A
Teks tersebut menjelaskan tentang hotel
Read the following dialog and answer questions secara umum, yang didukung dengan kalimat-
3 and 4. kalimat penjelas, misalnya tentang fungsi hotel
Noval : Excuse me, Sir. May I ask you dan kesan pertama tamu saat hendak
something? menginap di suatu hotel.
Mr. Hotman : Certainly, Noval. What is it? 6. The following are the impressions of a hotel
Noval : I wonder if you could explain the that guests will have at first, except ________.
respiratory system once again. A. the doorman
Mr. Hotman : O.K. I’ll explain it after the break time. B. the interior of the hotel
Is it all right? C. the bellboy at the door
Noval : Yes, Sir. Thank you. D. the clerks at the front desk
3. During what lesson does the dialog take place? Jawaban: B
A. Math. B. Physics. Berdasarkan kalimat ”The first impression
C. Biology. D. Chemistry. guests have of a hotel is the doorman and the

146 UNIT 2 Reports


bellboy at the door and the clerks at the 8. What did Aunt Dewi give to Nita?
front desk who greet them.”, yang bukan A. Blue beads. B. A plaid skirt.
merupakan kesan pertama yang diperoleh C. A nice sweater. D. A big book.
tamu hotel adalah (B) yang artinya bagian Jawaban: A
dalam hotel. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”How clever
of you to send me blue beads.” yang artinya
7. What usually makes guests feel happy to stay
”Sungguh (tante) sangat cerdik mengirimi saya
in a hotel?
manik-manik warna biru.”. Jadi, yang diberikan
A. When the hotel’s clerks bring their luggage
Tante Dewi kepada Nita adalah blue beads.
to their rooms.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
B. When front desk staff greet them and fill
sesuai dengan isi teks; (B) artinya rok yang
in the registration.
diwiru, (C) artinya baju hangat yang cantik, dan
C. When the doorman opens the door for them.
(D) artinya buku besar.
D. When they soon get their room keys.
Jawaban: D 9. Nita wanted Aunt Dewi to go to the bazaar
Pilihan jawaban (D) yang artinya apabila because ________.
mereka segera memperoleh kunci kamar A. her aunt promised to go there to run
mereka benar karena merupakan hal yang the bazaar
membuat tamu hotel merasa senang. Hal ini B. she wanted Aunt Dewi to watch the
sesuai dengan kalimat terakhir teks tersebut, folk dances and games
yaitu ”The guests are usually happy if they feel C. she thought her aunt would not be
welcome and can get to their rooms quickly.” busy then
yang artinya ”Para tamu biasanya merasa D. their flower arrangements would be
senang apabila mereka merasa diterima dan exhibited there
dapat langsung pergi ke kamar mereka dengan Jawaban: B
cepat.”. Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”In the
bazaar there will be folk dances and games.
Read the following text and answer questions
You should be there!” yang artinya ”Di bazar
8 to 10.
nanti akan ada tari-tarian daerah dan
permainan. Tante sebaiknya juga datang ke
Jalan Jendral Sudirman number 23 sana.”. Jadi, Nita ingin Tante Dewi pergi ke
Bandung, East Jawa bazar karena ada pertunjukkan tari dan
permainan. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya ia
March 4, 2007 (Nita) ingin Tante Dewi melihat tari-tarian dan
permainan benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
Dear Aunt Dewi, salah karena tidak sesuai isi surat. Pilihan
jawaban (A) artinya tantenya berjanji untuk
How clever of you to send me blue pergi ke sana untuk mengurusi bazar itu,
beads! I was planning to wear a blue (C) artinya ia berpikir tantenya tidak akan
sweater and a plaid skirt to the morning sibuk, dan (D) artinya rangkaian-rangkaian
bazaar next Sunday, and the beads will bunga mereka akan dipamerkan di sana.
match perfectly.
Our bazaar is going to be bigger than 10. Which of the statements is NOT TRUE
ever this year. We’re having exhibits of about Nita?
arts and crafts, books, food and flower A. She lived at Jalan Sudirman 23,
arrangements. In the bazaar there will be Bandung.
folk dances and games. You should be B. She wrote her letter on March 4, 2007.
there! C. She was Ms. Dewi’s loving younger
Thank you again for your thoughtful sister.
gift. D. She liked the gift that Ms. Dewi gave.
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Your loving niece, Jawaban: C
Pernyataan yang tidak sesuai dengan teks
Nita adalah (C) yang artinya ia (Nita) adalah adik
perempuan Ibu Dewi tercinta. Pernyataan ini
salah yang disimpulkan dari salam penutup

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 147


surat yang tertulis ’Your loving niece’ yang Read the following text and answer questions
artinya ’Keponakan perempuanmu tercinta’. 13 to 15.
Jadi, hubungan Nita dengan Ms. Dewi adalah Inns have served travelers since ancient times.
keponakan dengan tantenya. Pilihan jawaban The location of hotels has always been related to
yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi surat. the transportation available. During colonial times
Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya ia (Nita) tinggal di hotels were usually situated in seaport towns, but by
Jalan Sudirman 23, Bandung, sesuai dengan the end of the 18th century, many inns and taverns
alamat pengirim yang tertulis di sudut kanan were constructed to offer lodgings along highway
atas. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya ia (Nita) routes. After the construction of railroads in the 19th
menulis surat itu pada tanggal 4 Maret 2007, century, larger hotels were built near railroad
sesuai dengan tanggal surat yang tertulis di stations to accommodate railway travelers.
sudut kanan atas surat. Pilihan jawaban (D) Standards of service and comfort rose appreciably,
artinya ia (Nita) menyukai hadiah dari Ibu and in the larger cities the types of lodging offered
Dewi, sesuai dengan isi surat paragraf satu. by certain hotels became luxurious.
Adapted from: Microsoft Encarta Reference Library, 2008
Read the following text and answer questions
11 and 12. 13. Where are hotels usually available?
Attention, please. A. Quite far from the transportation available.
B. Close to the transportation available.
Persada Library Center is proud to announce C. Near the railroad stations.
a call for entries to the Annual Writing Contest.
D. Along highway routes.
We seek original short stories from new young
Jawaban: B
talented writers. The stories should be typed and
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua teks,
consist of not more than twenty-five pages. The
yaitu ”The location of hotels has always been
themes are love, peace and respect. For further
related to the transportation available.”
information please visit http://www.persadalibrary/
yang artinya ”Lokasi hotel biasanya terkait
Writing_Contest.com. This contest will be closed
dengan transportasi yang ada.”. Pilihan
on March 20, 2010.
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
11. The text is mainly about ________. dengan isi teks.
A. story themes
14. The following statements are TRUE according
B. love, peace and respect
to the text, except ________.
C. a short story writing contest
D. new young talented writers A. inns have served travelers for hundreds
Jawaban: C years
Pengumuman tersebut tentang lomba menulis B. the construction of railroads begun in the
cerita pendek (a short story writing contest). 19th century
Hal ini disimpulkan dari frasa kunci ”the Annual C. before colonial times hotels were usually
Writing Contest” dan ”original short stories”. built in seaport towns
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya D. there were many larger hotels near
merupakan data pendukung gagasan utama. railroad stations to accommodate railway
travelers
12. “We seek original short stories from new young Jawaban: C
talented writers.” Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya sebelum
The underlined word can be best replaced by masa penjajahan hotel biasanya dibangun
________. di kota-kota pelabuhan, salah karena
A. imitation bertentangan dengan kalimat ketiga, ”During
B. abstract colonial times hotels were usually situated in
C. false seaport towns, . . . .” yang menerangkan
D. authentic bahwa selama masa penjajahan banyak hotel
Jawaban: D berdiri di kota-kota pelabuhan. Pilihan jawaban
Kata ’original’ artinya asli. Kata ini memiliki yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan isi teks.
makna yang sama dengan kata authentic yang Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat
artinya juga asli. Pilihan jawaban yang lain pertama, yaitu ”Inns have served travelers
salah; (A) artinya tiruan, (B) artinya abstrak, since ancient times.” dari frasa kunci ’since
dan (C) artinya palsu. ancient times’ yang berarti sejak ratusan tahun
yang lalu (for hundreds years). Pilihan jawaban

148 UNIT 2 Reports


(B) dan (D) sesuai dengan kalimat keempat, Read the following text and answer 18 to 20.
yaitu ”After the construction of railroads in the What is an Iceberg?
19th century, larger hotels were built near
An iceberg is a great piece of ice floating in the
railroad stations to accommodate railway
sea. ‘Berg’ is the German word for ‘mountain’. In the
travelers.”.
coldest parts of the earth, around the North and
15. “. . ., and in the larger cities the types of South Poles, land and sea are both covered by
lodging offered by certain hotels became layers of ice, more than 300 meters deep at the
luxurious.” (Last sentence) center.
The opposite meaning of the underlined word Tongues of ice, called glaciers, stretch out into
is ________. the open sea. The sea water melts the bottom parts
A. expensive B. fabulous of these glaciers, then the top part moves into the
C. elegant D. spartan water with a great noise. The great piece of ice
Jawaban: D sinks for a short time under the surface, then it rises
Kata ’luxurious’ artinya mewah. Kata ini again, and floats away as a new iceberg. Some
berlawanan makna dengan kata ’spartan’ yang icebergs are many miles long, and travel for
artinya tidak mewah. Pilihan jawaban yang lain thousands of miles and several years before they
salah; (A) artinya mahal, (B) artinya luar biasa, finally melt. The part of an iceberg which can be
dan (C) artinya anggun. seen above the water is only about one-ninth of the
total size. The rest is hidden under the waves.
For questions 16 and 17, choose the correct One of the world’s worst disasters at sea
words to complete the following dialog. was in 1912 when the liner ‘Titanic’ hit an iceberg
Teacher : O.K., class. That’s my explanation about and sank on her first journey, killing hundreds of
our electormoganetics. Now, open your passengers.
book on page 92 (16) ________ do the Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris
exercises. Sekolah Menengah Pertama/Madrasah Ibtidaiyah Kelas IX Edisi 4
Sania : Excuse me, Sir. I haven’t quite understood
18. How many part of an iceberg is hidden under
your last explanation. (17) ________ you
the waves?
explain it once again, please?
A. About one-ninth of the total size.
Teacher : O.K. Listen and pay attention, will you?
B. Almost half of the total size.
Sania : Yes, Sir.
C. Around five-ninth of the total size.
16. A. so B. or D. About eight-ninth of the total size.
C. but D. and Jawaban: D
Jawaban: D Pilihan jawaban ini benar, yang disimpulkan
Kalimat soal berbentuk kalimat majemuk setara dari kalimat ”The part of an iceberg which can
(compound sentence) yang menggabungkan be seen above the water is only about one-
dua gagasan, yaitu membuka buku pelajaran ninth of the total size. The rest is hidden under
(open your book on page 92) dan mengerjakan the waves.” yang artinya ”Bagian gunung es
latihannya (do the exercises). Jadi, kata yang dapat dilihat di atas permukaan air hanya
penghubung yang tepat melengkapi kalimat sekitar sepersembilan dari ukuran seluruhnya.
soal adalah and. Pilihan jawaban yang (A) kata Sisanya tersembunyi di bawah gelombang
gabung untuk menunjukkan hasil, (B) kata air.”. Dengan kata lain, bagian gunung es yang
gabung untuk menyatakan pilihan, dan (C) kata terdapat di bawah air sekitar delapan per
gabung untuk makna yang bertentangan. sembilan dari ukuran seluruhnya. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
17. A. Could B. May
dengan isi teks.
C. Can D. Might
Jawaban: A 19. The following statements are TRUE about the
Kalimat soal diucapkan untuk meminta North and South Poles, except ________.
seseorang bersedia melakukan sesuatu, yaitu A. they are the coldest parts of the earth
bersedia menjelaskan tentang proses B. land and sea are both covered by layers
pembuahan. Modal yang tepat diucapkan of ice
untuk meminta kesediaan adalah can atau C. there is a small piece of ice floating in the
could. Karena yang bertanya adalah siswa sea surrounding the poles
kepada gurunya, modal yang dipakai harus D. the layers of ice in the poles are more
menunjukkan kesopanan, yaitu could. than 300 meters deep at the center

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 149


Jawaban: C
B. Write a report.
Penjelasan tentang Kutub Utara dan Selatan
Choose your own topic.
terdapat pada kalimat akhir paragraf pertama,
yaitu ”In the coldest parts of the earth, around Contoh jawaban:
the North and South Poles, land and sea are
Ecosystem
both covered by layers of ice, more than 300
An ecosystem is a community of living things
meters deep at the center.”. Jadi, yang tidak
interacting with each other and their surroundings.
benar tentang kedua kutub itu adalah (C)
It can be anything from a piece of rotting wood to
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.
a huge swamp.
20. “. . ., then it rises again, and floats away as In every ecosystem, each organism depends
a new iceberg.” (Paragraph 2) on the others. When vegetation colonizes an area,
What does the underlined word refer to? the first plants to grow there are small and simple,
A. A great piece of iceberg. such as mosses and lichens. Grass and sedges
B. A tongue of ice called glacier. appear next. The simple plants stabilize the soil so
C. A new iceberg. that bigger and more complex plants can move in.
D. Some icebergs. This is called vegetation succession.
Jawaban: A Rainforest ecosystems cover only 8% of the
Kata ’it’ merujuk pada subjek yang telah world’s plant and animal species. Green plants are
disebutkan pada klausa sebelumnya, yaitu autothrops, or producers, which means they make
”The great piece of ice sinks for a short time their own food. Animals are heterotrophs, or
under the surface, then it rises again, and consumers, which means they get their food from
floats away as a new iceberg.”. Dengan other living things. Primary consumers are
demikian, kata ’it’ mengacu pada ’a great piece herbivores that eat plants. Secondary consumers
of iceberg’. are carnivores that eat herbivores or each other.
Farming has a huge effect on natural
ecosystems. It reduces the number of species
dramatically.
Adapted from: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2:


● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 2. Bagian ini
bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

150 UNIT 2 Reports


Read the following text and answer questions
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
5 to 7.
1. Soni : Dad, my school plans to have Plants
a camping next holiday. ________? All living things on the earth belong to the
Father : Okay, no problem. But, still you have plant or the animal family. The plant family gets
to tell your mother about it. food and water from the soil. They also need
Soni : Will she permit me, Dad? sunlight to grow. Some of them live in water and
Father : I think so. get their food from the water.
A. Is the activity beneficial for us There are thousands of plants. We can
B. Will I get nice experience divide plants into two groups. There are the
C. May I join it, Dad plants without stems, roots or leaves. These are
D. Is camping a good activity the algae and the mosses. Both kinds of plants
2. Aris : Can you drop by my house after need a lot of water. So, algae are usually found
school? There’s something I want to in water and moss is found in wet places.
give you. The non-flowering plants have spores
Adi : ________. But why don’t you tell me growing on the leaves. When they are dry, they
what it is now? are carried by the wind. Those spores that fall
Aris : Oh no. Be patient, man. on wet soil start to grow again. These are some
A. I don’t think so of the ways that plants live and multiply.
B. Sure, I can Source: Ujian Nasional
C. I like it 5. What is the text about?
D. Fine, go ahead A. The non-flowering plants.
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 B. All living things on the earth.
Read the following dialog and answer questions C. The general description of plant family.
3 and 4. D. The plants without stems, roots or leaves.
Ms. Santi : O.K., students, tomorrow we are going 6. Which of the following statements is NOT
to do an experiment. Please go to the TRUE about algae?
lab directly, and make a group of four A. They live in water.
students. B. They need a lot of water.
Fredy : Excuse me, Ma’am. What should we C. They grow well during the wet season.
prepare for the experiment? D. They do not have stems, roots or leaves.
Ms. Santi : Open your book on page 35. There 7. “We can divide plants into two groups.”
you’ll find what you need for the (Paragraph 3)
experiment. Is it clear? The underlined word can be best replaced by
Fredy : Yes, Ma’am. ________.
Ms. Santi : O.K., class, see you tomorrow. A. classify B. count
3. Where does the dialog happen? C. define D. clarify
A. In the canteen.
Read the following text and answer questions
B. In the classroom.
8 and 9.
C. In the school hall.
D. In the library. Listen, all.
There will be a teenage music festival on April
4. What should the students do tomorrow? the fourth, 2010. All participants should be junior
A. They should repeat what they say. high students grade VII up to IX. Each group at least
B. They should prepare themselves for the consists of a guitarist, a keyboardist and a singer.
test. Get and complete the registration form at the
C. They should review the previous lesson. nearest local radio station in your town. Total prize
D. They should go to the lab straightly. ten milions Rupiah is awaiting for the first, the
second and the third winners. For further
information please contact Ari at 567765.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 151


8. Which of the following statements is TRUE 12. How would Putri’s family go to Ratih’s house?
according to the text? A. By car. B. By bus.
A. The festival participants are students grade C. By train. D. By plane.
XI. Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
B. The festival will be held on April the third,
2010. Read the following text and answer questions
C. Each group may consist of two personnel. 13 to 15.
D. There are prizes for the top three. Post offices in industrial countries have a policy
to provide their customers with a better service. One
9. “Get and complete the registration form at the
of their better services is the handling of mails.
nearest local radio station in your town.”
Government also takes part to increase the function
What does the underlined word refer to?
of post offices. Now, the postage rates have risen.
A. The listeners’.
Private firms are not normally allowed to handle
B. The participants’.
ordinary mails, although some private carriers have
C. All the winners’.
been increasingly in circulating catalogues,
D. Students of junior high school’s.
magazines, and merchandise samples. Private
Read the following text and answer questions parcel carriers also compete with the post office.
10 to 12. The growth of electronic postal services has
been a major development. In developing countries,
Jalan Pujangga 29 the postal service is being extended to rural
Jakarta areas, and modernized into new technological
developments. Many small nations earn valuable
April 20, 2007 income from the stamp collectors. However, delivery
of letters remains the main job of post officers and
Dear Putri, workers around the world.
Adapted from: The World Book Encyclopedia, 2007
Putri, I’m so glad knowing that you 13. What are not normally permitted to deal with
and your family will come here next ordinary mails?
holiday. We haven’t met each other for A. Governments.
a long time. I miss you so much. If you B. Post offices.
come here, I will show a new park in my C. Private firms.
town. It’s a nice place. D. The postage.
You said you and your family would
go by train. However, I don’t know when 14. What is the main idea of paragraph 2?
you will come here exactly. Please tell me A. New technology in postal services.
the time, so I can pick you up at the B. The growth of electronic postal services.
railway station. C. The postal service in rural areas.
Okay, that’s all for now. Please reply D. The main job of post officers around the
soon. My love to auntie, uncle, and Raka. world.
15. “Many small nations earn valuable income
Love, from the stamp collectors.” (Paragraph 2)
The opposite meaning of the underlined word
Ratih is ________.
A. dangerous B. vulnerable
C. additional D. worthless
10. When will Putri’s family come to Ratih’s town?
A. Last month. For questions 16 and 17, choose the correct
B. Next holiday. words to complete the following dialog.
C. Before new year. Febri : What are in your hand, Ana?
D. In March. Ana : Oh, these are photographs from my cousin.
11. What will Ratih show Putri’s family? Febri : (16) ________ I see them?
A. A new park. Ana : Yes, you may. Here you are.
B. Her new place. Febri : Wow, he looks marvelous! Where was this
C. A new train. picture taken?
D. A railway station.

152 UNIT 2 Reports


Ana : It was taken when he went to Mount C. determine that guarantees the dealer or
Bromo. He likes going to mountains, manufacturer offers
(17) _________ he hates going to beaches. D. listen carefully to the salesperson’s
He almost drowned when he was playing on explanation about the product
the beach.
20. “A limited warranty states that the
Febri : I see.
manufacturer will repair defective parts of an
16. A. Can B. May item, . . . .” (Paragraph 4) The underlined word
C. Could D. Might can be best replaced by ________.
A. faulty B. improper
17. A. so B. or
C. perfect D. complete
C. but D. and

Read the following text and answer questions B. Complete the following text with the
18 to 20. correct words from the box.
A Product Warranty
a. computers b. destination
A warranty is the basic agreement between
c. e-mail addresses d. the Internet
a buyer and a seller; the buyer gives money in
e. recipients f. the domain name
exchange for an item that the seller guarantees will
g. abbreviation h. a text editor
work. For example, you want to buy an expensive
i. the user’s name j. messages
item such as a camera, a refrigerator or a car, you
listen carefully to the salesperson’s explanation
E-mail, (1) ________ of the term electronic
about the product. You should evaluate the feature
mail, is a method of transmitting data such as text
of a product and determines that guarantees the
files, digital photos, audio and video files from one
dealer or manufacturer offers. When you finally
computer to another, over an intranet or
purchase the item, you should put the product
(2) ________.
warranty in a safe place in case something goes
E-mail enables computer users to send
wrong.
(3) ________ and data quickly through a local area
Occasionally, a company requires the customer
network or beyond through the Internet. E-mail
to send the registration card before the warranty
users create and send messages from individual
goes into effect. Be sure to fill this out and send it in,
(4) ________ using commercial e-mail programs.
or the company may not honor your warranty.
Most of these programs have (5) ________ for
There are two types of warranty; full and
composing messages.
limited. A full warranty guarantees that the
The user sends a message to one or more
manufacturer will repair or replace an item or refund
(6) ________ by specifying destination addresses.
the purchase price if the item is defective.
The address of an e-mail message includes the
A limited warranty states that the manufacturer
source and (7) ________ of the message. E-mail
will repair defective parts of an item, but you usually
messages are addressed according to the following
have to take it or mail it back to the manufacturer,
convention: the first part of the address contains
pay labor charges and include money for return
(8) ________, followed by the symbol @,
shipping and handling costs.
(9) ________ (yahoo, google, etc.), the institution’s
Both full and limited warranties have time limits,
or organization’s name (com, edu, gov), and finally
guarantee only certain parts of the product and do
the country name (au, fr, uk).
not cover damage by neglect or misuse.
E-mail messages display headers and footers
Source: Communicator I
above and below the main message body. These
18. What is the purpose of the text? parts record the sender’s and recipient’s names and
A. To tell past events. (10) ________, the times and dates of message
B. To entertain the readers. transmission and receipt and the subject of the
C. To describe a particular thing. message.
D. To describe the way things are. Most e-mail programs allow the user to send
separate files attached to e-mail transmissions. This
19. The following statements are what you should enables the user to append large text–or graphics–
do when you buy a product, except ________. based files to e-mail messages.
A. evaluate the feature of the product Source: Microsoft Encarta Reference Library 2008
B. send the registration card to the company

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 153


Jawaban Review Unit 2 (ganggang) hidup dengan baik pada
musim hujan. Hal ini salah karena yang
A. Pilihan Ganda hidup di tempat basah sehingga dapat
1. C. Percakapan tersebut tentang rencana tumbuh dengan baik pada musim hujan
sekolah Soni yang akan mengadakan adalah lumut (moss).
kegiatan kemah. Dalam percakapan 7. A. Kata ’divide’ mempunyai arti yang
tersebut Soni minta izin untuk ikut serta sama dengan kata ’classify’, yaitu
dalam kegiatan tersebut kepada ayahnya, mengelompokkan atau menggolongkan.
sehingga ungkapan yang tepat untuk Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya
melengkapi percakapan tersebut adalah menghitung, (C) artinya mendefinisikan,
ungkapan meminta izin, yaitu (C) yang dan (D) artinya menjelaskan.
artinya bolehkah saya ikut kemah, Ayah. 8. D. Pernyataan yang sesuai dengan isi
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan pengumuman di atas adalah (D) yang
jawaban (A) artinya apakah kegiatan itu artinya ada hadiah bagi tiga besar. Hal ini
bermanfaat bagi kita (ungkapan meminta sesuai dengan kalimat ”Total prize ten
pendapat), (B) artinya akankah saya milions rupiah is awaiting for the first, the
mendapat pengalaman yang indah, dan second and the third winners.” yang artinya
(D) artinya apakah camping itu kegiatan ”Hadiah total sebesarlima juta rupiah
yang bagus. menunggu pemenang pertama, kedua, dan
2. B. Kalimat Aris ”Can you drop by my house ketiga.”. Pilihan jawaban (A) tidak sesuai
after school?” yang artinya ”Bisakah kamu dengan kalimat ”All participants should be
mampir ke rumahku sepulang sekolah?” junior high students grade VII up to IX.”;
merupakan ungkapan ajakan/undangan. (B) tidak sesuai dengan kalimat ”There will
Ungkapan tersebut menggunakan kata can be a teenage music festival on April the
yang menanyakan tentang kesanggupan fourth (April 4), 2010.”; dan (C) tidak sesuai
seseorang. Jadi, ungkapan yang paling dengan kalimat ”Each group at least
tepat untuk merespons ajakan tersebut consists of a guitarist, a keyboardist and
adalah (B) Sure, I can yang artinya ya, a singer.” yang berarti tiap kelompok
saya bisa. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; setidaknya terdiri atas tiga orang.
(A) artinya saya kira tidak (ungkapan 9. A. Teks tersebut adalah pengumuman lisan
memberi pendapat), (C) artinya saya yang disimpulkan dari salam pembuka,
menyukainya (ungkapan suka), dan yaitu ”Listen, all.”. Kata ganti ’your’
(D) artinya baik, lanjutkan. mengacu pada kepemilikan orang ketiga
3. B. Percakapan tersebut terjadi antara guru jamak, yaitu milik pendengar (the
dan murid dalam konteks pelajaran listeners’). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
sekolah. Jadi, percakapan tersebut terjadi karena bukan orang yang dimaksud.
di ruang kelas (in the classroom). 10. B. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat
4. D. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena ”Putri, I’m so glad knowing that you and
sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan Bu your family will come here next holiday.”
Santi, yaitu ”Please go to the lab directly yang artinya ”Putri, saya sangat senang
and make a group of four students.”. mengetahui bahwa kamu dan keluargamu
5. C. Teks itu secara keseluruhan akan datang ke sini liburan mendatang.”.
mendeskripsikan keluarga tumbuhan, yang Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah
terbagi menjadi dua kelompok lengkap (B) Next holiday. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
dengan karakteristik tiap kelompok salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks.
tumbuhan serta cara tumbuhan hidup dan Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya bulan kemarin,
berkembang biak. Pilihan jawaban yang (C) artinya sebelum tahun baru, dan
lain salah karena hanya sebagai (D) artinya bulan Maret (berarti bulan
pendukung dari gagasan utama. kemarin karena surat tertanggal bulan
April).
6. C. Penjelasan tentang ganggang (algae)
terdapat di paragraf dua. Berdasarkan 11. A. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai
kalimat-kalimat dalam paragraf tersebut, dengan kalimat ”If you come here, I will
yang bukan merupakan karakteristik show a new park in my town.” yang artinya
ganggang adalah (C) yang artinya mereka ”Jika kamu datang ke sini, saya akan

154 UNIT 2 Reports


menunjukkan taman baru di kotaku.”. beaches.”). Jadi, kata penghubung yang
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tepat melengkapi kalimat soal untuk
tidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban menghubungkan dua makna yang
(B) artinya tempat Ratih yang baru, bertentangan adalah but. Pilihan jawaban
(C) artinya kereta api baru, dan (D) artinya yang (A) kata gabung untuk menunjukkan
stasiun kereta api. hasil, (B) kata gabung untuk menyatakan
12. C. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari kalimat pilihan, dan (D) kata gabung untuk makna
”You said you and your family would go by gabungan.
train.” yang artinya ”Kamu mengatakan 18. D. Teks tersebut secara keseluruhan
bahwa kamu dan keluargamu akan mendeskripsikan garansi produk secara
berangkat dengan kereta api.”. Jadi, umum, yang meliputi dari mana garansi itu
keluarga Putri akan pergi ke rumah Ratih berasal dan yang harus dilakukan untuk
dengan naik kereta apai (by train). Pilihan memperoleh garansi produk, serta macam-
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak macam garansi produk. Karena
sesuai dengan isi teks. mendeskripsikan garansi produk secara
13. B. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai umum, teks tersebut berbentuk report yang
dengan kalimat dalam paragraf satu, yaitu memiliki tujuan untuk mendeskripsikan
”Private firms are not normally allowed to sesuatu seperti pada umumnya. Pilihan
handle ordinary mails, . . . .” yang artinya jawaban yang lain salah; (A) tujuan
”Perusahaan swasta bisanya tidak recount, (B) tujuan narrative, dan
diizinkan untuk menangani surat biasa, (C) tujuan descriptive.
. . . .”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah 19. B. Hal yang tidak dilakukan saat membeli
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. suatu barang adalah mengirimkan kartu
14. B. Gagasan utama paragraf ini disebutkan pendaftaran ke perusahaan karena
pada kalimat pertama paragraf ini, yaitu langkah ini dilakukan untuk mengefektifkan
”The growth of electronic postal services garansi produk yang ditawarkan
has been a major development.”. Pilihan perusahaan itu. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya adalah hal yang seharusnya dilakukan saat
sebagai pendukung gagasan utama, yaitu membeli barang. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
menjelaskan tentang pertumbuhan jasa salah karena sesuai dengan penjelasan
pos. pada paragraf pertama. Pilihan jawaban
(A) dan (C) sesuai dengan kalimat ”You
15. B. Kata ’valuable’ berarti berharga. Kata ini
should evaluate the feature of a product
berlawanan makna dengan kata ’worthless’
and determines that guarantees the dealer
yang artinya tidak berharga. Pilihan
or manufacturer offers.”), sedangkan
jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya
(D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”For example,
berbahaya, (C) artinya rentan, dan
you want to buy . . ., you listen carefully to
(D) artinya tambahan.
the salesperson’s explanation about the
16. C. Kalimat Febri tersebut diucapkan untuk product.”.
meminta sesuatu, yaitu melihat foto yang
20. A. Kata ’defective’ memiliki makna yang sama
dibawa Ana. Berdasarkan respons Ana,
dengan kata ’faulty’, yaitu cacat. Pilihan
yaitu ”Yes, you may.”, modal yang tepat
jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya tidak
untuk melengkapi kalimat permintaan itu
patut, (C) artinya sempurna, dan
adalah may.
(D) artinya lengkap.
17. D. Kalimat soal berbentuk kalimat majemuk
setara (compound sentence) yang B. Isian
menghubungkan dua gagasan yang Jawaban:
bertentangan, yaitu suka gunung (”He likes 1. g 2. d 3. j 4. a 5. h
going to mountains . . . .”) dan benci pergi 6. e 7. b 8. i 9. f 10. c
ke pantai (”. . . he hates going to

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 155


Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa bentuk report yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti kegiatan
listening, reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/paragraf
acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1
Underground Railways
Underground railways have many names, such as subways, metros or tubes. In some modern big
cities, such as New York or London, most people prefer going to work by subways to by their own cars or
buses. They do it to avoid the heavy traffic that often occurs in city centers. Moreover, this public transport
can carry hundreds of passengers quickly.
There are three kinds of underground railways. They are open-cut, cut-and-cover and tube. Open-cut
subways are built by digging rectangular ditches in streets. You can find many of them in New York,
America. Cut-and-cover subways are when an open-cut subway is covered again with a road or
pavement. Meanwhile, the tubes are deep, round tunnels created by boring through the ground, like most
of London’s lines.
Source: September 2, 2008 <http//www.wikipedia.com>

Text 2
Newspapers
I’ve once heard someone who said that “All I know is what I read in newspapers.” This is an
uncommon expression, but I’m sure it is true that newspapers are important sources of information.
Many people begin their day by reading the papers. In this way they learn what is going on in the
world. However, sometimes they don’t have time to read the news carefully and must be satisfied
with a quick look at the front page; at other times they may be in such a hurry that they only have
time to glance at the headlines.
There are newspapers to satisfy every reader. In big cities there are many types of papers, with
several different editions every day. Some years ago, in small towns there were fewer newspapers
and perhaps only one edition each day, but now the situation is different. In some areas, the papers
are printed weekly.
Most newspapers have several sections, especially on Sunday when the edition is larger than
usual. There are, in addition to the front page with the most important news, the sports section,
the society page, the comics, the amusement section, the business page and the editorial.
Another type of publication which helps people keep informed is a magazine. Some magazines
are published weekly; others are issued monthly. There are news magazines and magazines for
special interests such as photography, sport, art and music. Some are primarily for men, others for
women, and there is a selection of children magazines too.
Source: Ujian Nasional

156 UNIT 2 Reports


Read the text and answer questions 3 and 4.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.

Read the following text to answer question 1. From: +62815556165


Just to inform you that the meeting will be
Please check in your baggage canceled for tomorrow Mon, May 23 ’09 at
one hour before boarding time 10 a.m. as the principal will arrive from
Singapore tonight.
1. Where do you find the caution? Lilian
A. At the railway station.
B. At the harbor.
C. At the airport. 3. From the text we know that ________.
D. At the bus station. A. the principal was away when the message
Jawaban: C was sent
Kalimat tersebut artinya ”Lakukanlah check-in B. the sender cannot attend the meeting
kopor Anda satu jam sebelum waktu C. the principal will wait for the meeting that day
keberangkatan”. Kalimat seperti ini biasa kita D. the sender was in Singapore when he sent
jumpai di bandara (airport). Pilihan jawaban yang the message
lain salah; (A) artinya stasiun kereta api, (B) Jawaban: A
artinya pelabuhan, dan (D) artinya stasiun bus. Pilihan jawaban ini benar yang disimpulkan dari
kalimat ”. . . as the principal will arrive from
Read the text to answer question 2.
Singapore tonight.” yang artinya ”. . . karena
kepala sekolah akan tiba dari Singapura nanti
malam.”. Jadi, saat pesan itu dikirim, kepala
Makassar, May 27, 2009 sekolah sedang berada di Singapura (the
principal was away when the message was
Dear Sinta, sent). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
Congratulations on your success in tidak sesuai dengan teks. Pilihan jawaban
the examination! (B) artinya pengirim tidak dapat menghadiri
I am very proud of you. pertemuan, (C) yang artinya kepala sekolah
akan menunggu untuk pertemuan hari itu, dan
Your best friend, (D) artinya pengirim berada di Singapura saat ia
Isty mengirim pesan itu.
4. The short message is written to ________.
2. Isty is very pleased with Sinta because she has A. tell what had happened in the meeting
________ in her examination. B. inform the cancelation of a meeting
A. won B. succeeded C. say that the principal won’t come to the meeting
C. done D. joined D. inform that the sender has just arrived from
Jawaban: B Singapore
Dalam teks tersebut Isty mengatakan, Jawaban: B
”Congratulations on your success in the Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat
examination!” yang artinya ”Selamat atas ”Just to inform you that the meeting will be
kesuksesanmu dalam ujian.”. Berdasarkan kata canceled for tomorrow . . . .” yang artinya
kunci ’success’, kata yang tepat melengkapi ”Hanya ingin memberi tahu Anda bahwa
kalimat soal adalah succeeded yang artinya pertemuan itu ditunda sampai besok . . . .”. Jadi,
berhasil. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; pesan singkat itu untuk memberitahukan
(A) artinya menang, (C) artinya mengerjakan, penundaan pertemuan (inform the cancelation
dan (D) artinya bergabung. of a meeting). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;
(A) artinya mengatakan apa yang telah terjadi

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 157


pada pertemuan itu, (C) artinya mengatakan Read the text and answer questions 7 to 9.
bahwa kepala sekolah tidak akan hadir pada
pertemuan, dan (D) artinya memberikan
informasi bahwa pengirim baru saja datang dari Scout Association of SMP Bunga Bangsa
Singapura. Semarang

Read the following text and answer questions To: All Scout Members
5 and 6.
We are going to go camping at Bringin area,
from June 14–16, 2009. The contribution is
Rp75,000.00. Members who would like to join
the activity should register their names to
Mrs. Katmiati. Registration will be on June 10,
2009.
Naufal A. C.
The Chief

7. To whom is the announcement above?


A. Mrs. Katmiati.
5. The persons who may join the party are VIIIA
B. The chief of the association.
students and their ________.
C. All scout members.
A. couples B. relatives
D. Scout association of SMP Bunga Bangsa
C. parents D. friends
Semarang.
Jawaban: D
Jawaban: C
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai
dengan kalimat ”Bring one or two friends and
dengan kalimat ”To: All Scout Members” yang
. . . .” yang artinya ”Bawalah satu atau dua
artinya ”Untuk: Semua Anggota Pramuka”.
teman . . . .”. Jadi, orang yang dapat mengikuti
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
pesta itu adalah siswa kelas VIIIA dan teman
sesuai dengan isi teks.
mereka. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;
(A) artinya pasangan, (B) artinya kerabat, dan 8. When will the camping activity start?
(C) artinya orang tua. A. June 10, 2009.
B. June 14, 2009.
6. The text is written ________ a dinner party.
C. June 15, 2009.
A. to announce students to have
D. June 16, 2009.
B. to invite people to go to
Jawaban: B
C. to inform people to decline
Undangan tersebut diawali dengan kalimat
D. to force students to go to
”We are going to go camping at Bringin area,
Jawaban: B
from June 14–16, 2009.” yang artinya ”Kita
Dalam teks tersebut terdapat kalimat ”Hi friends,
akan pergi berkemah di daerah Bringin, dari
we are having a DINNER PARTY on Wednesday
tanggal 14 sampai 16 Juni 2009”. Jadi, kegiatan
August 13 in Class VIIIA at eight o’clock . . . .
kemah dimulai pada tanggal 14 Juni. Pilihan
All students of VIIIA are supposed to join.” yang
jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
artinya ”Hai, teman-teman, kami akan
dengan isi teks.
mengadakan pesta makan malam pada hari
Rabu tanggal 13 Agustus di Kelas VIII A pada 9. “The contribution is Rp75.000,00.”
pukul delapan. Semua siswa kelas VIIIA What is the meaning of the underlined word?
diharapkan ikut.”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa teks A. Food, drinks or services which are
tersebut bermaksud mengundang orang ke provided by an organization for guests.
pesta makan malam (to invite people to go to B. Sum of money that is given to a person or
a dinner party). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah organization to pay for something.
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks; (A) artinya C. The act of making official report of something
untuk memberi tahu siswa untuk mengadakan or someone.
(pesta makan malam), (C) artinya untuk memberi D. Payment made by someone because he
tahu orang untuk menolak (pesta makan malam), has a debt.
dan (D) artinya untuk memaksa siswa datang ke
(pesta makan malam).

158 Latihan Ujian Nasional


Jawaban: B 11. Which is NOT needed to stimulate a natural
Kata ’contribution’ artinya ’iuran’. Kata ini environment in a home aquarium?
memiliki arti yang sama dengan (B) sum of A. Putting aquatic plants in the aquarium.
money that is given to a person or organization B. Using a suitable aerating device.
to pay for something yang artinya sejumlah C. Keeping mollusks in the aquarium.
uang yang diberikan kepada seseorang atau D. Removing the debris regularly.
organisasi untuk membayar sesuatu. Pilihan Jawaban: D
jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya makanan, Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak sesuai
minuman, atau pelayanan yang disediakan oleh dengan kalimat ”A layer of sand or gravel at the
sebuah organisasi untuk para tamu (disebut bottom of the tank will . . . aid in the removal of
accomodation), (C) artinya pembuatan laporan debris.” yang artinya ”Satu lapisan pasir atau
resmi mengenai sesuatu atau seseorang, dan kerikil di bagian dasar tangki . . . akan
(D) artinya pembayaran yang dilakukan oleh membantu menghilangkan kotoran.”. Jadi,
seseorang karena ia mempunyai hutang. pemilik akuarium tidak perlu membersihkan
kotoran secara teratur karena sudah ada pasir/
Read the text and answer questions 10 to 12. kerikil yang dapat membantu menghilangkan
My favorite thing is aquarium. It is a place in kotoran. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
which aquatic plants and animals, particularly fish, jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Aquatic
are kept. The term is applied to single tanks for plants supply the oxygen needed by the fish”
home use in which fish are kept for their decorative yang artinya ”Tanaman-tanaman air
effect and interesting habits, and to public menyediakan oksigen yang diperlukan ikan”,
institutions with tanks for exhibition and scientific (B) sesuai dengan kalimat ” . . . but often an
study of aquatic life. aerating device is used to furnish additional
I make home aquariums to stimulate a natural oxygen.” yang artinya ”. . . tetapi sering alat
environment. Aquatic plants supply the oxygen pencampur udara digunakan untuk memberi
needed by the fish, but often an aerating device is tambahan oksigen.”, (C) sesuai dengan kalimat
used to furnish additional oxygen. Goldfish enjoy ”I must keep the water pure . . . by keeping
cool water, but the popular tropical fish must have mollusks in the aquarium.” yang artinya ”Saya
water at a constant temperature of 22°C (72°F) or harus tetap menjaga air murni . . . dengan
more. I must keep the water pure and free of algae memelihara kerang-kerangan di dalam
for long periods by sufficient aeration and by akuarium.”.
keeping mollusks in the aquarium. A layer of
12. What is the above passage about?
sand or gravel at the bottom of the tank will hold
A. The writer’s home aquariums.
the roots of such important aquatic plants as tape
B. A natural environment.
grass, vallisneria spiralis, and aid in the removal of
C. Making an aquarium.
debris. My home aquariums range in size from
D. Aquatic plants and animals.
small fishbowls holding two or three pets to
Jawaban: A
huge tanks.
Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut mendeskripsi-
10. To give additional oxygen, ________ is used in kan akuarium penulis, sehingga pilihan jawaban
a home aquarium. yang benar adalah (A) yang artinya akuarium
A. a natural environment rumah penulis. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;
B. aquatic plants (B) artinya lingkungan alam, (C) artinya
C. an aerating device pembuatan akuarium, dan (D) artinya tanaman-
D. a layer of sand tanaman dan hewan-hewan air.
Jawaban: C
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai Read the text and answer questions 13 to 15.
dengan kalimat kedua paragraf dua, yaitu ”. . . Yesterday night was the night of the fair, the
but often an aerating device is used to furnish following day was holiday. The children at Tim’s
additional oxygen.” yang artinya ”. . . tetapi school were really excited. They ran down the path
sering kali alat pencampur udara digunakan out of school as fast as they could. Tim ran all the
untuk memberi tambahan oksigen.”. Pilihan way home, and changed into his jeans and
jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya lingkungan sneakers. He ate his dinner quickly, and sat at the
alam, (B) artinya tanaman-tanaman air, dan window waiting for his dad to come. He couldn’t wait
(D) artinya selapis pasir. for six o’clock when the fair would begin. He had
been saving his pocket money for weeks.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 159


When Tim and his family arrived at the fair, 15. “When he glanced back, his wallet has vanished!”
it had just opened. Already there were crowds of (Last paragraph)
people swarming around food stalls, displays and The underlined word means ________.
dozens of rides. “Can I buy some chips and A. moved B. disappeared
a drink?” asked Tim. C. stolen D. changed
“O.K.,” said Tim’s dad. “But hang on tightly to Jawaban: B
your wallet. There are a lot of people around.” “I’ll be Kata ’vanished’ artinya lenyap. Kata ini memiliki
fine,” said Tim impatiently. arti yang sama dengan pilihan jawaban (B)
He found a food stall, and ordered his food. disappeared. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;
When the man brought his chips and drink, without (A) artinya pindah, (C) artinya mencuri, dan
thinking, Tim put his wallet on the counter and (D) artinya berubah.
picked up his food and drink. When he glanced
back, his wallet had vanished! Tim desperately Read the following text to answer questions
looked around him, but it was no use. All his pocket 16 to 18.
money was gone. Creole Onion Soup
Source: Exploring Writing by Sue Garnett This is a traditional French dish adapted by the
13. The fair started ________. Creoles of New Orleans. It is sometimes known as
A. in the morning ‘Looney soup’.
B. in the afternoon Ingredients:
C. in the evening – 75 gr unsalted butter
D. after school – 6 large onions,
Jawaban: C peeled and sliced
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”Yesterday – Salt and pepper
night was the night of the fair, the following day – 1 tbsp brown sugar
was holiday.” yang artinya ”Kemarin malam – 600 ml beef stock
adalah malam pekan raya, besoknya adalah – 60 gr plain flour
hari libur.”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa pekan raya – 2 tsp soy sauce Pic. source: September 20,
mulai pada malam hari (in the evening). Pilihan – 1 tsp Worcester 2009 <http://
upload.wikimedia.org---
jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya pagi hari, sauce Plate_french_onion_soup>
(B) artinya siang hari, dan (D) artinya sepulang – 6 slices of French
sekolah. bread
14. The children at Tim’s school felt excited – 6 tbsp grated cheese
because ________. Method:
A. they would go to the fair 1. Melt butter slowly.
B. the following night was a holiday 2. Add sliced onion, a pinch of salt and pepper
C. their parents came to visit them and the sugar.
D. they got new jeans and sneakers 3. Cook on a low heat, stirring from time to time,
Jawaban: A until the onions have browned.
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai 4. Add beef stock and bring to the boil.
dengan kalimat ”Yesterday night was the night 5. Sift the flour, stirring hard to avoid lumps.
of the fair, the following day was holiday. The 6. Add chicken stock.
children at Tim’s school were really excited.” 7. Simmer for 3–4 hours.
yang artinya ”Kemarin malam adalah malam 8. Add sauces.
pekan raya, besoknya adalah hari libur. Anak- 9. Top each bowl with bread and cheese, and
anak di sekolah Tim sangat senang.”. Jadi, place under grill for two minutes until cheese
yang menyebabkan anak-anak itu senang has melted. The bowls will be hot, so warn your
adalah karena mereka akan pergi ke pekan guests. It is a very filling soup so you won’t want
raya dan esok harinya mereka libur. Pilihan much else to eat. It should be served for 4 to 6
jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya esok people.
malamnya adalah hari libur, (C) artinya orang
16. How much Worcester sauce do you need to
tua mereka akan mengunjungi mereka, dan
make creole onion soup?
(D) artinya mereka mendapatkan celana jeans
A. One tsp. B. One tbsp.
dan sepatu karet baru.
C. Two tsp. D. Six tbsp.

160 Latihan Ujian Nasional


Jawaban: A Kodi suggested they all went to Roni’s house.
Pada bagian Ingredients tertulis ’1 tsp “Where did you put it?” said Kodi to Roni.
Worcester sauce’ yang artinya ’1 sendok teh “I put it on the table,” Roni answered.
saus Worcester’. Jadi, saus Worcester yang They didn’t find the crown.
dibutuhkan sebanyak satu sendok teh. Pilihan “Maybe it fell down.” Kodi looked under the
jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya satu table. Nothing was there.
sendok makan, (C) artinya dua sendok teh, dan “It was my favorite crown!” Roni sobbed.
(D) artinya enam sendok makan. “I didn’t steal yours, but if you like it so much,
you can have mine,” Teri gave Roni the crown.
17. Why should you warn your guests while having
“It’s here!” Kodi saw the crown behind the
the soup?
curtain.
A. You won’t want much else to eat.
Roni stopped crying, “Thank God, Kodi found
B. The bowl is placed under grill.
it!”
C. The cheese has melted.
“Sorry, Teri, I accused you. I’m a terrible friend!”
D. The bowls are hot.
“It’s O.K.,” said Teri. “Let’s say thanks to Kodi!”
Jawaban: D
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai dengan 19. Where did Kodi find the crown?
kalimat ”The bowls will be hot, so warn your A. Under the table.
guests.” yang artinya ”Mangkuk-mangkuk itu B. On the table.
akan terasa panas, jadi peringatkanlah tamu- C. Behind the curtain.
tamu Anda.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; D. In the house.
(A) artinya Anda tidak akan menginginkan yang Jawaban: C
lain untuk dimakan, (B) artinya mangkuk itu Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat ”’It’s here!’
diletakkan di bawah alat pemanggang, dan Kodi saw the crown behind the curtain.” yang
(C) artinya kejunya sudah mencair. artinya ”’Itu di sini!’ Kodi melihat mahkota itu di
belakang korden.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
18. “Simmer for 3–4 hours.”
salah; (A) artinya di bawah meja, (B) artinya di
What does ‘simmer’ mean?
atas meja, dan (D) artinya di dalam rumah.
A. Boil gently.
B. Stir carefully. 20. ‘“I put it on the table,’ Roni answered.” (line 16)
C. Sift smoothly. What does the underlined word refer to?
D. Melt slowly. A. The crown.
Jawaban: A B. The house.
Kata ’simmer’ artinya didihkan dengan api kecil. C. The table.
Kata ini memiliki arti yang sama dengan pilihan D. The curtain.
jawaban (A) boil gently yang artinya didihkan Jawaban: A
dengan hati-hati. Pilihan jawaban yang lain Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat-kalimat
salah; (B) artinya aduk dengan hati-hati; sebelumnya yang membahas mengenai
(C) artinya ayak dengan halus, dan (D) artinya pertengkaran antara Roni dan Teri karena
cairkan perlahan-lahan. hilangnya mahkota Roni. Jadi kata ’it’ dalam
kalimat tersebut mengacu pada mahkota Roni.
Read the text to answers questions 19 to 22. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah; (B) artinya
Once upon a time, there were two butterflies, rumah, (C) artinya meja, dan (D) artinya korden.
Teri and Roni. They are friends. Teri and Roni had
21. From the story, we can learn that ________.
the same crown.
A. trusting each other is very important
One day, Kodi a frog, saw Teri and Roni
B. the goodness is always the winner
quarreling. “You took it!” said Roni. “No. I did not!”
C. a wise friend can be trusted
said Teri.
D. we shouldn’t accuse of others without proof
“Hey, what’s the matter?” asked Kodi.
Jawaban: D
“Teri stole my crown!” said Roni.
Dalam cerita itu terlihat bahwa Roni telah
“No. I didn’t,” said Teri.
menuduh Teri mengambil mahkotanya, dan
“Yesterday, I still had my crown when she came
ternyata pada akhirnya diketahui bahwa
to visit me,” said Roni. “Today I cannot find the
mahkota itu tidak dicuri Teri, melainkan
crown! Look! She is wearing it!” Roni shouted.
tersembunyi di balik korden. Dari sini pelajaran
“My mom gave me this crown,” Teri explained.
yang dapat diambil ialah kita seharusnya tidak
boleh menuduh orang sembarangan tanpa

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 161


bukti. Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah Jawaban: C
(D) yang artinya kita sebaiknya tidak menuduh Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai
orang lain tanpa bukti. Pilihan jawaban yang dengan kalimat ”It can remove the dirt from
lain salah; (A) artinya saling mempercayai laser lens thoroughly.” yang artinya ”(Y2K VCD
sangat penting, (B) artinya kebaikan selalu lens cleaner) dapat menghilangkan kotoran dari
menjadi pemenang, dan (C) artinya seorang lensa laser secara menyeluruh.”. Pilihan
teman yang bijaksana dapat dipercaya. jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya
membantunya lebih kuat, (B) artinya membuat
22. From the story above we can conclude that
VCD bekerja lebih cepat, dan (D) artinya
Kodi is a ________ friend.
membuat suara dapat terdengar.
A. wise B. good
C. polite D. happy 24. “Carefully replace the cleaner in the case.” (Last
Jawaban: A line) The underlined word has a similar
Dalam teks tersebut Kodi menyarankan Roni meaning to ________.
dan Teri untuk pergi ke rumah Roni bersama- A. take to
sama, dan ternyata ia dapat menemukan B. clean carefully
mahkota itu di sana. Jadi, Kodi mampu bersikap C. change into another
bijaksana (wise). D. put it back
Jawaban: D
Read the text and answer questions 23 and 24. Dalam konteks kalimat itu, kata ’replace’ paling
tepat diartikan mengembalikan, sehingga
pilihan jawaban yang tepat adalah (D) yang
Y2K VCD LENS CLEANER artinya mengembalikan. Pilihan jawaban yang
lain salah; (A) artinya suka kepada, (B) artinya
Can make your VCD player in the best
membersihkan dengan hati-hati, dan
operating condition. It can remove the dirt
(C) artinya menggantinya dengan yang lain.
from laser lens thoroughly. Always keep the
sound and picture clear when playing. The Read the text and answer questions 25 and 26
cleaning disc will show you the perfect
“The Earth’s greatest gorge”, the Grand Canyon
motion and sound after cleaning. Protect
is located in northwestern Arizona. Its vastness is
your VCD player long lasting effectively.
217 mile long, and its widest spans over 17 miles
REMARK across. It is not surprising that it has been
designated one of the Seven Wonders of the World.
If the result is still bad after the normal
The walls of the canyon are made of limestone,
cleaning, it may be the problem of disc or
sandstone, lava and other rocks. As the day passes,
machine of VCD. Please send to
the rocks reflect different colors. Many tourists come
professional maintenance.
to the canyon just to watch the rocks change color.
DIRECTIONS Cottonwood and willow trees grow at the
bottom of the canyon. Many varieties of cactus grow
Dry type cleaning:
here as well. The canyon is also home to many
• Insert VCD lens cleaner into your
animals, such as bobcats, coyotes, kangaroo rats
player, press the play button. The disc
and deer.
will then spin to start cleaning process.
Today about 4 million visitors come to Grand
• When cleaning is finished, you will be
Canyon each year. Seeing the Grand Canyon is
played with preset program to show you
always a breathtaking and unforgettable experience.
the perfect result of cleaning.
• Carefully replace the cleaner in the 25. What makes the visitors feel interested
case. watching the rocks?
A. They have different sizes.
B. They reflect human’s life.
23. What can Y2K VCD lens cleaner do to your C. They can change into different color.
VCD player? D. They can change their form.
A. Help it much stronger. Jawaban: C
B. Make the VCD run faster. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai
C. Remove the dirt from laser lens. dengan kalimat terakhir paragraf dua, yaitu
D. Keep the sound very audible.

162 Latihan Ujian Nasional


”As the day passes the rocks reflect different 27. What does the writer tell you about?
colors. Many tourists come to the canyon just to A. Visiting fantastic meadows.
watch the rocks change color.” yang artinya B. Living in Situ Cileunca.
”Seiring berlalunya waktu, batu-batu itu C. Seeing many fish in the lake.
memantulkan warna yang berbeda. Banyak D. Visiting Situ Cileunca.
turis datang ke ngarai tersebut hanya untuk Jawaban: D
melihat batu-batu itu berubah warna.”. Pilihan Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena sesuai
jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya (batu-batu dengan kalimat pada paragraf satu, ”Last year,
itu) mempunyai ukuran yang berbeda, I went to Situ Cileunca. At first, I thought the
(B) artinya (batu-batu itu) mencerminkan place was only the same as other places in
kehidupan manusia, dan (D) artinya (batu-batu Bandung.” yang artinya ”Tahun lalu, saya pergi
itu) dapat berubah bentuk. ke Situ Cileunca. Pada awalnya, saya pikir
tempat itu saam dengan tempat-tempat lain di
26. “. . . Grand Canyon is always a breathtaking and
Bandung.”. Jadi, topik teks tersebut mengenai
unforgettable experience.” (Last paragraph)
kunjungan ke Situ Cileunca. Pilihan jawaban
The underlined word has the same meaning as
yang lain salah; (A) artinya mengunjungi
________.
padang rumput yang luar biasa, (B) artinya
A. strong emotional
menetap di Situ Cileunca, dan (C) artinya
B. available
melihat banyak ikan di danau.
C. amazing
D. unbelievable 28. What does paragraph three tell us about?
Jawaban: C A. The beauty of the lake.
Kata ’breathtaking’ artinya mempesonakan. B. The weather around the lake.
Kata ini memiliki arti yang sama dengan pilihan C. The fish in the lake.
jawaban (C) amazing yang artinya D. The water in the river.
mengagumkan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain Jawaban: A
salah; (A) artinya emosi yang kuat, (B) artinya Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat awal
tersedia, dan (D) artinya luar biasa. paragraf ”Not far away from the herd of cattle,
there was a lake. The lake wasn’t too big, but it
Questions 27 to 29 are based on the text. was very beautiful.” yang artinya ”Tidak jauh
Have you ever visited a place which made you dari kawanan ternak itu, ada sebuah danau.
want to stay forever? I have. Last year, I went to Situ Danau itu tidak begitu besar, tetapi sangat
Cileunca. At first, I thought the place was only the indah.”. Dari sini diketahui bahwa topik paragraf
same as other places in Bandung. But I was very itu mengenai keindahan danau. Pilihan jawaban
surprised to find that it was the most beautiful place yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) yang
I’ve ever visited. artinya cuaca di sekitar danau itu dan (C) yang
There were fantastic meadows, a lake and artinya ikan di danau itu salah karena hanya
a river. The meadow was very large. In the middle of merupakan kalimat-kalimat pendukung. Pilihan
the meadow there were many cows and sheep. All jawaban (D) yang artinya air di sungai itu salah
the animals were fat and healthy because they karena paragraf ini mengenai danau, bukan
could easily get some grass in that large meadow. sungai.
At the edge of the meadow, there was a small river.
29. Why was the writer very surprised?
The water in the river was very cold. But, the sound
A. The place was exceptional.
of the streaming water was good to hear, especially
B. The weather around the lake was cold.
in the evening.
C. The fish in the lake was beautiful.
Not far away from the herd of cattle, there was
D. The water was warm.
a lake. The lake wasn’t too big, but it was very
Jawaban: A
beautiful. The water was very clear and clean. We
Pilihan jawaban ini benar sesuai dengan
could see many fish in the lake. The most amazing
kalimat akhir paragraf satu ”But I was very
thing was the water itself. It was not cold; although,
surprised to find that it was the most beautiful
the weather around was extremely freezing.
place I’ve ever visited.” yang artinya ”Akan
Unfortunately, I stayed there for just three days
tetapi, saya sangat terkejut ketika mengetahui
because we had to go back to Jakarta. But I have
bahwa tempat itu merupakan tempat terindah
promised myself to come back later.
yang pernah saya kunjungi.”. Jadi, yang

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 163


membuat penulis sangat terkejut adalah legs). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
(A) yang artinya tempat itu luar biasa. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya kaki-kaki depan, (B) artinya
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) leher yang dibengkokkan, dan (D) artinya lidah
artinya cuaca di sekitar danau dingin, yang panjang.
(C) artinya ikan di danau itu bagus, dan
31. What can a giraffe do with its height?
(D) artinya air di sana hangat.
A. It may grow more than six meters tall.
Read the following text and answer questions B. Its legs must be spread apart for drinking.
30 to 33. C. It is able to reach the leaves on trees.
D. It can gallop at speed of 50 km.p.h.
Do you know that
Jawaban: C
a giraffe may grow more
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat kedua
than six meters tall? Yes,
paragraf tiga, yaitu ”Hence, it can reach the
the giraffe is a very tall
leaves on trees easily because of its height.”
animal. In fact, it is the
yang artinya ”Oleh karena itu, (jerapah) dapat
tallest animal in the
mencapai daun-daun pada pohon dengan
world.
mudah karena badannya yang tinggi.”. Pilihan
A giraffe has a very
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban
long neck.Unfortunately,
(A) artinya (jerapah) dapat tumbuh lebih dari
the giraffe cannot bend
enam meter, (B) artinya kakinya harus
its neck easily. Thus,
direntangkan agar dapat minum, dan
when it wants to drink
(D) artinya (jerapah) dapat berlari cepat
water at a pool, the
dengan kecepatan 50 km per jam.
giraffe has to spread its
front legs apart, so it can 32. What does the text tell us about?
reach the water. A. The protective animal.
A giraffe feeds on plant only. Hence, it can B. The height of giraffe.
reach the leaves on trees easily because of its C. The giraffe’s long tongue.
height. Also, a giraffe has a very long tongue–about D. Giraffes in general.
0.5 meters long. The giraffe uses this long tongue Jawaban: D
skillfully to pick leaves off plants and trees. Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena teks tersebut
This tall animal can protect itself very well. mendeskripsikan jerapah secara umum. Pilihan
It has a very good sense of smell and sight. It can jawaban yang lain salah karena hanya
hear very well, too. Finally, it can gallop very fast–at merupakan gagasan-gagasan pendukung.
a speed of 50 km.p.h. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya hewan yang
The giraffe’s hind legs and long neck are also dilindungi, (B) artinya tinggi jerapah, dan
very useful. For example, a giraffe can kick its (C) artinya lidah panjang jerapah.
enemy with its hind legs or even hit out with its long
33. “. . . can protect itself very well.” (Paragraph 4)
neck.
What does the underlined word mean?
30. What does a giraffe use to kick its enemy? A. Having serious attention.
A. Front legs. B. Keeping safe from danger.
B. A bent neck. C. Increasing in height.
C. Hind legs. D. Taking care seriously.
D. A long tongue. Jawaban: B
Jawaban: C Kata ’protect’ artinya melindungi. Kata ini
Kalimat kedua paragraf lima adalah ”For memiliki arti yang sama dengan pilihan
example, a giraffe can kick its enemy with its jawaban (B) yang artinya menyelamatkan diri
hind legs or even hit out with its long neck.” dari bahaya. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah;
yang artinya ”Contohnya, seekor jerapah dapat (A) artinya mempunyai perhatian yang serius,
menendang musuhnya dengan kaki-kaki (C) artinya bertambah tinggi, dan (D) artinya
belakangnya atau bahkan menyerangnya merawat dengan serius.
dengan lehernya.”. Jadi, jerapah menendang
musuhnya dengan kaki belakangnya (hind

164 Latihan Ujian Nasional


Read the text and answer questions 34 to 36. 35. Which is INCORRECT about the hotel?
A. There are three bedrooms in Penthouse.
B. Its function rooms can accomodate more
than one thousand people.
C. The guests can bring their children on the
sandy beach near it.
D. It provides its guest with an open air
swimming pool.
Jawaban: B
Pilihan jawaban ini benar karena tidak sesuai
dengan kalimat ”Banquet and function facilities
are available . . . for up to 1 000 participants.”
yang artinya ”Fasilitas ruang untuk perjamuan
dan fungsi lain . . . sampai 1000 orang.”. Pilihan
jawaban yang lain salah karena sesuai dengan
teks. Pilihan jawaban (A) sesuai dengan kalimat
”. . . 1 Penthouse (3 bedrooms)”, (C) sesuai
dengan kalimat ”. . . open air swimming pool,
where you can bring your children to play
around on a sand beach atmosphere.”, dan
(D) sesuai dengan kalimat ”Recreation facilities
wrapped in a unique shape of open air
swimming pool.”.
36. “Banquet and function facilities are available . . .”
The underlined word means we can ________
easily.
A. find
B. provide
C. refuse
D. force
Jawaban: A
Kata ’available’ artinya tersedia. Kata ini berarti
kita dapat menemukannya dengan mudah.
Jadi, pilihan jawaban yang benar adalah (A)
yang artinya menemukan. Pilihan jawaban yang
34. How many rooms does Hotel Jayakarta have lain salah; (B) artinya menyediakan, (C) artinya
for the guests? menolak, dan (D) artinya memaksa.
A. 39
B. 45 Read the text and answer questions 37 to 40.
C. 54
D. 136 Dear Irfan,
Jawaban: D
Pilihan jawaban ini benar sesuai dengan frasa I am very glad to write this letter to you.
pada awal teks, yaitu ”136 guestrooms How is your school? Here in Sleman, we are
including 1 Penthouse (3 bedrooms), preparing for the Independence Day
1 Presidential suite (3 bedrooms), 54 Jayakarta celebrations. So everybody is very busy.
Suites, 39 Executive and 45 Deluxe Rooms.”. First, we are going to have some sports
Dari sini diketahui bahwa jumlah kamar yang competitions. There will be soccer, volleyball
dimiliki hotel Jayakarta untuk tamu adalah 136. and a tug of war competitions. The winning
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan team will receive a big goat as a prize. I’m
jawaban (A) adalah jumlah kamar eksekutif, going to play in the soccer and volleyball
(B) adalah jumlah kamar deluxe, dan competitions.
(C) adalah jumlah kamar Jayakarta suite.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 165


39. “He will perform all night long.” (Paragraph 3)
Then, we are going to have a wayang
The word ‘he’ refers to ________.
show on the night before the Independence
A. Irfan
Day. The dalang is a famous one from
B. Joko
Yogyakarta. He will perform all night long.
C. the winner
Have you ever seen a wayang show? It is
D. the dalang
very entertaining.
Jawaban: D
Finally, I’m going to attend a flag raising
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat sebelumnya,
ceremony at school on the Independence
”The dalang is a famous one from Yogyakarta.”.
Day. After that, we will give out prizes to the
Kata ganti ’he’ mengacu pada subjek kalimat
competition winners.
tersebut, yaitu ’dalang’. Pilihan jawaban yang
What are your plans for the
lain salah karena bukan merupakan kata yang
Independence Day celebrations? Please
dimaksud.
write back and tell me.
40. “We will give out prizes to . . . .” (Paragraph 4)
Best regards, What does the underlined phrase mean?
Joko A. Receive.
B. Send.
C. Distribute.
37. What is the prize for the winners of the sports D. Buy.
competitions? Jawaban: C
A. An amount of money. Kata ’give out’ artinya ’membagi-bagikan’. Kata
B. A golden trophy. ini sama artinya dengan kata ’distribute’. Pilihan
C. A new ball. jawaban yang lain salah; (A) artinya menerima,
D. A big goat. (B) artinya mengirim, dan (D) artinya membeli.
Jawaban: D
Pilihan jawaban ini benar sesuai dengan Read the text to answer questions 41 to 43.
kalimat ”First, we are going to have some Withdrawing Cash with an ATM Card
sports competitions . . . . The winning team will Steps:
receive a big goat as a prize.” yang artinya 1. Read the direction.
”Pertama, kami akan mengadakan 2. Put your card into the slot.
pertandingan olahraga . . . . Regu yang menang 3. Punch in your PIN.
akan mendapatkan seekor kambing besar 4. When the choices appear, select ‘withdrawal
sebagai hadiah.”. Jadi, hadiah untuk pemenang from checking’.
olahraga adalah seekor kambing besar. Pilihan 5. Enter the amount that you want to withdraw.
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) 6. When your money appears, remove it.
artinya sejumlah uang, (B) artinya trofi emas, 7. When the machine asks if you are finished,
dan (C) artinya sebuah bola baru. press ‘yes’.
8. Take out the receipt.
38. How many competitions will Joko join?
A. One. 41. What should you do after inserting your card?
B. Two. A. Press ‘yes’.
C. Three. B. Enter the PIN.
D. Four. C. Select ‘continue’.
Jawaban: B D. Take the receipt.
Dalam surat tersebut Joko mengatakan, ”I’m Jawaban: B
going to play in the soccer and volleyball ”Inserting your card” yang artinya ”Masukkan
competitions.” yang artinya ”Saya akan ikut kartu Anda” merupakan langkah kedua. Setelah
dalam pertandingan sepak bola dan bola voli.”. memasukkan kartu, hal yang dilakukan adalah
Jadi, Joko akan mengikuti dua pertandingan langkah ketiga, yaitu ”Punch in your PIN” yang
(two competitions). Pilihan jawaban yang lain artinya ”Tuliskan nomor PIN Anda.”. Jadi, pilihan
salah karena tidak sesuai dengan teks. jawaban yang benar adalah (B) yang artinya
masukkan nomor PIN Anda. Pilihan jawaban

166 Latihan Ujian Nasional


yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya important part of a theater because it is for the
tekan ’ya’, (C) artinya pilih ’lanjutkan’, dan (D) audience that actors and actresses act
artinya ambil kuitansinya. (46) ________, and the playwright writes
interestingly. Without an audience, they are only
42. What is the text about?
rehearsing or practicing.
A. The best way to keep our money safe.
B. The procedures of saving money in a bank. 44. A. perform
C. The description of an Automatic Teller B. disguise
Machine. C. pretend
D. The ways to withdraw money from Automatic D. work
Teller Machine. Jawaban: A
Jawaban: D Kalimat soal artinya ”Orang yang . . ., yang
Pilihan jawaban ini benar sesuai dengan judul disebut aktor dan artis, berperan dalam drama
teks tersebut, yaitu ”Withdrawing cash with di atas panggung.”. Kata yang tepat melengkapi
an ATM card” yang artinya ”Mengambil uang konteks kalimat tersebut adalah (A) perform
tunai dengan kartu ATM”. Pilihan jawaban yang yang artinya tampil. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya cara salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya menyamar,
yang paling tepat untuk menjaga agar uang kita (C) artinya berpura-pura, dan (D) artinya
aman, (B) artinya posedur menabung di bank, bekerja.
dan (C) artinya deskripsi ATM.
45. A. stage
43. What do you have to do if you want to withdraw B. screen
again? C. show
A. Punch in your PIN again and take the money. D. script
B. Press ‘NO’ when the machine asks if you’re Jawaban: A
finished. Kalimat soal artinya ”Sebuah . . . dapat berupa
C. Enter the amount that you want to draw. panggung yang ditinggikan, atau dapat berupa
D. Remove the money when it appears. bagian dari lantai di sebuah ruangan, baik di
Jawaban: B tengah ruangan maupun menempel tembok.”.
Setelah kita mengambil uang sejumlah yang Kata yang tepat melengkapi konteks kalimat
kita inginkan, tetapi kita ingin mengambil lagi. tersebut adalah (A) stage yang artinya
Yang harus dilakukan adalah ketika mesin panggung pementasan. Pilihan jawaban yang
bertanya apakah Anda sudah selesai, lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B) artinya layar,
Anda seharunya menekan kata ’No’ yang (C) artinya pertunjukan, dan (D) artinya naskah.
menunjukkan bahwa kita ingin melakukan
46. A. spontaneously
transaksi lagi. Hal ini sesuai dengan pilihan
B. perfectly
jawaban (B) yang artinya, tekan ’No’ saat mesin
C. friendly
bertanya apakah Anda sudah selesai. Pilihan
D. personally
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)
Jawaban: B
yang artinya tulis kembali nomor PIN Anda dan
Kalimat soal artinya ”Penonton adalah bagian
ambil uang itu, tidak perlyu dilakukan karena
yang sangat penting dari teater tersebut
proses transaksi kita belum selesai. Pilihan
karena untuk merekalah aktor dan artis
jawaban (C) yang artinya tulis jumlah yang
berperan . . . dan dramawan menulis dengan
Anda ingin ambil, dan (D) yang artinya ambil
menarik.”. Kata yang tepat melengkapi kalimat
uang itu saat sudah muncul salah karena
tersebut berupa kata keterangan, yaitu
merupakan langkah yang harus kita lakukan
(B) perfectly yang artinya dengan sempurna.
setelah menekan kata ’No’.
Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya secara
For numbers 44 to 46, choose the suitable words spontan dan (D) yang artinya secara pribadi,
to fill in the blanks. walaupun berupa kata keterangan, tidak tepat
melengkapi kalimat karena tidak sesuai dengan
Theater is a place where people entertain the
konteks kalimat. Pilihan jawaban (C) yang
audience well. The people who (44) ________,
artinya ramah, salah karena merupakan
called actors and actresses, act in plays on a stage.
kata sifat.
A (45) ________ can be raised platform, or it can be
part of the floor in a room, either in the center of the
room or against the wall. The audience is very

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 167


For numbers 47 and 48, arrange the words into a 4. Once upon a time there was a strange
good sentence. bear who lived in a jungle.
5. Then, the five-footed bear brought him
47. when – leave – the gas stove – on – do –
to his home.
1 2 3 4 5
6. His home was open for anyone who
unattended – not
wanted to stay.
6 7
7. He had five feet.
A. 5–7–6–3–4–2–1 8. The rabbit looked hungry.
B. 5–7–3–4–6–1–2
A. 4–7–3–5–6–8–2–1
C. 5–7–6–3–1–2–4
B. 4–7–1–3–8–6–5–2
D. 5–7–2–3–6–1–4
C. 4–7–3–1–6–2–8–5
Jawaban: D
D. 4–7–3–1–5–2–6–8
Kalimat soal merupakan kalimat instruksi/
Jawaban: C
peringatan, yang biasanya diawali dengan kata
Teks tersebut dimulai dengan pengenalan
Do (5), not (7), dilanjutkan dengan kata kerja
mengenai tokoh, yaitu seekor beruang aneh
dasar leave (2), kata benda the gas stove (3),
yang tinggal di hutan (4), dan karakteristik
kata sifat unattended (6), kemudian kata
fisiknya, yaitu berkaki lima (7). Teks dilanjutkan
keterangan when (1) dan on (4). Jadi, kalimat
dengan anggapan hewan-hewan lain mengenai
lengkap itu berbunyi ”Do not leave gas stove
beruang itu, yaitu mereka tidak mengang-
unattended when on.” yang artinya ”Jangan
gapnya aneh (3). Setelah itu, keterangan
tinggalkan kompor gas tanpa diawasi ketika
mengenai yang sering dilakukan beruang itu,
dalam keadaan menyala.”.
yaitu ia suka membantu hewan-hewan lain (1),
48. delicious – it’s – simple – a – very – it’s – but – salah satu contohnya, rumahnya terbuka bagi
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 siapa saja yang ingin tinggal (6). Kemudian,
dish – very peristiwa yang terjadi pada suatu siang, yaitu
8 9 ketika beruang itu pulang, ia menemukan
A. 2–5–1–8–7–6–9–4–3 seekor kelinci di bawah pohon mahoni (2).
B. 6–4–5–3–1–7–2–9–8 Kalimat dilanjutkan dengan deskripsi mengenai
C. 2–4–5–3–8–7–6–9–1 kelinci tersebut, yaitu ia kelihatan lapar (8).
D. 6–9–1–3–7–2–5–4–3 Selanjutnya, beruang itu membawa kelinci
Jawaban: C ke rumahnya (5).
Kalimat soal merupakan kalimat pernyataan, 50. Arrange the following sentences into a good
yang diawali dengan subjek It’s (2), artikel a (4), recount text.
dilanjutkan dengan kata keterangan very (5), 1. The bus was air-conditioned, so I felt
kata sifat simple (3), kata benda dish (8), kata comfortable.
hubung pertentangan but (7), subjek kedua it’s 2. All the passengers got off, did their prayers,
(6), kata keterangan very (9), dan kata sifat and had dinner.
delicious (1). Jadi, kalimat lengkap itu berbunyi, 3. Then, I took a taxi to my grandparents’ house.
”It’s a very simple dish but it’s very delicious.” 4. In my holiday I visited my grandparents in
yang artinya ”(Makanan itu) sangat sederhana, Bandung.
tetapi sangat enak.” 5. The bus stopped at Pekalongan.
49. Arrange the following sentences into a good 6. I went there by bus. It left at five in the
narrative text. afternoon.
1. The five-footed bear liked to help other 7. The bus reached Bandung at six.
animals. The best arrangement to make a text is ________.
2. One afternoon, when the five-footed bear A. 4–6–5–1–7–2–3
went home, he found a rabbit under B. 4–6–2–1–5–7–3
a mahogany tree. C. 4–6–1–5–2–7–3
3. But all animals who lived with him didn’t D. 4–6–5–2–1–3–7
feel strange.

168 Latihan Ujian Nasional


Jawaban: C pemberhentian bus, yaitu di Pekalongan (5).
Teks dimulai dengan topik bacaan, yaitu Setelah bus berhenti, penumpang turun,
pada saat liburan, penulis pergi ke rumah berdoa, dan makan malam (2), kemudian
eyangnya di Bandung (4), penjelasan dilanjutkan dengan penjelasan mengenai saat
mengenai cara ia pergi dan saatnya, yaitu tiba di Bandung pada pukul enam (7), dan apa
naik bus pada pukul lima sore (6). Kalimat yang dilakukan penulis setelah sampai, yaitu
dilanjutkan dengan deskripsi mengenai naik taksi ke rumah eyangnya (3).
kondisi bus tersebut yang ber-AC sehingga
membuatnya nyaman (1), tempat

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 2 169


Anonymous. 2008. Microsoft Encarta Reference Library. © Microsoft Corporation.
______. 2008. Microsoft ® Encarta ® 2008. © 1993–2007 Microsoft Corporation.
Azar, B.S. 1993. Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edition). New Jersey: Prentice Hall, Inc.
Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Doff, A. and C. Jones. 1994. Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus Inggris–Indonesia. Jakarta: Gramedia.
Jardon, J. 2002. 1000 Facts on Planet Earth. Essex: Miles Kelly Publishing Ltd.
______. 2002. 1000 Facts on Buildings and Transport. Essex: Miles Kelly Publishing Ltd.
______. 2004. Science Library: Planet Earth. Essex: Miles Kelly Publishing Ltd.
Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Leaney, C. 2005. Your Environment: Polution. London: Franklin Watts.
Molinsky, S.J., B. Bliss. 1995. Communicator I: The Comprehensive Course in Functional English. New Jersey:
Prentice Hall.
Mustriana, B.B., C. Kurniawati, J. Siswanto, Y. Dwi Arini. 2007. New Let’s Talk Grade IX for Junior High School
(SMP/MTs). Bandung: Pakar Raya.
Priyana, J., A. R. Irjayanti and V. Renitasari. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade
VIII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Tan, L. ?. Week by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications Pte, Ltd.
Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs).
Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Widiati, U., G.H. Sulistyo, N. Suryati, S. Setiawan, P. Ratnaningsih. 2008. Contextual Teaching and Learning:
Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama kelas VIII Edisi 4. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen
Pendidikan Nasional.

170 LatihanPustaka
Daftar Ujian Nasional